• GRETIL
• 1_sanskr
• tei
• transformations
• plaintext
• sa_bhaiSajyavastu

          Bhaiṣajyavastu


# Header

  This file is a plain text transformation of http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/corpustei/sa_bhaiSajyavastu.xml
  with a rudimentary header. For a more extensive header please refer to the source file.

## Data entry: Klaus Wille
## Contribution: Klaus Wille
## Date of this version: 2020-07-31

## Source: 
   - N. Dutt. Gilgit Manuscript, vol. 1-4, Calcutta, Srinagar 1939-1959. Vol. III: Mūlasarvāstivādavinayavastu, part 1-4. Part 1: Bhaiṣajyavastu; dto.: second edition, Delhi 1984.

## Publisher: Göttingen Register of Electronic Texts in Indian Languages (GRETIL), SUB Göttingen

## Licence:
   This e-text was provided to GRETIL in good faith that no copyright rights have been infringed. If anyone wishes to assert copyright over this file, please contact the GRETIL management at gretil(at)sub(dot)uni-goettingen(dot)de. The file will be immediately removed pending resolution of the claim.
   Distributed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

## Structure of references:
   A reference is assembled consisting of
   - a pragmatic abbreviation of the title: Bhaiṣajyavastu = ,
   - the number of the  in arabic numerals,
   - the number of the verse in arabic numerals.

## Notes:
   This file has been created by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus from vinv_06u.htm. Due to the heterogeneity of the sources the header markup might be suboptimal. For the sake of transparency the header of the legacy file is documented in the note element below:

   
	 Bhaisajyavastu of the Vinayavastvagama of the Mulasarvastivadin [Vastu 6]
Based on the edition by N. Dutt. Gilgit Manuscript, vol. 1-4,
Calcutta, Srinagar 1939-1959.
Vol. III: Mūlasarvāstivādavinayavastu, part 1-4.
Part 1: Bhaiṣajyavastu
dto.: second edition, Delhi 1984.
Input by Klaus Wille (Göttingen)
Input according to the first edition.
The second edition has some emendations, for example:
p. (ed. 1947) |  (ed. 1984)
138.9 and 10 hatavihatavidhvastaḥ |  -viddhast-
140.11 hastino |  hastinaḥ
142.13 grāmasyātha |  grāmasyārthe
143.4 -labdham* |  -labdhaḥ
143.9 -vilambitair akṣarair | -vilambitarakṣarair
144.1f. devaḥ sāṃpratam |  devaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ sāṃpratam
144.8 me saṃvṛttaḥ |  me nāsti saṃvṛttaḥ
Some of Dutt's reading have been corrected by me according to the manuscript, for example:
yat tv ahaṃ; MS: yanv ahaṃ
śilākāṃ; MS: śalākāṃ
samupānīya, samupānayasi; MS: samudānīya, samudānayasi
puṇyamahīśākhyaś: MS: puṇyamaheśākhyaś
kalapālyā-: MS: kallapālyā-
meṇḍhak-: MS: miṇḍhak-
koṣakoṣṭhāgār-: MS: kośakoṣṭhāgār-
keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya: MS keśaśmaśrv avatārya (two times keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya)
mānavā: MS: māṇavā
udumā-: MS: ādumā-
The text portions which are re-edited in MSV,Wi and Bhaiṣ-v(Ch/W) replace the text edited by Dutt.
The reference to the beginning of a new page in the edition of Dutt and to a folio in the manuscript is given before the first new word respectively.
The reference to the folio number has the correct reading; Dutt and GBM give wrong numbers: 100 (correct 200); 200 (correct 300); 300 (correct 100); 400 (correct 500)
abbreviations:
Bhaiṣ-v(Ch/W) = J. Chung und K. Wille, "Fragmente aus dem Bhaiṣajyavastu der Sarvāstivādins", Sanskrit-Texte aus dem buddhistischen Kanon: Neuentdeckungen und Neueditionen IV, Göttingen 2002 (Sanskrit-Wörterbuch der buddhistischen Texte aus den Turfan-Funden, Beiheft 9), pp. 105-124.
Divy = Divyāvadāna, ed. E.B. Cowell, R.A. Neil, Cambridge 1886.
GBM = Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts (Facsimile Edition), ed. by Raghu Vira and Lokesh Chandra, 10 pts., New Delhi 1959Ō1974 (Śata-Piṭaka Series 10). (Some parts of the folios of the Anavaptagāthās are not reproduced)
 repr. in 3 parts Delhi 1995. (The Vinayavastu manuscript is reproduced in vol. 2; the folios in the Stein collection are not reproduced anymore)
MSV I = Gilgit Manuscript, ed. N. Dutt, vol. III.1, Calcutta, Srinagar 1947.
MSV,Wi = K. Wille: Die handschriftliche Überlieferung des Vinayavastu der Mūlasarvāstivādin, Stuttgart 1990 (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland, Suppl.-Bd. 30) [= Diss., 1987]
Pravr-v III = C. Vogel, K. Wille: "The Final Leaves of the Pravrajyāvastu Portion of the Vinayavastu Manuscript Found Near Gilgit, Part 1, Saṃgharakṣitāvadāna", Sanskrit-Texte aus dem buddhistischen Kanon: Neuentdeckungen und Neueditionen III, Göttingen 1996 (Sanskrit-Wörterbuch der buddhistischen Texte aus den Turfan-Funden, Beiheft 6), pp. 241-296.
SBV = The Gilgit Manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu, Being the 17th and Last section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, ed. R. Gnoli with the assistance of T. Venkatacharya, Roma 1977-78 (Serie Orientale Roma, 49).
BOLD for references
ITALICS for restored text
{...} = remarks
	


## Revisions:
   - 2020-07-31: TEI encoding by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus


# Text

bhaiṣajyavastu

bhaiṣajyavastuni piṇḍoddānam* /

bhaiṣajyaṃ mahāseno rājagṛhaṃ veṇuvanaṣaṇḍaḥ /
icchānaṅgalā ca kampilla ādirājyaṃ kumāravardhanam* /
glānakāś ca kaineyo vargo bhavati samudyataḥ //

uddānam* /

bhaiṣajyam anujñātaṃ vasā kacchuś ca añjanam* /
unmattakaḥ pilindaś ca revataḥ sauvīrakeṇa ca //

buddho bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme / tena khalu samayena bhikṣavaḥ śāradakena rogeṇa bādhyante / te śāradakena rogeṇa bādhyamānā utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukā bhavanti kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyāḥ /

jānakāḥ pṛcchakā buddhā bhagavantaḥ / {ms adds jānantaḥ pṛcchanti ajānanto na pṛcchanti /} yāvat pṛcchati buddho bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam* / kasmād ānanda etarhi bhikṣavaḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyā iti / (msv i ii) āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati / etarhi bhadanta bhikṣavaḥ śāradakena rogeṇa bādhyante / etarhi śāradakena rogeṇa bādhyamānā utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukā bhavanti kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyāḥ / bhagavān āha / tasmād ānanda anujānāmi bhikṣubhir bhaiṣajyaṃ sevitavyam iti /

uktaṃ bhagavatā bhikṣubhir bhaiṣajyaṃ pratisevitavyam iti / bhikṣavaḥ kāle sevanti kālātikrāntaṃ na sevanti / te bhavanti utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyāḥ / jānakāḥ pṛcchakā buddhā bhagavantaḥ / pṛcchati buddho bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam* / uktaṃ mayā bhikṣubhir bhaiṣajyaṃ sevitavyam iti / atha ca punar bhikṣavaḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyāḥ / uktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā bhikṣubhir bhaiṣajyaṃ pratisevitavyam iti / ta ete kālabhojino vayam iti kāle sevante kālātikrāntaṃ na sevante / tenotpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛṣālukā durbalakā mlānā aprāptakāyāḥ / tasmāt tarhy ānanda anujānāmi bhikṣubhiś caturvidhāni bhaiṣajyāni pratisevitavyāni / kālikāni yāmikāni sāptāhikāni yāvajjīvikāni / tatra kālikāni maṇḍaḥ odanaṃ kulmāṣo māṃsam apūpāś ca / yāmikam aṣṭau pānāni / cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ kolapānam (fol. 92r1 = gbm 6.766) aśvatthapānam udumbarapānaṃ pāruṣikapānaṃ {ms parūṣaka-} mṛdvīkāpānaṃ kharjūrapānaṃ ca /

antaroddānam* /

cocaṃ mocaṃ ca kolaṃ ca aśvatthodumbareṇa ca /
pāruṣikaṃ ca mṛdvīkā kharjūraṃ cāṣṭamaṃ matam* //

sāptāhikaṃ sarpis tathā tailaṃ phāṇitaṃ madhu śarkarā / yāvajjīvikaṃ mūlabhaiṣajyaṃ gaṇḍabhaiṣajyaṃ patrabhaiṣajyaṃ puṣpabhaiṣajyaṃ phalabhaiṣajyaṃ paṃca jatūni pañca kṣārāḥ pañca lavaṇāni pañca kaṣāyāḥ /

tatra mūlabhaiṣajyaṃ mustaṃ vaco haridrārdrakam ativiṣā iti / yad vā punar anyad api mūlabhaiṣajyārthāya spharati nāmiṣārthāya / gaṇḍabhaiṣajyam* / candanaṃ cavikā padmakā devadāru guḍūcī dāruharidrā iti / yad vā punar anyad api gaṇḍabhaiṣajyārthāya spharati nāmiṣārthāya / patrabhaiṣajyam* / paṭolapatraṃ vāśikapatraṃ nimbapatraṃ kośātakīpatraṃ saptaparṇapatram iti / yad vā punar anyad api patrabhaiṣajyārthāya spharati nāmiṣārthāya / puṣpabhaiṣajyam* / pañca puṣpāṇi / vāśikapuṣpaṃ nimbapuṣpaṃ dhātukīpuṣpaṃ śaṭipuṣpaṃ {ms śikapuṣpaṃ nāgāpuṣpaṃ /} padmakesaram iti / yad vā punar anyad api puṣpabhaiṣajyārthāya spharati nāmiṣārthāya / phalabhaiṣajyam* / harītakīm āmalakaṃ vibhītakaṃ maricaṃ pippalī iti / yad vā punar anyad api phalabhaiṣajyārthāya spharati nāmiṣārthāya / pañca jatūni / hiṅguḥ sarjarasaḥ takas {ms tapa} takakarṇī tadāgataś ca / tatra hiṅguḥ hiṅguvṛkṣasya (msv i iv) niryāsaḥ / sarjarasaḥ sālavṛkṣasya niryāsaḥ / tako lākṣās takakarṇī sikthaṃ tad āgatas tad anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ niryāsaḥ / pañca kṣārāḥ katame / yavakṣāraḥ yāvaśūkakṣāraḥ sarjikākṣāras tilakṣāro vāsakākṣāraś ca / pañca lavaṇāni katamāni / saindhavaṃ viḍaṃ sauvarcalaṃ romakaṃ sāmudrakam* / pañca kaṣāyāḥ katame / āmrakaṣāyo nimbakaṣāyo jambūkaṣāyaḥ śirīṣakaṣāyaḥ kośambakaṣāyaś ca /

tatra yac ca kālikaṃ yac ca yāmikaṃ yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac cet kālikaṃ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ bhavati kāle paribhoktavyaṃ kālātikrāntaṃ na paribhoktavyam* / yac ca yāmikaṃ yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac ced yāmikaṃ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ bhavati yāme paribhoktavaṃ yāmātikrāntaṃ na paribhoktavyam* / yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac cet sāptāhikaṃ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ bhavati saptāhe paribhoktavyaṃ saptāhātikrāntaṃ na paribhoktavyam* / yāvajjīvikaṃ yāvajjīvikam adhiṣṭhāya paribhoktavyam* / evaṃ ca punar adhiṣṭheyam* / hastau prakṣālya pratigrāhayitvā bhikṣūṇāṃ purataḥ sthitvā idaṃ syād vacanīyam* / (msv i v) samanvāharāyuṣman* / aham evaṃnāmā idaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ yāvajjīvikam adhitiṣṭhāmi / teṣām arthāya sabrahmacāriṇāṃ ca evaṃ dvir api trir api / yathā yāvajjīvikam adhiṣṭhitam evaṃ yāmikaṃ sāptāhikaṃ vādhiṣṭheyam* /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / athānyatamasya bhikṣor vāyvābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannam* / sa vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya kathayati / vāyvābādhikaṃ (92v1 = gbm 6.767) glānyam utpannaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśeti / sa kathayati / ārya vasāṃ sevasva svāsthyaṃ te bhaviṣyatīti / bhikṣur āha / bhadramukha kim ahaṃ puruṣādaḥ / sa kathayati / bhikṣo / idaṃ te bhaiṣajyaṃ na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / yadi vaidyaḥ kathayati / idaṃ te bhikṣor bhaiṣajyaṃ na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum iti sevitavyā vaseti / bhikṣavo na jānate / tair vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / ārya yuṣmākam eva śāstā sarvajñas tam eva gatvā pṛccheti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / pañca vasāḥ prasevitavyāḥ / katamāḥ pañca / matsyavasā śuśukāvasā śuśumāravasā rikṣavasā sūkaravasā ca / itīmāḥ pañca vasāḥ / akāle pakvā akāle parisrutā akāle pratigrāhitā akāle 'dhiṣṭhitā na paribhoktavyāḥ / kāle pakvā akāle parisrutā akāle pratigrāhitā akāle 'dhiṣṭhitā na paribhoktavyāḥ / kāle pakvāḥ kāle parisrutā akāle pratigrāhitā akāle 'dhiṣṭhitā na paribhoktavyāḥ / kāle pakvāḥ kāle parisrutāḥ kāle pratigrāhitāḥ kāle 'dhiṣṭhitās tailaparibhogena saptāhaṃ paribhoktavyā iti / tatas tena bhikṣuṇā vasā paribhuktā / svasthaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / (msv i vi) tena svasthībhūto 'smīty anyāvaśiṣṭā vasā choritā / yāvad aparasya bhikṣos tādṛśam eva glānyam utpannam* / so 'pi vaidyasakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati / bhadramukha mamaivaṃvidhaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśeti / tasyāpi tena vasā samādiṣṭā / sa tasya bhikṣoḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / sa kathayati / āyuṣmaṃs tvayā vasopayuktā mamāpi vaidyena vasā vyapadiṣṭā / asti kācid avaśiṣṭā vaseti / sa kathayati / āsīt sā tu mayā choritā / na śobhanaṃ kṛtam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / na hi bhikṣuṇopayuktaśeṣā vasā chorayitavyā / vasādhārakasyāhaṃ bhikṣor āsamudācārikān dharmān prajñapayiṣyāmi / vasādhārakeṇa bhikṣuṇopayuktaśeṣā vasā yācitāny asya bhikṣor dātavyā / noced glānakalpikaśālāyāṃ sthāpayitavyā / yo 'rthī bhaviṣyati sa grahīṣyatīti / vasādhārako bhikṣur yathāprajñaptān āsamudācārikān dharmān na samādāya vartate sātisāro bhavati /

bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārāme / tena khalu samayenānyatamasya bhikṣoḥ kacchūrogaḥ samutpannaḥ / sa vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / bhadramukha me kacchūrogaḥ samutpanno bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśeti / sa kathayati / ārya kaṣāyaṃ sevasva / svāsthyaṃ te bhaviṣyati / bhadramukha kim ahaṃ kāmabhogī / sa kathayati / idaṃ te bhikṣor bhaiṣajyam* / na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / pūrvavad yāvac chāstā te (msv i vii) sarvajñaḥ / tam eva gatvā pṛccheti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / pañca (fol. 93r1 = gbm 6.1055) kaṣāyāḥ / āmrakaṣāyāḥ pūrvavat* / tena bhikṣuṇā kaṣāyaṃ kalpīkṛtya gātraṃ ghṛṣṭam* / ekadhanībhūtam* / bhagavān āha / cūrṇaḥ kartavyaḥ / bhikṣavaḥ ārdram eva cūrṇayanti / piṇḍībhūtaḥ / bhagavān āha / śoṣayitavyaḥ / te ātape śoṣayanti / nirvīryaṃ bhavati / bhagavān āha / nātape śoṣayitavyaḥ / te chāyāyāṃ śoṣayanti / tathāpi pūyyati / bhagavān āha / chāyātape śoṣayitavya iti / bhikṣavaḥ kaṣāyeṇa gātraṃ mrakṣayitvā snānti / kaṣāyakṛtyaṃ na kurvanti / bhagavān āha / yāvad hastaparāmarśaṃ śodhayitavyam* / atha kaṣāyaṃ datvā snātavyam* / kaṣāyakṛtyaṃ karotīti {ms nākariṣyatīti} / bhikṣoḥ kaṣāyeṇa rogo vyupaśāntaḥ / tenāvaśiṣṭaḥ kaṣāyaḥ choritaḥ / yāvad aparasya bhikṣos tādṛśa eva rogaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / sa vaidyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / pūrvavat* / sa mayā choritaḥ / na śobhanaṃ kṛtam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / kaṣāyadhārakasyāhaṃ bhikṣor āsamudācārikān dharmān prajñapayiṣyāmi / kaṣāyadhārakeṇa bhikṣuṇā (msv i viii) upayuktaśeṣaḥ kaṣāyo yo bhikṣur arthī tasya dātavyaḥ / glānakalpikaśālāyāṃ vā sthāpayitavyaḥ / kaṣāyadhārako bhikṣur yathāprajñaptān āsamudācārikān dharmān na samādāya vartate sātisāro bhavati /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamasya bhikṣor akṣirogaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / sa vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / bhadramukha akṣirogo me prādurbhūtaḥ / bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśeti / sa kathayati / ārya añjanaṃ pratisevasva / svāsthyaṃ te bhaviṣyati / bhadramukha kiṃ vayaṃ kāmabhoginaḥ / ārya idaṃ te bhaiṣajyam* / na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / vaidyopadeśenāñjanaṃ sevitavyam* / te na jānanti / tair vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / ārya śāstā te sarvajñaḥ / tam eva gatvā pṛccheti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / pañcāñjanāni / puṣpāñjanaṃ rasāñjanaṃ cūrṇāñjanaṃ guṭikāñjanaṃ sauvīrakāñjanam* / tena sevitam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / tenāvaśiṣṭam añjanaṃ yatra tatra vā sthāpitaṃ vinaṣṭam* / yāvad aparasya bhikṣor akṣirogaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / sa tatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / āyuṣman mamāpy akṣirogaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / asti tava kiñcid añjanam avaśiṣṭam* / sa samanveṣayati / na labhate / sa kathayati / āyuṣman añjanam (msv i ix) āsīt* / idānīṃ tu na labhyate / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣuṇā añjanaṃ yatra vā tatra vā sthāpayitavyam* / añjanadhārakasyāhaṃ bhikṣor āsamudācārikān dharmān prajñapayiṣyāmi / añjanadhārakair bhikṣubhir añjanāni evam evaṃ sthāpayitavyāni / puṣpāñjanaṃ pātre (fol. 93v1 = gbm 6.1056) rasāñjanaṃ samudgake sthāpayitavyam* / cūrṇāñjanaṃ guṭikāñjanaṃ sauvīrakaṃ ca puṭikāṃ baddhvā nāgadantake sthāpayitavyam* / añjanadhārakasya bhikṣor āsamudācārikā dharmā mayā prajñaptāḥ / etān na samādāya sthāpayati sātisāro bhavati /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / āyuṣmān saikata unmattaḥ kṣiptacittas tena tenāhiṇḍate / sa brāhmaṇagṛhapatis taṃ dṛṣṭvā āha / eṣa āyuṣmān kasya putraḥ / apare āhuḥ / amukasya gṛhapateḥ / te kathayanti / śākyaputrīyaśramaṇā anāthā apy apravrajitāḥ / yadi na pravrajito 'bhaviṣyat* jñātibhir asya cikitsā kṛtābhaviṣyat* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / evaṃ sati bhikṣavaḥ saikatasya bhikṣor glānyanirūpaṇāya praṣṭavyam* / atha te vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ / bhadramukha asyaivam evaṃ ca glānyam* / bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśa / ārya āmamāṃsaṃ paribhuñjatu / svastho bhaviṣyati / bhadramukha kim asau puruṣādaḥ / ārya na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / (msv i x) bhagavān āha / yady evaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ sevitavyam* / na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum* / māṃsaṃ dātavyam* / bhikṣavas tathā evānuprayacchanti / na khādati / bhagavān āha / akṣiṇī paṭṭakena baddhvā dātavyam* / tair dattam* / atiśīghraṃ paṭṭako muktaḥ / tena hastau liptau dṛṣṭau / tena vāntam* / bhagavān āha / sadyo na moktavyaḥ / atha cet* sadyo moktavyas tadā tasya hastau tadagrataḥ suśuddhe pānīye sthāpayitvā paścāt* paṭṭako moktavyaḥ / sa svasthībhūtaḥ / tasya sa eva dohadaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / yadā svasthībhūtas tadā evaṃ śikṣāṃ samādāya tat samavasthānam ācaritavyam* / adhyācarati sātisāro bhavati /

rājagṛhe nidānam* / āyuṣmān pilindavatso yataḥ pravrajito bahvābādhaḥ / sa bhikṣubhir ucyate / sthavira evaṃ te ābādhaḥ / sa kathayati / āyuṣmantaḥ satatam ahaṃ bahvābādhaḥ / niryāṇaprakaraṇaṃ nāsti / te kathayanti / sthavira purā kiṃ dhṛtam* / sa kathayati / bhaiṣajyaṃ kacchapuṭam* / idānīṃ kiṃ na dhārayasi / bhagavatā nānujñātam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / evaṃ saty anujñātam* / bhikṣūṇāṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ kacchapuṭaṃ dhārayitavyam* / bhikṣūṇāṃ mūlapuṣpagaṇḍaphalabhaiṣajyāni dhārayitavyāni / te sarvatra bhaiṣajyāni kacchapuṭe na dāpayanti / bhagavān āha / phalabhaiṣajyāni kacchapuṭe sthāpayitavyāni / mūlapuṣpagaṇḍabhaiṣajyāni (msv i xi) varaṇḍikāṃ baddhvā nāgadantake sthāpayitavyāni / bhagavān āha / kāle kāle śoṣayitavyāni / te ātape śoṣayanti / nirvīryaṃ bhavati / bhagavān āha / nātape śoṣayitavyam* / chāyāyāṃ śoṣayanti / tathāpi pūyyati / bhagavān āha / chāyātape śoṣayitavyam* / {the following first two lines of fol. 94r have not been transliterated by dutt} te praviṣajitvā gacchanti / vātavarṣam āgacchati na praveśayanti / bhagavān āha // praveśayitavyaṃ / uktaṃ bhagavatā praveśayitavyam iti / te na jānanti kena praveśayitavyam iti / bhagavān āha / ā .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. + + + + + + + + na bhavati / śrāmaṇerakena / śrāmaṇerako na bhavati svayam eva praveśayitavyaṃ / miśrībhavanti / bhikṣavaḥ saṃpṛṣṭā iti kṛtvā na paribhuṃjanti / bhagavān āha / vicīya vicīya paribhoktavyaṃ nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* //

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / yasmād āyuṣmān (fol. 94r3 = gbm 6.769) revato yatra kvacana kāṃkṣī tasya kāṃkṣārevataḥ kāṃkṣārevata iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / sa pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭaḥ / so 'nupūrveṇa guḍaśālāṃ gato yāvat paśyati kaṇena guḍaṃ badhyamānam* / sa kathayati / bhavanto mā kaṇena guḍaṃ bandhata / ārya asti kiṃcid anyaṃ bandhaṃ jānāsi / nāham anyaṃ bandhaṃ jānāmi / api tu vayam akāle paribhuṃjāmaḥ / ārya kāle vākāle vā paribhuñja / eṣo 'sya bandho 'nyathā bandhaṃ na gacchati / apareṇa samayena saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannam* / sa na khādati / tasya sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikāḥ kathayanti / ārya saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ paribhuñja / sa kathayati / bhadramukhāḥ sāmiṣam etat* / te 'pi na bhuñjate / anyair bhikṣubhir ucyante / āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ kiṃ na paribhuñjata / te kathayanti / upādhyāyaḥ kathayati sāmiṣam etat* / tair api na paribhuktam* / mahāparivāraḥ saḥ / tair na paribhuktam iti yadbhūyasā sarvasaṃghena na paribhuktam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata (msv i xii) ārocayanti bhagavān āha / na labhyante nāmiṣeṇāmiṣakṛtyaṃ kartum* / āgārapariśuddham iti kṛtvā paribhoktavyaṃ nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / athāyuṣmān revataḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastyāṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭaḥ / so 'nupūrveṇa vīthīṃ gataḥ / tena gāṃdhiko dṛṣṭaḥ saktuṃ spṛṣṭvā guḍaṃ spṛśati / sa kathayati / bhadramukha mā saktuṃ spṛṣṭvā guḍaṃ spṛśa / asmābhir akāle paribhoktavyam* / sa kathayati / ārya ko mama muhur muhur hastaśaucaṃ dadāti / apareṇa samayena saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannam* / sa na paribhuñjati / sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsinaḥ kathayanti / ārya saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ kiṃ na khādasi / sa kathayati / bhadramukhāḥ sāmiṣam etat* / tair api na paribhuktam* / te bhikṣubhir ucyante / āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghasya guḍakhādanīyaṃ saṃpannam* / kiṃ na paribhuñjata / te kathayanti / upādhyāyaḥ kathayati sāmiṣam etat* / tair api na paribhuktam* / mahāparivāraḥ saḥ / tair na paribhuktam iti yadbhūyasā sarvasaṃghena na paribhuktam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / na labhyante nāmiṣeṇāmiṣakṛtyaṃ kartum* / āgārapariśuddham (fol. 94v1 = gbm 6.768) iti kṛtvā paribhoktavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

(msv i xiii) śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya vāyvābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannam* / āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ saṃlakṣayati / bahuśo mayā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya paricaryā kṛtā na tu kadācid vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / yanv aham idānīṃ vaidyaṃ pṛccheyam* / sa vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / bhadramukha āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyedaṃ cedaṃ ca glānyam utpannaṃ tasyānulomikabhaiṣajyam upadiśeti / sa kathayati / ārya lavaṇaṃ sauvīrakaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / tena sauvīrakaṃ samudānītam* / lavaṇaṃ nāsti / sa lavaṇaṃ paryeṣitum ārabdhaḥ / āyuṣmatā pilindavatsenoktaḥ / asti āyuṣman mama śṛṅgāpuṭaṃ lavaṇaṃ yāvajjīvam adhiṣṭhitam* / yadi bhagavān anujānīte dadāmīti śāriputreṇa śrutam* / sa kathayati / mama mānasa āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana evaṃ bhavati / na labhyaṃ kālikena yāvajjīvikaṃ paribhoktum* / etat prakaraṇam āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavata ārocayati / bhagavān āha / na labhyaṃ maudgalyāyana yac ca kālikaṃ yac ca yāmikaṃ yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikam adhiṣṭhitam* / tatra maudgalyāyana yac ca yāmikaṃ yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac cet kālikena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ bhavati kālikasaṃsṛṣṭam iti kṛtvā kāle paribhoktavyaṃ kālātikrāntaṃ na paribhoktavyam* / yac ca yāmikaṃ yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac ca yāmikena saṃsṛṣṭam iti kṛtvā yāmaṃ paribhoktavyaṃ yāmātikrāntaṃ (msv i xiv) na paribhoktavyam* / yac ca sāptāhikaṃ yac ca yāvajjīvikaṃ tac cet sāptāhikena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ bhavati sāptāhikasaṃsṛṣṭam iti kṛtvā sāptāhaṃ paribhoktavyaṃ saptāhātikrāntaṃ na paribhoktavyam* {ms adds saptāhasyātyayān na paribhoktavyam*} / yan nu yāvajjīvikaṃ tad yāvajjīvikaṃ paribhoktavyam* / anyathā paribhuñjati sātisāro bhavati /

uddānam* /

mahāseno māṃsamarśo vātavyādhiś ca pūrṇakaḥ /

..... //

buddho bhagavān kāśīṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ / vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve / vārāṇasyāṃ mahāseno nāma gṛhapatiḥ prativasati āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ / tasya patnī mahāsenā nāma / sa sapatnīkaḥ śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ / tena srutam* / bhagavān kāśīṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ / vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve iti / śrutvā ca punar apy etad abhavat* / bahuśo mayā bhagavān antargṛhe upanimantrito na tv eva sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravāritaḥ / yanv aham etarhi bhagavantaṃ traimāsīṃ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravārayeyam iti viditvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ /

[folios 95 to 140 are missing]

(fol. 141r3 = gbm 6.950; msv i a) adrākṣīd bhagavān dūrād eva nīlanīlāṃ vanarājim* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar vajrapāṇiṃ yakṣam āmantrayate / paśyasi tvaṃ vajrapāṇe nīlanīlām etāṃ vanarājim* / paśyāmi bhadanta / eṣa vajrapāṇe kāśmīramaṇḍalam* / mama varṣaśataparinirvṛtasya mādhyandino nāma bhikṣur bhaviṣyaty ānandasya bhikṣoḥ sārdhaṃvihārī / sa huluṭaṃ duṣṭanāgaṃ vineṣyati / atha paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā samagre kāśmīramaṇḍale śāsanaṃ praveśayiṣyati / vipaśyanānukūlānāṃ śayanāsanaṃ yaduta kāśmīramaṇḍalam* /

ṣaṣṭigrāmasahasrāṇi ṣaṣṭigrāmaśatāni ca / ṣaṣṭir grāmās trayo grāmā hy etat kāśmīramaṇḍalam* /

bhraṣṭālāyām ṛṣir vinītaḥ āpannakaś ca yakṣaḥ saparivāraḥ / kanthāyāṃ yakṣiṇī saparivārā vinītā / dhānyapuram anuprāptaḥ / dhānyapure senarājaḥ paramasatyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / naitarīm anuprāptaḥ / naitaryām anyatamaḥ kumbhakāraḥ / so 'tīva śilpamadamattaḥ / śuṣkāṇi bhājanāni cakrād avatārayati / bhagavāṃs tasya vinayakālaṃ jñātvā kumbhakāraveṣaṃ gṛhītvā tena sārdhaṃ jalpaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / tvaṃ kīdṛśāni bhājanāni cakrād avatārayasi / sa kathayati / śuṣkāṇi / aham api śuṣkāṇy avatārayāmi / samas tvaṃ mayā / kim etad bhaṅgureṇa / ahaṃ dantamayāny api avatārayāmi / tvaṃ mattaḥ kuśalataro 'si / na kevalaṃ dantamayāni suvarṇaraupyavaiḍūryasphaṭikamayāny api / so 'bhiprasannaḥ / tato bhagavatā kumbhakāraveṣam (msv i b) antardhāpya svaveṣeṇa sthitvā saparijanaḥ satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / śādvalām anuprāptaḥ / śādvalāyāṃ mahāyakṣaparivāraḥ śaraṇagamanaśikṣāpadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ pālitakoṭo nāgapālakaś ca / nandivardhanam anuprāptaḥ / nandivardhane bhavadevo rājā saparivāraḥ satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ sasaptamātaṅgaputro bhūpayakṣaś ca / tatrāśvakapunarvasukau (fol. 141v1 = gbm 6.951) nāgayonāv upapannau / dvādaśānāṃ varṣāṇām atyayāt kṣubdhau / tāv evam āhatuḥ / nāvayor bhagavatā dharmo deśito yenāvāṃ vinipatitau nāgayonau jātau / kathaṃ vayam asya deśanāṃ jñāsyāmaḥ / bhagavata etad abhavat* / tayor mahānubhāvaḥ / sthānam etad vidyate yat parinirvṛtasya me śāsanaṃ bhasma kariṣyata iti viditvā yenāśvakapunarvasukayor bhavanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramyāśvakapunarvasukābhyāṃ catuṣpadiko dharmaparyāyo deśitaḥ / etasya vyākhyāṃ jñāsyatha / ke vayaṃ saddharmasya jñātāra iti viditvā tatraiva nimagnau / tayor etad abhavat* / deśito 'smākaṃ bhagavatā dharmaḥ / asmābhis tu na vijñāta iti / bhagavatā tasminn eva pradeśo pratimaikā dattā / aśvakapunarvasukau tatra punar nimajjataḥ / adyāpi bhagavāṃs tiṣṭhatīti tasminn eva pradeśe / bhagavatā nālī udaryā ca yakṣiṇī vinītā / kuntīnagaram anuprāptaḥ / kuntīnagare kuntī yakṣiṇī iti khyātā krodhānvitā caṇḍā ca prativasati / kuntīnagarasya brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ jātāni jātāny apatyāni bhakṣayati / aśrauṣuḥ kauntīnāgarā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavān kuntīnagaram anuprāptaḥ / tasmin pradeśe tiṣṭhatīti śrutvā te sannipatitāḥ kuntīnagarān nirgatāḥ / (msv i 1) yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇānāṃ kauntīnāgarāṇāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ bhagavān* dharmyayā kathayā pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocan* / adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavān* śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / atha bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ niṣaṇṇaṃ viditvā sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāraṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purataḥ sthitvā yācamāna evaṃ cāha / bhagavatā te te duṣṭanāgā duṣṭayakṣā vinītāḥ / iyaṃ bhadanta kuntī yakṣiṇī asmākaṃ dīrgharātram asapatnānāṃ sapatnī adrugdhānāṃ drogdhrī jātāni jātāny apatyāni harati / aho vata bhagavān kuntīṃ yakṣiṇīṃ vinayed anukampām upādāyeti / tena khalu samayena kuntī yakṣiṇī tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇābhūt* sannipatitā / tatra bhagavān yakṣīṇīm āmantrayate / śrutaṃ te kunti / śrutaṃ me bhagavan* / śrutaṃ te kunti / śrutaṃ me sugata / virama tvam asmāt pāpakād asaddharmāt* / samayenāhaṃ bhadanta (fol. 142r1 = gbm 6.952) viraṃsyāmi yady ete mamārthāya vihāraṃ kārayanti / tatra bhagavān kauntīnāgarān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn āmantrayate / śrutaṃ vo brāḥmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ / śrutaṃ bhagavan* / kathaṃ vo 'tra bhavati / kariṣyāmo bhagavan* / atha bhagavān kuntīṃ yakṣīṇīṃ saparivārāṃ vinīya prakrāntaḥ / bhagavān kharjūrikām anuprāptaḥ / khajūrikāyāṃ bāladārakān pāṃsustūpakaiḥ krīḍato 'drākṣīt* / bhagavān bāladārakān pāṃsustūpakaiḥ krīḍato dṛṣṭvā ca (msv i 2) punar vajrapāṇiṃ yakṣam āmantrayate / paśyasi tvaṃ vajrapāṇe bāladārakān pāṃsustūpakaiḥ krīḍataḥ / evaṃ bhadanta / eṣa caturvarṣaśataparinirvṛtasya mama vajrapāṇe kuśanavaṃśyaḥ kaniṣko nāma rājā bhaviṣyati / so 'smin pradeśe stūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati / tasya kaniṣkastūpa iti saṃjñā bhaviṣyati / mayi ca parinirvṛte buddhakāryaṃ kariṣyati /

tato bhagavān yāvac cāpalālasya bhavanaṃ yāvac ca rohitakam atrāntare saptasaptatiprāṇiśatasahasrāṇi vinīya rohitakam āgatya vihāraṃ praviśya pratisaṃlīnaḥ / bhagavān sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāyāyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / āgamayānanda yenādirājyam iti /

athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat* / pūrvaṃ bhadanta bhagavān evam āha / uttarāpathe nāgarājam apalālaṃ vineṣyāmaḥ / pañcānuśaṃsā uttarāpatheneti / atha ca punar bhagavān āha / āgamayānanda yenādirājyam iti / tat katham* / bhagavān āha / gato 'ham ānanda vajrapāṇisahīya uttarāpatham* / vyākṛtaṃ tamasāvanaṃ yāvad* / vyākṛtaṃ vālukāstūpam* / gato 'ham ānanda yāvac ca rohitakaṃ yāvac cāpalālasya nāgarājasya bhuvanam* / atrāntare tathāgatena rājñā saptasaptatiprāṇiśatasahasrāṇi vinītāni / pañcādīnavā uttarāpathe sthāṇukaṇṭakadrumapāṣāṇaśarkaraś caṇḍakukkuro duṣṭhulasamudācāro mātṛgrāmaḥ /

uddānam* /

ādirājyaṃ ca bhadrāśvo mathurā otalā ca /
ārāmavairaṃbhya ayodhyā ca nadī gaṅgā pretā velāmo bhavati paścimaḥ //

atha bhagavāñ chūraseneṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ carann ādirājyam anuprāptaḥ / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / asminn ānanda pradeśe mahāsammato rājā prathamato rājyābhiṣekenābhiṣiktaḥ / abhiṣikto 'yaṃ ca rājñām ādirato 'syādirājyaḥ ādirājya iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

bhadrāśvam anuprāptaḥ / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / asminn ānanda pradeśe rājño mahāsammatasya bhadram aśvaratnaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ yato 'sya bhadrāśvo bhadrāśva iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / āgamayānanda yena mathurā iti (fol. 142v1 = gbm 6.953) / evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavān mathurāṃ saṃprasthitaḥ / dūrād eva nīlanīlāṃ bhagavān vanarājiṃ dṛṣṭvā punar āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / paśyasi tvam ānanda etāṃ nīlanīlāṃ vanarājim* / evam bhadanta / eṣa ānanda uramuṇḍo nāma parvataḥ / atra mathurāyāṃ naṭo bhaṭaś ca dvau bhrātarau mama varṣaśataparinirvṛtasya vihāraṃ pratiṣṭhāpayataḥ / tatas tasya naṭabhaṭika iti saṃjñā bhaviṣyati / agraṃ ca bhaviṣyati (msv i 4) śamathavipaśyanānukūlānāṃ śayanāsanānām* / adyānanda mathurāyāṃ gupto nāma gāndhikadārako bhaviṣyati / tasya putraḥ upagupto nāma bhaviṣyati alakṣaṇako buddhaḥ / sa mama varṣoṣitasya parinirvṛtasya śāsane pravrajya buddhakāryaṃ kariṣyati / mādhyandino nāmnā ānandasya bhikṣoḥ sārdhaṃvihārī / sa upaguptaṃ pravrājayiṣyati / upaguptaḥ paścimako bhaviṣyati avavādakānām* / vṛkṣavāṭikāyāṃ guhā bhaviṣyati / dairghyeṇāṣṭādaśahastā / vistāreṇa dvādaśa / ucchrāyeṇa sapta / ye ye tasyāvavāde arhatvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyanti te te caturaṅgulamātrāṃ kaṭikāṃ tasyāṃ guhāyāṃ prakṣepsyante / yadā sā guhā purṇā bhaviṣyati arhatkaṭikābhis tadā upaguptaḥ parinirvāsyati / parinirvṛtaṃ cainaṃ tābhir evārhatkaṭikābhiḥ sametya te dhmāpayiṣyanti / bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paripapracchuḥ / bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmān upagupto 'nāgata eva bahujanānukampī vyākṛta iti / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi yathāsāv atīte 'py adhvani bahujanahitāya pratipannas tac chṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asyaiva urumuṇḍasya parvatasya triṣu pārśveṣu pratyekabuddhā ṛṣayo markaṭāś ca prativasanti / ekasmin pārśve pañca (msv i 5) pratyekabuddhaśatāni dvitīye pañca ṛṣiśatāni tṛtīye pañca markaṭaśatāni / ācaritaṃ markaṭayūthapater jātaṃ jātaṃ markaṭaśāvakaṃ praghātayati / tatas tā markaṭyaḥ śāvakaśokābhibhūtāḥ parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ / śṛṇvantu bhavantyo markaṭyaḥ / ayam asmākaṃ yūthapatir jātaṃ jātaṃ śāvakaṃ praghātayati / tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam* / yā asmākaṃ markaṭī āpannasatvā bhavati tayā yūthapater nārocayitavyam iti / yāvad apareṇa samayenānyatamā markaṭī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / sā tābhiḥ pratigupte pradeśe gopāyitvā mūlaphalair upasthāpitā / markaṭaśāvako jātaḥ / so 'pi tābhiḥ pratigupte pradeśe sthāpitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ / sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā tenāsau yūthapatiḥ svayūthāt pracyāvitaḥ / urumuṇḍaparvate itaś cāmutaś ca (fol. 143r1 = gbm 6.954) paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ / tena paribhramatā pratyekabuddhānāṃ śabdaḥ śrutaḥ / sa teṣāṃ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / yadā viśvastasaṃvāsaḥ saṃvṛttas {ms smṛtaḥ} tadā teṣāṃ mūlapatrapuṣpaphaladantakāṣṭhair upasaṃhāraṃ karoti / te 'pi tasya pātraśeṣaṃ chorayanti / ācaritaṃ teṣāṃ pratyekabuddhānāṃ bhuktvā bhuktvā paryaṅke niṣīdanti / so 'pi markaṭas teṣām īryāpathaṃ dṛṣṭvā paryaṅkena niṣīdati / yāvad apareṇa samayena teṣāṃ pratyekabuddhānām etad abhavat* / yad asmābhir anena kvāthakāyena prāptavyam* / prāptaṃ tad yan nu vayaṃ śāntaṃ nirvāṇadhātuṃ praviśema iti / tatas te jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtāḥ / teṣāṃ vyutthānakālaḥ / tasmin (msv i 6) nottiṣṭhanti iti / sa markaṭas tān apaśyan dhṛtiṃ na labhate / yāvad asau markaṭo guhāṃ praviśya teṣāṃ pratyekabuddhānāṃ cīvarāṇi vikopayitum ārabdhaḥ / yā devatā tasyāṃ guhāyām adhyuṣitā tasyā etad abhavat* / mā haivāyaṃ śākhāmṛgaḥ pratyekabuddhacīvarāṇi vikopayiṣyatīti dvāraṃ mahatyā śilayā pidhāyāvasthitā / tato 'sau markaṭaḥ śocitvā klamitvā paridevitvā prakrāntaḥ / urumuṇḍaparvate samantāt parikrāmati / anabhiratitvād dhṛtiṃ na labhamāno 'vahitaśrotro manuṣyaśabdam ākāṃkṣati / tena teṣām ṛṣīṇāṃ vākpravyāhāraśabdaḥ śrutaḥ / sa mārgapranaṣṭa ivādhvagas tvaritatvaritaṃ teṣāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / tena ṛṣayaḥ kaṣṭāni tapāṃsi tapyante / kecid ūrdhvahastakās tiṣṭhanti / kecid ekena pādena / kecit pañcatapas tapyante / yadāsau markaṭas taiḥ sārdhaṃ viśvastasaṃvāsaḥ saṃvṛttas tadā teṣām ṛṣīṇāṃ mūlapatrapuṣpaphaladantakāṣṭhair upasaṃhāraṃ karoti / te 'pi tasya bhaikṣaśeṣaṃ chorayanti / sa teṣām īryāpathaṃ vyākopya pratyekabuddheryāpathaṃ deśayati / tatra ye ūrdhvahastakās teṣāṃ hastān adhaḥ kṛtvā ricchaṭāśabdaṃ ca kṛtvā purastāt paryaṅkaṃ baddhvāvatiṣṭhate / ye pañcatapas tapyante teṣām agniṃ nirvāpya ricchaṭāśabdaṃ kṛtvā purastāt paryaṅkenāvatiṣṭhate / tatas taiḥ ṛṣibhir avavādakasyārocitam* / upādhyāya eṣa śākhāmṛgo 'smākaṃ tapovighnaṃ karoti / tais tasya vistareṇārocitam* / sa kathayati / bhavantaḥ smṛtimanto hy ete śākhāmṛgā bhavanti / nūnam anena īryāpathena ke (msv i 7) ṛṣayo 'nena dṛṣṭā bhaviṣyanti / yūyam api yathāsthāpitaṃ paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā niṣīdatha / te tathaiva paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā niṣaṇṇāḥ / teṣāṃ pūrvakāni kuśalamūlāny āmukhībhūtāni / tair anācāryakair anupādhyāyakair jñānena saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmān utpādya pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtas teṣāṃ markaṭasyāntike dharmānvayaḥ prasāda utpannaḥ / te yāni navaśasyāni (fol. 143v1 = gbm 6.955) navaphalāni navartukāni janapadāt piṇḍapātaṃ pratilabhate tāni tasmai prathamato datvā tata ātmanaḥ paribhuñjate / tāvad apareṇa samayena sa markaṭaḥ kālagataḥ / tatas taiḥ pratyekabuddhair nānādigdeśādhiṣṭhāneṣu gandhakāṣṭhāni samādāpya sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā dhmāpitaḥ /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau pratyekabuddhaiḥ saṃpoṣito markaṭaḥ sa evāsāv upaguptaḥ / tadāpy asau bahujanahitāya pratipannaḥ etarhy apy asau mayā bahujanahitānukampī vyākṛta iti /

atha bhagavāñ chūraseneṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran mathurām anuprāptaḥ / aśrauṣur māthurā brāhmaṇāḥ śramaṇo gautamo mathurām anuprāptaḥ / so 'tyarthaṃ cāturvarṇaviśuddhiṃ rocayati dīpayati prajñapayati prasthāpayati virujati vivṛṇoti uttānīkaroti deśayati / yady asau mathurāṃ pravekṣyati asmākaṃ lābhāntarāyo bhaviṣyati / sa cāsatkārabhītaḥ śrūyate / yadi tasya kaścid asatkāraṃ kuryād evam asau mathurāṃ na praviśet* iti cāsya nīcapuruṣo 'satkāraṃ kuryāt* (msv i 8) pravekṣyati na citrīkariṣyati / yady asya pradhānapuruṣaḥ kaścid asatkāraṃ kuryāc chobhanaṃ syāt* / tat ko 'smākaṃ pradhānapuruṣaḥ / tena khalu samayena mathurāyāṃ nīlabhūtir nāma brāhmaṇo vedavedāṅgapāragaḥ svavādoddyotakaḥ paravādanigrahasamarthaḥ / tasya vāk satyānuparivartinī / tato māthurā brāhmaṇāḥ saṅgamya samāgamya nīlabhūteḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ / upādhyāya śrūyate śramaṇo gautamo ihāgata iti / so 'tyarthaṃ cāturvarṇaviśuddhiṃ pūrvavad yāvat saṃprakāśayati / sa cāsatkārabhītaḥ śrūyate / yadi tasya kaścid asatkāraṃ kuryād evam asau mathurāṃ na pravekṣyati / yadi cāsya nīcapuruṣo 'satkāraṃ kariṣyati na citrīkariṣyati / yady asya pradhānapuruṣaḥ kaścid asatkāraṃ kuryāc chobhanaṃ syāt* / tato 'smākaṃ kaḥ pradhānapuruṣaḥ ṛte upādhyāyāt* / tvam asyāsatkāraṃ kuru vāgdaṇḍair ākrośaya / nīlabhūtiḥ kathayati / bhavanto mameyaṃ jihvā satyānupravartinī / yady ākrośārho bhaviṣyati ākrokṣyāmi / atha stavārhas toṣyāmīti / tato nīlabhūtir brāhmaṇo vṛddhavṛddhair mathurānivāsibhir brāhmaṇaiḥ saṃpuraskṛto yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / adrākṣīn nīlabhūtir brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ vyomaprabhālaṅkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ (msv i 9) jaṃgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam anyataraṃ vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya śāntena īryāpathena niṣaṇṇam* / dṛṣṭvā ca vismayotphulladṛṣṭiḥ stotum ārabdhaḥ /

praṇidhāya manaḥ sahendriyair vidhivad* (fol. 144r1 = gbm 6.956) vāk* ca śarīram eva ca / guṇabhūta mahāguṇodadhes tava vakṣyāmi guṇaikadeśatām* // 1 
paramapravaro 'si vādinām anavadyaḥ susamāhitendriyaḥ /
paramārthavid aprakampitaḥ prayataiḥ sarvaparapravādibhiḥ // 2
 
caraṇaṃ susamāptam eva te susamāptavrata sādhitavrataḥ /
balavāṃś ca samādhir avyayas tava nārāyaṇaśailarājavat* // 3
 
puruṣarṣabha nāsti te vyathā na viṣādo na bhayaṃ na ca klamaḥ /
na ca te vyasanaṃ kutaḥ kalir na ca bhūteṣu kadācid akṣamā // 4
 
na ca dhāvasi nātilīyase na ca santapyasi nāpi hṛṣyase /
satataṃ śubham eva te manaḥ satataṃ merur ivācalādhipaḥ // 5
 
munipuṅgava sarvadhātubhir vipulaṃ jñānam apāvṛtaṃ tava /
aparāhatam akṣayavyayaṃ vividheṣv āyataneṣu vartase // 6
 
na ca te 'sti mune kathaṃkathā vimatir nāsti na saṃśayaḥ kvacit* /
svayam eva na te parāparaṃ viditaṃ sarvam avedi vidyayā // 7
  
priyadarśanasādhudarśanapriyasādhupriyapaṇḍitapriyaḥ /
samam eva hi te priyāpriyaṃ satataṃ prītikaras tatheryase // 8
 madhurapratibhānavānasi smitavākyaḥ smṛtimān viśāradaḥ / vividānumataṃ prabhāṣase triṣu lokeṣu ca te stṛtaṃ yaśaḥ / 9 
nṛsurāsurayakṣarākṣasā bahavas tvām ihalokapaṇḍitāḥ /
upagamya mune punaḥ punaḥ paripṛcchanti na cābhiṣūyase // 10
 
svavacaḥparitoṣitās tvayā naradevāḥ surayakṣarākṣasāḥ /
pratiyānti vinītasaṃśayāś caraṇau vandya ca te mahāmune // 11
 
sthitam āsitam āgataṃ gataṃ śayitaṃ maunam athābhyudīritam* /
atha cīvarapātradhāraṇaṃ ruciraṃ gautama sarvam eva te // 12
 
avilambitam adrutaṃ samaṃ svaramādhuryaguṇaiḥ samanvitam* /
vacanaṃ punar uktavarjitaṃ samaye vyāharase narottama // 13
 
balavān asi lokaviśrutaḥ puruṣajñaḥ puruṣarṣabhaḥ prabhuḥ /
na ca manyasi nāvamanyase sakalaṃ lokam imaṃ sadaivatam* // 14
 na ca vismayase kadācana prakṛtistheṣu calācaleṣu ca / suhṛdeṣu ca durhṛdeṣu ca pratikūleṣv anulomavatsu ca // 15  
paridevyam adīnanisvanaṃ srutalālārpitasannināditam* /
paridāhavidāhasaṃyutaṃ bhayarogajvaraśokakarṣitam* // 16
 
prasamīkṣya jagat samākulaṃ vividhair duḥkhaśatair upadrutam* /
cirarātram anātham utsukaṃ bhavatṛṣṇāprasṛtaṃ tamovṛtam* // 17
 
avatārya muner mahākṛpāṃ vividhāṃ cātmagatāṃ prabhāvatām* /
svayam eva hi śākyapuṅgava vyathitān mocayituṃ tvam udyataḥ // 18
 
bhavaduḥkham idaṃ sahetukaṃ bhavaduḥkhasya ca yaḥ parikṣayaḥ /
bhavaduḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipaccāpratimaṃ tvayocyate // 19
 
ativīrya mahāvināyakapravarāṇām anuvādināṃ vara /
na ca te sadṛśaḥ kuto 'dhikas triṣu lokeṣv api naiva vidyate // 20
 pratighānunayā (fol. 144v1 = gbm 6.957) na santi te na ca te santi mune parisravāḥ / anurodhavirodhavigrahāḥ satataṃ suvrata naiva naiva te // 21 apahāya mune priyāpriye sukhaduḥkhe viṣamaṃ samaṃ tathā / aratiṃ ca ratiṃ viparyayann upaśāntaś carasīha saṃyataḥ // 22 
vyasane na ca nāma nirmanā na ca nāmonnamase praśaṃsayā /
ayaśaś ca yaśaś ca te samaṃ samam ākruṣṭam athāpi vanditam* // 23
 
ativākyam atho titikṣase puruṣaṃ pāpajanair udīritam* /
samarāgragato viṣāṇavān bhṛśamuktān iva kuñjaraḥ śarān* // 24
  
suvacas tvam ṛṣe vacaḥkṣamaḥ sudurukteṣv api nābhiṣūyase /
samam eva ca vartase mune paribhāṣāsu śubhāsu vākṣu ca // 25
 
satataṃ ca varārha pūjyase naradevāsurayakṣarākṣasaiḥ /
ṛṣibhiś ca sadā mahātmabhir na ca te vikriyate sthiraṃ manaḥ // 26
 
pravaro 'ham ito na manyase 'tyavaro 'ham ito na manyase /
sadṛśo 'ham ito na manyase trividhā mānavidhā na santi te // 27
 
dhṛtimān samaloṣṭakāñcanaḥ samavaiḍūryakaṭhallaśarkaraḥ /
tṛṇakāṣṭhasamaṃ mahāmune carasīdaṃ hi sadevakaṃ jagat* // 28
 
himabhāskararaśmisaṃgamāc chiśiroṣṇaṃ pavanaṃ samudvahan* /
adhivāsayase nagendravan na ca te pravyathate sthiraṃ manaḥ // 29
 
śayanāsanapānabhojanaṃ vividhaṃ cīvaram uttarādharam* /
idam arthikato nideśase pratisaṃkhyāya mune nirāsravam* // 30
 
na ca śocasi nātha nāsti me na ca te santi mune parigrahāḥ /
asito 'si suvākyanirmamaḥ parimukto vividhair upadravaiḥ // 31
 
na ca lābham avāpya hṛṣyase tadalābhāc ca layaṃ na gacchasi /
avamānam atho titikṣase na ca saṃmānam ihābhinandasi // 32
  
kṣatajopamam agracandanaṃ surabhūmandarasānusambhavam* /
asayo niśitāḥ śarāś ca te na vikurvanti manaḥ kadācana // 33
 na kathāṃ kathayasy anarthikāṃ na ca yā durjanasevitā kathā / na ca lābhakathā na sāmiṣā na ca yā nānumatā mahātmabhiḥ // 34 
pravivekakathāḥ sukhāvahāḥ praśamaṃ yāḥ pravadanti kevalam* /
kathayasy atidevatāḥ kathāḥ kathitā yā vinayanti kilviṣam* // 35
 
madhurāṇi ca saṅgatāni ca svabhinītāni ca sāravanti ca /
vacanāni mune prabhāṣase jagadarthāya viniścitāni ca // 36
 
abudhā viparītadarśanāś capalāḥ sāhasikāḥ priyānvitāḥ /
piśunāḥ paruṣāḥ śaṭhāś ca ye bhagavaṃs taiḥ saha saṅgataṃ na te // 37
 
aśaṭhā ṛjavaś ca ye narāḥ śucayaḥ satyaratā jitendriyāḥ /
satataṃ ca samīkṣyakāriṇo bhagavaṃs taiḥ saha saṅgataṃ tava // 38
 
dharmajña nayajña pudgalajña tvāṃ vande ṣaḍabhijña sarvadaiva /
kṣetrajña mune parāparajña tvāṃ vande śirasā nayānayajña // 39
 pṛthum api samīkṣate guṇaṃ tava parikathito hi mayā guṇaikadeśaḥ /  na tava guṇamahārṇavasya pāraṃ jagati pumān adhigantum ārya śaktaḥ // 40

ity evamādibhiḥ pañcabhiḥ stotraśatair bhagavān abhiṣṭutaḥ {ms abhituṣṭaḥ} / tathābhiprasannasya ca bhagavatā nīlabhūter dharmo deśitaḥ / yathā yathā tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇena satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / atha nīlabhūtir brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ stutvā prakrāntaḥ / so 'dhvapratipanno māthuryair brāhmaṇaiḥ saṃcamparīkṛtaḥ / upādhyāya tvam asmābhir abhihitaḥ / śramaṇasya gautamasyāsatkāraṃ kuruṣveti / sa tvam etarhi stutvā āgataḥ / bhavanto na tv ahaṃ pūrvam avocam* / mama jihvā satyābhidhāyinī / yady ākrośārho bhaviṣyati / ākrośe / stavārho bhaviṣyati / stoṣya iti / stavārhaḥ śramaṇo gautamo mayā stutaḥ /

atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya mathurāṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat* / tena khalu samayena mathurāyāṃ nakṣatrarātraḥ pratyupasthitaḥ / atha yā devatā mathurāyām adhyuṣitā tasyā etad abhavat* / yadi śramaṇo gautamo mathurāṃ pravekṣyati / mama nakṣatrarātrer antarāyaṃ kariṣyatīti viditvā bhagavataḥ purastād vinagno 'sthāt* / bhagavān āha / apraticchannas tāvad devate mātṛgrāmo na śobhate prāg eva vinagna iti / atha sā devatā jihrīya nagnarūpā ekānte 'pakrāntā / tato bhagavān mārgād apakramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / pañceme bhikṣava ādīnavā mathurāyām* / katame pañca / utkūlanikūlāḥ sthāṇukaṇṭakapradhānā (msv i 15) bahupāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallā uccandrabhaktāḥ pracuramātṛgrāmā iti /

atha bahagavān na praviśann eva mathurāṃ yena gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanam abhyavagāhyānyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇo divāvihārāya / aśrauṣur māthurā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavān piṇḍāya prāviśat* devatayā viheṭhitaḥ / apraviśann eva mathurāṃ gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanaṃ gata iti śrutvā ca punaḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pratyekaṃ pratyekaṃ sthālīpākaṃ samudānīya śakaṭe āropya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇān* śrāddhān māthurān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / ihāsmābhir bhadanta bhagavantam uddiśya śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya śakaṭaṃ pūrṇam ānītam* / tad bhagavān pratigṛhṇātu anukampām upādāya iti / tatra bhagavān ānandam āyuṣmantam āmantrayate / gacchānanda yāvanto bhikṣavo gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanam (fol. 145v1 = gbm 6.959) upaniśritya (msv i 16) viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātaya / paribhokṣyante piṇḍapātam iti / evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yāvanto bhikṣavo gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt* / ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat* / yāvanto bhadanta bhikṣavo gardabhasya yakṣasya bhavanam upaniśritya viharanti sarve te upasthānaśālāyāṃ sanniṣaṇṇāḥ sannipatitāḥ / yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti / atha bhagavān yenopasthānaśālā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / atha māthurāḥ śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ bhagavataḥ purastāt tasthur āyācamānaṃ cāhuḥ / bhagavatā bhadanta te te duṣṭanāgā duṣṭayakṣāś ca vinītāḥ / ayaṃ bhadanta gardabhako yakṣo 'smākaṃ dīrgharātram avairiṇāṃ vairī / asapatnānāṃ sapatnaḥ / adrugdhānāṃ drogdhā / jātāni jātāny apatyāny apaharati / aho vata bhagavān gardabhakaṃ yakṣaṃ vinayed anukampām upādāyeti / tena khalu samayena gardabhako yakṣas tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ / tatra bhagavān gardabhakaṃ yakṣam āmantrayate / śrutaṃ te gardabhaka / śrutaṃ me bhagavan* / śrutaṃ te gardabhaka (msv i 17) / śrutaṃ me sugata / viramāsmāt pāpakād asaddharmāt* / bhagavan samayato 'haṃ viramāmi / yadi mām uddiśya cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya vihāraṃ kārayantīti / tatra bhagavān māthurān śrāddhān brahmaṇagṛhapatīn āmantrayate / śrutaṃ vo brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ / śrutaṃ bhagavan* / kārayiṣyāmaḥ / tatra bhagavatā gardabhako yakṣaḥ pañcaśataparivāro vinītaḥ / śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tān uddiśya pañca vihāraśatāni kāritāni / evaṃ śaro yakṣo vano yakṣaḥ ālikāvendā maghā yakṣiṇī vinītā / atha bhagavatā ṛddhyā mathurāṃ praviśya timisikā {ms bhagavato bhagavān ṛddhyā vinītā} yakṣiṇī pañcaśataparivārā vinītā / tām apy uddiśya pañcavihāraśatāni kāritānīti / tatra bhagavatā sāntarbahir mathurāyām ardhatṛtīyāni yakṣasahasrāṇi vinītāni / tāny uddiśya śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir ardhatṛtīyāni vihārasahasrāṇi kāritāni /

atha bhagavān otalām anuprāptaḥ / otalāyāṃ viharati / otalīye vanaṣaṇḍe / tatra otalāyano nāma brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ prativasati āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhoga iti vistaraḥ /

atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya otalāyāṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat* / anyatamasmin pradeśe pañcamātrāṇi kārṣikaśatāni (msv i 18) udrajaḥśiraskāni śaṇaśāṭīnivastāni halaṃ vāhayanti / adrākṣus te kārṣikā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśan mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇālaṃkṛtaṃ (fol. 146r1 = gbm 6.960) dyotitamūrtim iti vistaraḥ / bhagavatā teṣāṃ dharmo deśitaḥ / yāvan mānyāś cābhivādyāś ca saṃvṛttāḥ /

atha tad balīvardasahasraṃ yoktrāṇi varatrāṇi cchitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntam* / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā saṃparivāryāvatasthuḥ / bhagavatā teṣāṃ tribhiḥ padair dharmo deśito yāvac cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannāḥ / yāvad dṛṣṭasatyāḥ svabhavanaṃ gatāḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta ebhiḥ pañcabhiḥ kārṣikaśatair ebhiś ca balīvardaiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena kārṣikāḥ saṃvṛttā daridragṛheṣūpapannāḥ / ime ca balīvardāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / bhagavān āha / ebhir evaṃ bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtānīti vistaraḥ /

ete kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajitāḥ / ebhis tatra kausīdyenābhināmitam* / tasya karmaṇo vipākena kārṣikāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / ebhiś ca balīvardais tatraiva pravrajitaiḥ kṣudrānukṣudraiḥ śikṣāpadair anādaraṃ kṛtam* / tasya karmaṇo vipākena tiryakṣūpapannāḥ / yat te kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajitās tasya karmaṇo vipākena mamāntikāt satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānām iti vistaraḥ /

aśrauṣīd otalāyano brāhmaṇaḥ śramaṇo gautamo otalām anuprāptaḥ / otalāyāṃ viharati otalīyake vanaṣaṇḍa iti /

otalāyanasūtraṃ vistareṇa saṃyuktāgame mārgavarganipāte /{ms gbm 960.6: saṃyuktakāgame mārgavarganipāte}

atha otalāyanasya brāhmaṇasyaitad abhavat* / kiṃ punar asyānarthaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ / tena ca pūrvaṃ śrutaṃ śramaṇo gautamaḥ saśrāvakaṃ saṃghaṃ bhojayitvā praṇidhānaṃ karoti / sa yac cintayati yat prārthayate tat sarvaṃ pratilabhate iti / atha otalāyano brāhmaṇaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavan gautama śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena / pūrvavad yāvad bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ cintayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvanta ime śramaṇāḥ śākyaputrīyā mayā bhojitāḥ sarva ete mama balīvardāḥ syur iti / atha bhagavān otalāyanasya brāhmaṇasya cetasā cittam ājñāya otalāyanaṃ brāhmaṇam idam avocat* / apratirūpaṃ te brāhmaṇa cittam utpāditam* / naitat samṛdhyati / tathā hy ete sarve bhikṣavaḥ kṣīṇapunarbhavāḥ / anyac cittam utpādayety uktvā bhagavān dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ / atha bhagavān vihāraṃ gataḥ purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / otalāyanena bhikṣavo brāhmaṇena mithyāpraṇidhānasamutthaṃ (msv i 20) pāpakaṃ cittam utpāditam* / yuṣmābhir (fol. 146v1 = gbm 6.961) bhuktvā ārṣā gāthā vaktavyā / mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ na samarddhiṣyati /

atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātrer atyayād otalāṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣad āyuṣmatā ānandena paścācchramaṇena / tadā otalāyāṃ kacaṃgalā nāma vṛddhā / sā udakārthinī kūlam apasṛtā / bhagavāṃs tasya vinayakālam avekṣyāyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gacchānanda etasyā vṛddhāyāḥ kathaya / bhagavāṃs tṛṣitaḥ pānīyam anuprayaccheti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yena kacaṃgalā vṛddhā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya kacaṃgalāṃ vṛddhām idam avocat* / kacaṃgale bhagavāṃs tṛṣitaḥ pānīyam anuprayaccheti / sā kathayati / ārya ahaṃ svayam evāneṣyāmīti / tataḥ kacaṃgalā udakaghaṭaṃ pūrayitvā tvaritatvaritā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / dadarśa kacaṃgalā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyaṃjanair virājitagātraṃ vyomaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam* / kacaṃgalāsahadarśanād asyāḥ putrasneham utpannam* / sā ūrdhvabāhuḥ putra putreti bhagavantaṃ pariṣvaṅktum ārabdhā / bhikṣavas tāṃ vārayanti / bhagavān āha / mā yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ etāṃ vṛddhāṃ vārayata / tat kasya hetoḥ /

pañca janmaśatāny eṣā me mātābhūn nirantaram* /
sā ced eṣā nivāritā mama gātrasya śleṣaṇāt* //

idānīṃ rudhiraṃ hy uṣṇaṃ kaṇṭhād eṣā vamet kṣaṇāt* /
kṛtajñatām anusmṛtya dṛṣṭvemāṃ putralālasām* /
kāruṇyād gātrasaṃśleṣaṃ pradadāmy anukampayā // iti //

bhagavatā tasyāḥ kaṇṭhāśleṣo dattaḥ / putrasnehaṃ vinodya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya / tato bhagavatā tasyā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñatvā tādṛśī cāturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā kacaṃgalayā viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / sā dṛṣṭasatyā trir udānam udānayati / idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā / pūrvavad yāvat* / anādyakālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate /

yat kartavyaṃ suputreṇa mātānugrahakāriṇā /
tat kṛtaṃ bhavatā me 'dya cittaṃ mokṣaparāyaṇam* //

durgatibhyaḥ samuddhṛtya svarge mokṣe ca te aham* /
sthāpitā suprayatnena sādhu te duṣkaraṃ kṛtam* //

ity uktvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntā / atha kacaṃgalā apareṇa samayena svāminam anujñāpya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇā / ekāntaniṣaṇṇā kacaṃgalā bhagavantam idam avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣuṇībhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato (fol. 147r1 = gbm 6.962) 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / bhagavatā mahāprajāpatye saṃnyastā / tatas tayā pravrājitā upasaṃpāditā avavādo dattaḥ / tayā yujyamānayā ghaṭamānayā vyāyacchamānayā sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / arhantinī ca babhūva / traidhātukavītarāgā pūrvavan mānyā ca saṃvṛttā /

yadā bhagavān bhikṣuṇīnāṃ saṃkṣepeṇoddiśya vihāraṃ praviśati pratisaṃlayanāya tadā taṃ kacaṃgalā vistareṇa vyākaroti / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / eṣāgrā me bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇīnāṃ mama śrāvikāṇāṃ sūtrāntavibhāgakartrīṇāṃ yaduta kacaṃgalā bhikṣuṇī iti /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta kacaṃgalāyāḥ karma kṛtaṃ yena vṛddhā pravrajitā / kiṃ ca karma kṛtaṃ yena daridrā dāsī ca saṃvṛttā bhagavāṃś ca paścimena garbhavāsena dhāritaḥ / pravrajyārhatvaṃ ca sākṣātkṛtam* / bhagavatā ca sūtrāntavibhāgakartrīṇām agrā nirdiṣṭeti / bhagavān āha / kacaṃgalayaiva (msv i 23) bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇyā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo bodhisatvacaryāyāṃ vartamānasya eṣā mama mātā babhūva / yadāhaṃ pravrajitum icchāmi tadā mām eva vārayati / tasya karmaṇo vipākena vṛddhā pravrajitā / dānaṃ dadato me 'nayā dānāntarāyaḥ kṛtaḥ / tena daridrā saṃvṛttā / na cānayā puṇyamaheśākhyasaṃvartanīyāni karmāṇi kṛtāni yathā mahāmāyayā yenāham anayā paścime garbhavāsena dhāritaḥ / kāśyape ca samyaksaṃbuddhe pravrajitā yāḥ śaikṣāśaikṣā bhikṣuṇyo dāsīvādena samudācaritāḥ / tena dāsī saṃvṛttā / yat tatrānayā paṭhitaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ skandhakauśalaṃ dhātukauśalam āyatanakauśalaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalaṃ sthānāsthānakauśalaṃ ca kṛtaṃ tena mama śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / yasyāś copādhyāyikāyāḥ sakāśe pravrajitā sā bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena sūtrāntavibhāgakartrīṇām agrā nirdiṣṭā / tatrānayā maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ yan mayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe anuttare dakṣiṇīye yāvad āyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ na ca kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ / anena kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapenottaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛto bhaviṣyati / tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhat samyaksaṃbuddha iti / tasyāhaṃ śāsane pravrajeyam* / (msv i 24) yathaiṣā me upādhyāyikā bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena sūtrāntavibhāgakartrīṇām agrā nirdiṣṭā / (fol. 147v1 = gbm 6.963) evaṃ mām apy asau bhagavān śākyamuniḥ sūtravibhāgakartrīṇām agrāṃ nirdiśed iti / tat praṇidhānavaśād etarhi mayā sūtrāntavibhāgakartrīṇām agrā nirdiṣṭā / iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ / pūrvavad yāvat* / ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam idam avocat* /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / āgamayānanda yena vairaṃbhyam iti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavān saṃprasthito yāvad anyatamasminn ārāme / brāhmaṇaḥ kūpāt pānīyam uddharati / ārāmaṃ sektum ārabdhaḥ / adrākṣīt sa brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati / yadi śramaṇo gautama ārāmaṃ pravekṣyati / ārāmām udapānaṃ sa dūṣayatīti / tato rajjuṃ tipyakaṃ ca gopāyitvā sthitaḥ / atha bhagavān ṛddhyārāmaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / pāṃcikena ca mahāyakṣasenāpatinā tad udapānaṃ plāvīkṛtam* / sarvo 'sāv ārāma udakena plāvitaḥ / tato 'sau brāhmaṇo mahardhiko 'yaṃ śramaṇo gautamo mahānubhāva iti viditvātiprasannaḥ kathayati / (msv i 25) āgacchatu bhagavan gautama / iyaṃ rajjur idaṃ tipyakam* / gṛhṇātu pānīyaṃ yathāsukham iti /

atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

kiṃ kuryād udapānena āpaś cet sarvato yadi /
chitveha mūlaṃ tṛṣṇāyāḥ kasya paryeṣaṇāṃ caret* // iti //

athāsau brāhmaṇo bhagavantam idam avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ pūrvavad yāvat* / ehibhikṣukayā pravrājitaḥ /

ehīti coktaḥ sa tathāgatena muṇḍaś ca saṃghāṭīparītadehaḥ / sadyaḥ praśāntendriya eva tasthau naiva sthito buddhamanorathena // {ms: tasthur nepacchitā; cf. nepacchitā -> pravr-v iii, fol.47r6}

tenodyacchamānena ghaṭamānena vyāyacchamānena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / arhan saṃvṛttaḥ / traidhātukavītarāgaḥ pūrvavad yāvad abhivādyaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ /

atha bhagavāñ chūraseneṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vairaṃbhyam anuprāpto vairaṃbhye viharati naḍerapicumandamūle / tena khalu samayena vairaṃbhyeṣv agnidatto nāma brāhmaṇarājo rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca / aśrauṣīd agnidatto brāhmaṇarājaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ śūraseneṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vairaṃbhyam anuprāpto vairaṃbhye viharati naḍerapicumandamūle (msv i 26) iti / śrutvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat* / śramaṇo gautamaḥ sarvasāmantarājānāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhatsaṃmataḥ / saced ahaṃ śramanaṃ gautamaṃ na satkariṣyāmi prātisīmānāṃ koṭṭarājānāṃ garhyo bhaviṣyāmi / bālo vata bhavanto 'gnidatto brāhmaṇarājo yasya grāmakṣetram upaniśritya śramaṇo gautamo viharati na ca satkaroti / (fol. 148r1 = gbm 6.964) yanv ahaṃ śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaṃ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravārayeyam iti viditvā mahatyā rājarddhyā mahatā rājānubhāvena vairaṃbhyān niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇam agnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* /

athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarāja utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān gautamas traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena iti / adhivāsayati bhagavān agnidattasya brāhmaṇarājasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / tena niveśanaṃ gatvā amātyānām ājñā dattā / pratidivasam aṣṭādaśaprakāraṃ khādyakaṃ pacata nānāsūpikarasavyaṃjanopetaṃ ca prabhūtaṃ bhaktam* / vairaṃbhye ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / nānyena śramaṇo gautamas traimāsīṃ bhojayitavyaḥ / yo bhojayati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti / sa evaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā (msv i 27) rātrau śayitaḥ svapnam adrākṣīt* / ātmīyair antraiḥ {ms ātmadīyair antraiḥ} sarvaṃ vairaṃbhyaṃ nagaraṃ veṣṭitam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhītaḥ saṃtaptaḥ āhṛṣṭaromakūpo laghu laghv eva mahārhaśayanād utthāya kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / mā haiva me atonidānaṃ rājyāc cyutir bhaviṣyati jīvitasya vāntarāya iti / sa prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ brāhmaṇāya purohitāya nivedayāmāsa / upādhyāya mayā īdṛśaḥ svapno dṛṣṭaḥ / katham atra pratipattavyam iti / brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ saṃlakṣayati / kiṃ cāpi devenāśobhanaḥ svapno dṛṣṭaḥ / yady aham enam anusaṃvarṇayeyaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā śramaṇo gautamaḥ prasādam utpādayiṣyati / yanv aham enaṃ vivarṇayeyeam iti viditvā kathayati / devena śobhanaḥ svapno na dṛṣṭaḥ / upādhyāya kiṃvipāko 'yaṃ bhaviṣyati / niyataṃ devasya rājyacyutir bhaviṣyati jīvitasya vāntarāyaḥ / rājā saṃlakṣayati / aho vata me na rājyacyutiḥ syād vā jīvitasyāntarāya iti viditvā brāhmaṇaṃ purohitam idam avocat* / upādhyāya ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yena me na rājyacyutir bhaven nāpi jīvitasyāntarāya iti / sa kathayati / yadi devas traimāsīm adarśanapathe tiṣṭhati evaṃ devasya na rājyacyutir bhavati nāpi jīvitasyāntarāyaḥ / agnidatto brāhmaṇarājaḥ saṃlakṣayati / yady evaṃ sukaram* / evaṃ kārayāmi ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇam iti / tena sarvavijite ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / na (fol. 148v1 = gbm 6.965) mama kenacit traimāsīṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyam* / ya upasaṃkrāmati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti / sa ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā (msv i 28) traimāsīm adarśanapathe sthitaḥ / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kālyam evotthāya yenāgnidattasya brāhmaṇarājasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / yāvat paśyaty agnidattasya brāhmaṇarājasya pauruṣeyā alpotsukān kṛtvā tiṣṭhanti / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ kathayati / bhavantaḥ kim alpotsukās tiṣṭhatha / te kathayanti / ārya kiṃ kurmaḥ / na tv agnidattena brāhmaṇarājena buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghas traimāsīṃ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravāritaḥ / te yūyam alpotsukās tiṣṭhatha nāhāraṃ sajjīkurutha nāsanaprajñaptim* / kiṃ buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho bhaktacchedaṃ kariṣyatīti / te kathayanti / āryānanda devenājñā dattā / paṃcānāṃ śatānām āhāraṃ sajjīkuruta praṇītaṃ prabhūtaṃ ceti / na tūktam amukasyārthāyeti / bhavanto gatvā ārocayata / ārya devena ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / na mama kenacid darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyam* / ya upasaṃkrāmati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti / tat kim asmākaṃ śirodvayam* / na vayam ārocayāma iti / athāyuṣmān ānando yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya etat prakaraṇaṃ bhagavato vistareṇārocayati / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gacchānanda saṃghāṭīm ādāya paścācchramaṇaṃ ca vairaṃbhye rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣv ārocaya / yo yuṣmākaṃ bhavantaḥ utsahate buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca traimāsīṃ bhojayituṃ bhojayatv iti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya saṃghāṭīm ādāya paścācchramaṇaṃ ca rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣv ārocayati / yo yuṣmākaṃ bhavantaḥ utsahate buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ traimāsīṃ bhojayituṃ sa bhojayatv iti / vairaṃbhyā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ (msv i 29) kathayanti / āryānanda ekaiko 'smākam utsahate traimāsīṃ bhojayitum* / api tu anena kalirājena ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / nānyena kenacit traimāsīm upanimaṃtrya buddhapramuko bhikṣusaṃgho bhojayitavyam* / yo bhojayati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti /

yāvad uttarāpathāt sārthavāhaḥ paṃcāśvaśatāni paṇyam ādāya vairaṃbhyam anuprāptaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / yad idānīṃ gamiṣyāmi aśvānāṃ khuraḥ kledam āpatsyate / aparṇā bhaviṣyanti / ihaiva tiṣṭhāmīti / sa tatraivāvasthitaḥ / tenāśvājāneyasya dvau yavaprasthau prajñaptau / avaśiṣṭānām aśvānām ekaikaḥ / śrutaṃ cānena rājñā ayaṃ cāyaṃ ca kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ / āyuṣmatānandena evam ārocitam iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / nāham asya rājño viṣaye nivāsī / kiṃ mama rājā (fol. 149r1 = gbm 6.966) kariṣyati / iti viditvāyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat* / āryānanda mayā aśvājāneyasya dvau yavaprasthau prajñaptau / avaśiṣṭānām aśvānām ekaikaḥ / yadi bhagavān utsahate yavān paribhoktum ahaṃ bhagavataḥ prasthadvayam anuprayacchāmi / anyeṣāṃ ca bhikṣūṇām ekaikam iti /

athāyuṣmān ānando yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya etat prakaraṇaṃ bhagavato vistareṇārocayati / atha bhagavata etad abhavat* / mayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni oghavat pratyupasthitāni / avaśyaṃbhāvīni mayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati / na hi karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante / (msv i 30) nābdhātau / na tejodhātau / na vāyudhātāv api / pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām iti /

āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gacchānanda bhikṣūṇāṃ śalākāṃ {dutt throughout śilākāṃ} cāraya / yo yuṣmākam utsahate tathāgatena sārdhaṃ vairaṃbhye traimāsīṃ yavān paribhoktuṃ sa śalākāṃ gṛhṇātv iti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya śalākāṃ cārayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvad bhagavatā śalākāṃ gṛhītvā bhikṣudvayonaiś ca pāṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ / āyuṣmāṃs tu śāriputraḥ kathayati / bhagavann ahaṃ vāyvābādhiko notsahe traimāsīṃ yavān paribhoktum iti / āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ kathayati / aham asyopasthāyika iti / tato bhagavān bhikṣudvayaunaiḥ paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ vairaṃbhye varṣā upagataḥ / āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau triśaṅkuṃ parvataṃ gatvā varṣā upagatau / tataḥ śakreṇa devendreṇa divyayā sudhayā pravāritau / tataḥ sārthavāho bhagavato dvau yavaprasthāv anuprayacchati / anyeṣāṃ ca bhikṣūṇām ekaikam* /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat* / gacchānanda tathāgatasyārthāya yavān parikarmayeti / evaṃ bhadanteti āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaṃśam ādāya yenānyatamā vṛddhā strī tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya (msv i 31) tāṃ striyam idam avocat* / bhagini tathāgatasyārthāya yavān parikarmīkuru / sā kathayati / ārya ahaṃ vṛddhā na śaknomi / api tv eṣā taruṇikā dārikā / asyā anuprayaccha / eṣā parikarmayatīti / āyuṣmān ānandas tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / bhagini śakṣyasi tvaṃ tathāgatasyārthāya yavān parikarmīkartum iti / sā kathayati / ārya samayenāhaṃ parikarmayāmi / yadi me ālāpam anupracchasīti / sa kathayati / parikarmaya dāsyāmīti / sā parikarmayitum ārabdhā / pṛcchati ca / āryaka eṣa buddho nāma iti / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ saṃlakṣayati / yady aham asyā buddhavarṇodāharaṇaṃ kariṣye (fol. 149v1 = gbm 6.967) gambhīrā buddhadharmāḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asau na vijñāsyatīti yanv aham asyāś cakraratnavarṇodāharaṇam udāhareyam iti viditvā kathayati /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt saptānāṃ ratnānāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / katameṣāṃ saptānām* / tadyathā / cakraratnasya hastiratnasyāśvaratnasya maṇiratnasya strīratnasya gṛhapatiratnasya pariṇāyakaratnasya saptamasya /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt kathaṃrūpasya cakraratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / iha bhagini rājñaḥ kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya tad eva poṣadhe paṃcadaśyāṃ śiraḥsnātopavāsair alaṃkṛtasya upari prāsādatalagatasyāmātyagaṇaparivṛtasya pūrvasyāṃ diśi cakraratnaṃ prādurbhavati sahasrāraṃ sanābhikaṃ sanemikaṃ sarvākāraparipūrṇaṃ (msv i 32) śubham akarmārakṛtaṃ divyaṃ sarvasauvarṇam* / śubhaṃ cānena bhavati / yasya rājñaḥ kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya tad eva poṣadhe paṃcadaśyāṃ pūrvavad yāvat sarvasauvarṇam* / bhavati sa rājā cakravartīti / addhāham asmi rājā cakravartīti cakraratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāma utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya tac cakraratnam ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pratigṛhya vāme pāṇau pratiṣṭhāpya dakṣiṇena pāṇinā anuvartayati / jayasva bho cakraratna yenāryaḥ purāṇaś cakravartipatha iti /

atha cakraratnaṃ rājñā cakravartinā anupravartitam uparivihāyasam abhyudgamya pūrveṇa prāyāsīdyenāryaḥ purāṇaś cakravartipathaḥ / anveti rājā cakravartī tac cakraratnaṃ sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena / yasmiṃś ca pradeśe tac cakraratnaṃ pratitiṣṭhati tatra rājā cakravartī vāsaṃ kalpayati sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena / ye khalu pūrvasyāṃ diśi koṭṭarājānas te yena rājā cakravartī tenopasaṃkrāmanti / upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ cakravartinam evaṃ vadanti / etu devaḥ / svāgataṃ devasya / ime devasya janapadā ṛddhāś ca sphītāś ca kṣemāś ca subhikṣāś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tān devaḥ samanuśāstu / vayaṃ devasyānuyātrikā bhaviṣyāmaḥ / tena hi yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ svakasvakāni vijitāni samanuśāsatha (msv i 33) dharmeṇa mādharmeṇa / mā ca vaḥ kasyacid adharmacāriṇo vipaccāriṇo rāṣṭre vāso rocatām* / etat prakāram ānuyātrikā bhaviṣyatha / atha tac cakraratnaṃ pūrvāṃ diśam abhinirjitya pūrvavan mahāsamudraṃ pratyuttīrya dakṣiṇena paścimenottareṇa prāyāsīd yenāryaḥ purāṇaś cakravartipathaḥ / atha cakraratnaṃ rājñā cakravartinānupravartitam upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya uttareṇānvāvṛtaṃ yenāryaḥ purāṇaś cakravartipathaḥ / anveti rājā cakravartī tac cakraratnaṃ sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena (fol. 150r1 = gbm 6.968) / yasmin pradeśe tac cakraratnaṃ pratitiṣṭhati tatra rājā cakravartī vāsaṃ kalpayati sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena / ye khalūttarasyāṃ diśi koṭṭarājānaḥ te yena rājā cakravartī tenopasaṃkrāmanti / upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ cakravartinam evaṃ vadanti / ehi deva / svāgataṃ devasya / ime devasya janapadā ṛddhāś ca sphītāś ca kṣemāś ca subhikṣāś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca / tān devaḥ samanuśāstu / vayaṃ devasyānuyātrikā bhaviṣyāmaḥ / tena hi yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ svakasvakāni vijitāni samanuśāsatha dharmeṇa mādharmeṇa / mā ca vaḥ kasyacid adharmacāriṇo rāṣṭre vāso rocatām iti / atha cakraratnam uttarāṃ diśam abhinirjityottaramahāsamudraṃ pratyuttīrya tām eva rājadhānīm āgatyoparyasyādhikaraṇasyocchrāpitam ivāsthāt* / rājño bhagini cakravartino (msv i 34) loke prādurbhāvād asyaivaṃrūpasya cakraratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt kathaṃrūpasya hastiratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / iha bhagini rājñaś cakravartino hastī bhavati sarvaśvetaḥ kumudavarṇaḥ saptāṅgaḥ supratiṣṭhito 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ / yaṃ dṛṣṭvā rājñaś cakravartinaś cittam abhiprasīdati / bhadrakaṃ varahastiratnaṃ sakṛd damatham (fol. 150v1 = gbm 6.969) eṣyatīti / atha rājā cakravartī saṃkhyātaṃ hastidamakaṃ dūtena prakroṣyedam avocat* / idaṃ tvayā saumya saṃkhyātaṃ hastiratnaṃ kṣipram eva sudāntaṃ kṛtvāsmākam upanayitavyam iti / evaṃ deva iti saṃkhyāto hastidamako rājñaś cakravartinaḥ pratiśrutya hastiratnam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkrāmati / tadekāhnā sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkramyamānam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇaiḥ pratigṛhṇāti / tadyathānye hastino 'nekavārṣikā anekavarṣagaṇadāntāḥ sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkramyamānaṃ pratigṛhṇanti / evam etad dhastiratnam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇaiḥ pratigṛhṇāti / dāntaṃ cainaṃ viditvā rājñaś cakravartinaḥ upanāmayati / dāntaṃ deva bhadraṃ hastiratnam* / yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti / atha rājā cakravartī tad dhastiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye tad dhi hastiratnam abhiruhyemām eva samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm anvāhiṇḍya tām eva rājadhānīm (msv i 35) āgatya prātarāśikam akārṣīt* / rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvād asyaivaṃrūpasya hastiratnasya prādurbhāvo bhavati /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt kathaṃrūpasyāśvaratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / iha bhagini rājñaś cakravartinaḥ aśvo bhavati sarvanīlaḥ kṛṣṇaśirā manojño javano 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ / yaṃ dṛṣṭvā rājñaś cakravartinaś cittam abhiprasīdati / bhadrakaṃ vatāśvaratnaṃ sakṛd damatham eṣyatīti / atha rājā cakravartī saṃkhyātam aśvadamakaṃ dūtena prakroṣyedam avocat* / idaṃ tvayā saumya saṃkhyātam aśvaratnaṃ kṣipram eva sudāntaṃ kṛtvāsmākam upanayitavyam iti / evaṃ deveti saṃkhyāto 'śvadamako rājñaś cakravartinaḥ pratiśrutya tad aśvaratnam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇair upasaṃkrāmati / tadekāhnā sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkramyamānam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇaiḥ pratigṛhṇāti / tadyathānye aśvā anekavārṣikā anekavarṣagaṇadāntāḥ sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkramyamānāḥ sarvacāraṇaiḥ pratigṛhṇanti / evam eva tad aśvaratnam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇebhir upasaṃkramyamānam ekāhnā sarvacāraṇaiḥ pratigṛhṇāti / dāntaṃ cainaṃ viditvā rājñaś cakravartina upanāmayati / dāntaṃ deva bhadram aśvaratnaṃ yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyate / atha rājā cakravartī aśvaratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye tad aśvaratnam abhiruhyemām eva samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm anvāhiṇḍya tām eva rājadhānīm āgatya (msv i 36) prātarāśam akārṣīt* / rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvād asyaivaṃrūpasyāśvaratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt kathaṃrūpasya maṇiratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / iha bhagini rājñaś cakravartino maṇir bhavati aṣṭāṃśo vaiḍūryaḥ śubho jātimānaccho viprasannaḥ anāvilaḥ / yāvad rājñaś cakravartino 'ntaḥpure dīpakṛtyaṃ sarvaṃ tanmaṇer ābhayā / atha rājā cakravartī tan maṇiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo 'ndhakāratamisrāyāṃ rātryāṃ śanair mandaṃ mandaṃ deve vṛṣṭāyamāne vidyutsu niścarantīṣu maṇiratnaṃ dhvajāgre āropyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāti sārdhaṃ caturaṅgeṇa balakāyena / yāvat khalu rājñaś cakravartino caturaṅgo balakāyaḥ sarvaḥ sphuṭo maṇer ābhayā / ardhayojanaṃ ca sāmantakena / rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvād asyaivaṃrūpasya maṇiratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati /

rājño bhagini cakravartino loke prādurbhāvāt kathaṃrūpasya strīratnasya loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / iha bhagini rājñaś cakravartinaḥ strī bhavati abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikī nātigaurī nātiśyāmā madgurucchavir nātidīrghā nātihrasvā supratiṣṭhitā nātikṛśā nātisthūlā nātyutsadamāṃsā tanugātrī / tasyāḥ khalu bhagini śīte uṣṇasaṃsparśāni gātrāṇi uṣṇe śītasaṃsparśāni gātrāṇi kāliṅgaprāvāramṛdusaṃsparśāni / tasyāḥ khalu bhagini sarvaromakūpebhyaś candanagandho vāti mukhāc ca utpalagandhaḥ /

yāvad āyuṣmān ānandaḥ strīratnaṃ vibhajati tāvat tayā dārikayā te yāvaḥ parikarmitāḥ / sā pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā (fol. 151r1 = gbm 6.970) / ārya anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājñaś cakravartinaḥ strīratnaṃ syām iti / athāyuṣmān ānando yavān parikarmitān ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavato yavān upanāmayati / jānakāḥ pṛcchakā buddhā bhagavantaḥ / pṛcchati buddho bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam* / kenaite ānanda yavāḥ parikarmitāḥ / amukayā bhadanta brāhmaṇadārikayā / kim abhūt te ānanda tayā brāhmaṇadārikayā sārdham antarākathāsamudāhāraḥ / tena hy ānanda yāvāṃs te 'bhūt tayā brāhmaṇadārikayā sārdham antarākathāsamudāhāras tat sarvam asmākaṃ vistareṇārocaya / athāyuṣmān ānando yat tasyābhūt tayā brāhmaṇadārikayā sārdham antarākathāsamudāhāras tat sarvaṃ bhagavato vistareṇārocayati / evam ukte bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat* / kasmāt tvayānanda tayā dārikayā buddhavarṇodāharaṇaṃ na kṛtam* / mama bhadanta evaṃ bhavati / gambhīrā buddhadharmāḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asau dārikā na vijñāsyatīti / mayā tasyāś cakravartivarṇodāharaṇaṃ kṛtam* / kṣīṇas tvam ānanda / sacet tvayā tasyā buddhavarṇodāharaṇaṃ kṛtam abhaviṣyat sthānam etad vidyate yat tu yām anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau avaivartikaṃ cittam utpāditam abhaviṣyat* / api tv ānanda bhaviṣyaty asau dārikā rājñaś cakravartinaḥ strīratnam* / {ms (gbm 970.5f.) adds bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / yaḥ kaścid ādīnavo bhikṣavaḥ paṭaplotikaṃ prāvṛtyāntargṛhaṃ gacchati / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā paṭaplotiṃ prāvṛtyāntargṛhaṃ gantavyam* / gacchati sātisāro bhavati /}

sāmantakena śabdo vistṛtaḥ / amukayā brāhmaṇadārikayā bhagavato 'rthāya yavāḥ parikarmitāḥ / sā bhagavatā rājñaś cakravartinaḥ strīratnaṃ vyākṛtā / iti śrutvā yaiḥ paṃcabhir dārikāśatair dvyūnair bhikṣudvayonānāṃ paṃcānāṃ bhikṣuśatānāṃ yavāḥ parikarmitāḥ / tābhir api praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* / vayam asyāḥ parivārāḥ syāma iti /

yāvad bhagavān yavān paribhoktum ārabdhāḥ āyuṣmān ānando viklavaḥ aśrūṇi pramoktum ārabdhaḥ / bhagavatā teṣu janmaparivarteṣu karacaraṇaśiraśchedādīni dānāni datvā tribhiḥ kalpāsaṃkhyeyaiḥ sarvajñatvam avāpya idānīṃ koṭarayavān bhakṣayatīti / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / kasmāt tvam ānanda viklavaḥ aśrūṇi pramuṃcasi / bhagavān bhadanta cakravartikule jāto rājyam apahāya pravrajitaḥ karacaraṇaśirādīni dānāni datvā tribhiḥ kalpāsaṃkhyeyaiḥ sarvajñatvam avāpya idānīṃ koṭarayavān bhakṣayatīti / bhagavān āha / ākāṃkṣasi tvam ānanda tathāgatasya daṃṣṭrāntaravinirgatān yavān paribhoktum* / ākāṃkṣāmi bhagavan* / tato bhagavatā āyuṣmata ānandāya daṃṣṭrāntaravinirgatānāṃ (fol. 151v1 = gbm 6.971) yavānām eko dattaḥ / tathā hy ānanda tathāgatasya (msv i 39) rasāgragatānāṃ rasaharaṇī supariśuddhā / yadi tathāgataḥ prākṛtam apy āhāraṃ paribhuṃkte tad api tathāgatasyānnaśatarasaṃ saṃparivartate /

taiḥ sāmantakaiḥ śabdo vistṛtaḥ / agnidatto brāhmaṇarājo buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimaṃtryādarśanapathe sthito bhagavān vairaṃbhye yavān paribhuṃkte iti / sāmantarājair api śrutaṃ tair agnidattasya brāhmaṇarājasya dūtasaṃpreṣaṇaṃ kṛtam* / te praveśaṃ na labhante dvāri sthitāḥ / anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā śrutaṃ tena paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni parṇopagūṭhasya śāleḥ preṣitāni / atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat* / bahuśo mayā śramaṇo gautamo viheṭhito na kadācid avatāro labdhaḥ / atrāpi tāvad asya praharāmi iti viditvā āyuṣmantam ānandam ātmānaṃ vinirmāya teṣāṃ paṃcānāṃ śakaṭaśatānāṃ purataḥ sthitvā kathayati / bhavantaḥ kutra gamyate / te kathayanti / ārya ānanda agnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavantaṃ saśrāvakasaṃgham upanimaṃtryādarśanapathe sthito bhagavān vairaṃbhye yavān paribhuṃkte iti / anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā śrutvaitāni parṇopagūṭhasya śāler bhagavato 'rthāya paṃca śakaṭaśatāni preṣitāni iti / sa kathayati / bhavanto devo abhiprasannā nāgā yakṣāḥ / yadi bhagavān ākāśe pātraṃ prasārayati tad api devās trayastriṃśā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pūrayanti / kimarthaṃ bhagavān yavān paribhuṃkte / nivartayatha (msv i 40) iti / te kathayanti / āryānanda saṃprasthitā vayaṃ kim idānīṃ nivartāmaḥ / gacchāma iti / māraḥ saṃlakṣayati / na śakyam ete nivartayitum* / upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti / sa uparivihāyasam abhyudgamya akṣamātrābhir vāridhārābhir varṣitum ārabdhaḥ / tena tāvad dṛṣṭaṃ yāvat tāni śakaṭāni nābhiṃ yāvan nimagnāni / tatas te śākaṭikā balīvardān muktvā prakrāntā iti / tatra bhagavatā vairaṃbhye yavāḥ paribhuktāḥ sārdhaṃ dvayonaiḥ paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ / āyuṣmadbhyāṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ triśaṃkuke parvate varṣopagatābhyāṃ divyā sudhā paribhuktā /

tatas tena sārthavāhena traimāsasyātyayād bhagavān saśrāvakasaṃgho bhaktenopanimaṃtritaḥ / adhivāsitaṃ ca bhagavatā tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / sa sārthavāhas tām eva rātriṃ śuciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya pūrvavad yāvad bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājā bhaveyaṃ cakravartī aśvājāneyaḥ putro yuvarājas tāny api paṃcāśvaśatāni paṃca putraśatāni / (fol. 152r1 = gbm 6.972) yā sā dārikā bhagavatā strīratnaṃ yāni paṃca dārikāśatāni tasyāḥ paricārikā iti / tato bhagavāṃs tasya sārthavāhasya cetasā cittam ājñāya taṃ sārthavāham idam avocat* / bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ sārthavāha rājā cakravartī aśvājāneyas te putro yuvarājas tāny api paṃcāśvaśatāni paṃca putraśatāni / sā dārikā (msv i 41) strīratnam* / tāny api dvyūnāni paṃca dārikāśatāni tasyāḥ paricārikā iti /

atha bhagavān traimāsasyātyayāt kṛtacīvaro niṣṭhitacīvaraḥ āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gacchānanda agnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājam ārocaya / evaṃ ca vada / uṣitāḥ smo mahārāja tava vijite / avalokito bhava / gacchāma iti / evaṃ bhadanta iti / āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yenāgnidattasya brāhmaṇarājasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / tena khalu samayenāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājaḥ puṇyāham āgamayaṃs tiṣṭhati / athāyuṣmān ānando dauvārikaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate / ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa yenāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājas tenopasaṃkrama / upasaṃkramyāgnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājam evaṃ vada / ānando bhikṣur dvāre tiṣṭhati devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti / evam ārya iti dauvārikapuruṣaḥ āyuṣmata ānandasya pratiśrutya yenāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramyāgnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājam idam avocat* / devāryānando bhikṣur dvāre tiṣṭhati devaṃ draṣṭukāmaḥ / sa kathayati / ahaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa puṇyāham āgamayaṃs tiṣṭhāmi / ānando bhikṣuḥ puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ / sa eva puṇyāho bhavatu /

paṃcakalyāṇaś cāyam* / nāmakalyāṇo rūpakalyāṇo varṇakalyāṇaḥ pratibhānakalyāṇaḥ pratipattikalyāṇaś ca /

praviśatu / ko bhavantam ānandaṃ vārayatīti / dauvārikeṇāyuṣmata ānandāyaivam ārocitam* āyuṣmān ānandaḥ praviṣṭaḥ / te 'pi sāmantarājānāṃ dūtās tenaiva sārdhaṃ praviṣṭāḥ /

athāyuṣmān ānando 'gnidattaṃ brāhamaṇarājam ārogyayitvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ āyuṣmān ānando 'gnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājam idam avocat* / bhagavāṃs te mahārāja ārogyayati kathayati ca / uṣitāḥ smo mahārāja tava vijite traimāsīm* / avalokito bhava / gacchāma iti / vande āryānanda buddhaṃ bhagavantam* / kaccid āryānanda bhagavān vairaṃbhyeṣu janapadeṣu sukhaṃ varṣoṣitaḥ / na ca piṇḍakena klānta iti / taiḥ sāmantarājadūtair uktaḥ / devo 'pratyakṣitarājyas tvaṃ yo bhagavantaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaṃ traimāsīm upanimaṃtryādarśanapathe vyavasthitaḥ / traimāsīṃ koṭarayavāḥ paribhuktā iti / sa kathayati / satyam āryānanda bhagavatā traimāsīṃ yavāḥ paribhuktāḥ / satyaṃ mahārāja / sa saṃmūrchitaḥ (fol. 152v1 = gbm 6.973) pṛthivyāṃ nipatito mahatā jalapariṣekeṇa pratyāgataprāṇaḥ amātyān āhūya pṛcchati / bhavanto na mayā yuṣmākam ājñā dattā / pratidivasaṃ paṃcānāṃ śatānām āhāraṃ sajjīkuru / praṇītaṃ prabhūtaṃ ceti / te kathayanti / asti devenaivam ājñaptam* / na tv ājñā dattā amukasya dātavyam iti / api tu adyāpy āhāraḥ sajjīkṛta eva / athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājo yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇam agnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya bhagavantam idam avocat* / (msv i 43) atyayo bhagavann atyayaḥ sugata yathā bālo yathā mūḍho yathāvyakto yathākuśalo yo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaṃ traimāsīm upanimaṃtryādarśanapathe vyavasthitaḥ / tasya mama bhagavann atyayaṃ jānato 'tyayaṃ paśyataḥ atyayam atyayataḥ pratigṛhṇīṣvānukampām upādāya / tathyaṃ te mahārāja atyayam atyayata āgamā yathā bālo yathā mūḍho yathāvyakto yathākuśalo yas tvaṃ tathāgataṃ traimāsīm upanimaṃtryādarśanapathe vyavasthitaḥ / yatas tvaṃ mahārāja atyayaṃ jānāsy atyayaṃ paśyasi taṃ ca dṛṣṭvādeśayasi vṛddhir eva te pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na hāniḥ /

athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / bhagavān āha / tathāgato mahārāja alpāyuṣke kāle jātaḥ prabhūtaṃ ca kāryaṃ karaṇīyam* / nirvāṇakālasamayaś ceti / nādhivāsayati / yady evam adhivāsayatu me bhagavān saptavarṣāṇi saptamāsān saptadivasān* / tathāpi bhagavān nādhivāsayati / agnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / yady aham asyaikabhaktakam api nādhivāsayāmi sthānam etad vidyate yady agnidatto brāhmaṇarāja uṣṇaṃ (msv i 44) śoṇitaṃ chardayitvā kālaṃ kariṣyatīti viditvā adhivāsitaṃ bhagavatā tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrānto yena svaṃ niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramyāmātyān āmaṃtrayate bhavantaḥ ko 'sau upāyaḥ syād yena sarvo 'yam āhāro buddhapramukhena bhikṣusaṃghena paribhukto bhaved iti / te kathayanti / deva sarvo 'yaṃ pṛthivyām āhāras tīryatām* / bhikṣavaḥ padbhyām ākramiṣyanti / evaṃ paribhukto bhaviṣyatīti / tena (fol. 153r1 = gbm 6.974) pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā / bhavanto yāvān ayam āhāraḥ sarvam etat samantāt pṛthivyām ākirata iti / taiḥ sarvaṃ samantād ākīrṇam* / athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājas tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya pūrvavad yāvad bhagavān purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / yāvad anyatamena mahallena saṃjātāmarṣeṇāsmābhis traimāsīṃ koṭarayavāḥ paribhuktāḥ / idānīm ayaṃ kalirājo vibhavaṃ darśayatīti viditvā khādanīyabhojanīyasya pṛthivyām ākīrṇasyopari pārṣṇiprahāro dattaḥ / brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / ārya khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ mukhābhyavahāryaṃ pādena spṛśanti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / yaḥ kaścid ādīnavo bhikṣavaḥ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ (msv i 45) mukhābhyavahāryaṃ pādena spṛśantīti viditvā bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / amukena bhikṣavo mahallabhikṣuṇā saṃjātāmarṣeṇa khādanīyabhojanīyasya mukhābhyavahāryasya pṛthivyām ākīrṇasyopari pārṣṇiprahāro datta iti / brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ mukhābhyavahāryaṃ pādenākramitavyam* / ākrāmati sātisāro bhavatīti /

athāgnidatto brāhmaṇarājaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / atha bhagavān agnidattaṃ brāhmaṇarājaṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati / anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / atha saṃbahulā bhikṣavas trayāṇāṃ vārṣikāṇāṃ māsānām atyayāt kṛtacīvarā niṣṭhitacīvarāḥ samādāya pātracīvaraṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte 'sthur / ekāntasthitāḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavo bhagavantam idam avocan* / uṣitāḥ smo bhadanta vairaṃbhye traimāsīm* / {tib. inserts the whole vairambhasūtra; cf. an ii 54-57}

vistareṇa vairaṃbhyasūtram ekottarikāgame catuṣkanipāte /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ (msv i 46) papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yena karacaraṇaśiraśchedādinā dānasaṃbhāreṇa yāvad dīnajanaṃ saṃtarpya kalpāsaṃkhyeyaṃ yat trayaṃ satvārthe ātmānaṃ parikhedyāpagatasarvakāryo vairaṃbhye koṭarayavān paribhuktavān sārdhaṃ bhikṣudvyūnaiḥ paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ / āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau (fol. 153v1 = gbm 6.975) divyāṃ sudhām iti / bhagavān āha / tathāgatenaiva etāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ vipaśyī nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān* / saḥ aśītibhikṣusahasraparivāro bandhumatīṃ rājadhānīm upaniśritya viharati / tena khalu samayena bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyām anyatamo gaṇavācako brāhmaṇaḥ pāñcaśatikaṃ gaṇaṃ brāhmaṇakān maṃtrān pāṭhayati / sarvalokasya cātyarthaṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhat saṃmataḥ / yata eva vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddho bandhumatīṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptas tata eva taṃ na kaścit satkaroti na gurukaroti na mānayati na pūjayati / sa vipaśyati / tathāgate saśrāvakasaṃghe 'tyartham īrṣyāvān saṃvṛttaḥ / yāvat saṃbahulāḥ śaikṣāśaikṣā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bandhumatīṃ (msv i 47) rājadhānīm anuprāptāḥ / tato nānāsūpikarasopetasya bhaktasya pātrāṇi pūrayitvā nirgacchanti / tena ca brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca / bho bhikṣavaḥ paśyāmi kīdṛśaḥ piṇḍapāto labdha iti / taiḥ ṛjuko 'yaṃ darśitaḥ / tata īrṣyāprakṛtyā saṃjātāmarṣeṇa māṇavakā abhihitāḥ / nārhantīme muṇḍakāḥ śramaṇakā nānāsūpikarasavyaṃjanopetaṃ śālyodanaṃ paribhoktum* / arhanti tu koṭarayavān paribhoktum iti / tair apy anusaṃvarṇitam* / evam etad upādhyāya evam etat* / nārhanty eva ime muṇḍakāḥ śramaṇakā nānāsūpikarasavyaṃjanopetaṃ śālyodanaṃ paribhoktum* / arhanti tu koṭarayavān paribhoktum iti / tatra ca dvau māṇavakau śrāddhau bhadrau kalyāṇāśayau / tau kathayataḥ / upādhyāya maivaṃ vocuḥ / mahātmāna ete 'rhanty eva divyāṃ sudhāṃ paribhoktuṃ na koṭarayavān iti /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau vipaśyitathāgatena gaṇavācako brāhmaṇaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yāni tāni dvyūnāni paṃca māṇavakaśatāni etāny eva paṃca bhikṣuśatāni / yau tau dvau māṇavakau śrāddhau bhadrau kalyāṇāśayau etāv eva tau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhikṣū / yan mayā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya śaikṣāśaikṣāṇāṃ śrāvakāṇām antike cittaṃ pradūṣya kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritaṃ dvyūnaiś ca paṃcabhir māṇavakaśatair anumoditaṃ dvābhyāṃ tu nānumoditaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākenaitarhi tathāgatena vairaṃbhye koṭarayavāḥ paribhuktāḥ (msv i 48) sārdhaṃ bhikṣudvyūnaiḥ paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ / śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ tu divyā sudhā paribhuktā / iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ (fol. 154r1 = gbm 6.976) karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam* /

{mark allon 2003: parallel see sn iv 179-181} tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate sma / āgamayānanda yenāyodhyeti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavān dakṣiṇapaṃcāle janapadacārikāṃ carann ayodhyām anuprāptaḥ ayodhyāyāṃ viharati nadyā gaṃgāyās tīre / athānyatamo bhikṣur yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt* / ekāntasthitaḥ sa bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / sādhu me bhagavaṃs tathā saṃkṣiptena dharmaṃ deśayatu yathāhaṃ bhagavato 'ntike saṃkṣiptena dharmaṃ śrutvā eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramattaḥ ātāpī prahitātmā vihareyam* / eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramattaḥ ātāpī prahitātmā viharan yad arthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñāya sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya pravedayeyam* / kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti / evam ukte bhagavān yena gaṃgā nadī tena vyavalokayan vyavalokayati / adrākṣīd bhagavān nadyā gaṃgāyāḥ srotasā mahāntaṃ dāruskandham uhyamānam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ bhikṣum āmantrayate / paśyasi tvaṃ bhikṣo nadyā gaṃgāyāḥ srotasā mahāntaṃ dāruskandham uhyamānam* (msv i 49) / evaṃ bhadanta saced eṣa na pārime tīre saṃsrakṣyati / nāpārime tīre saṃsrakṣyati / na madhye saṃsrakṣyati / na sthale utpatsyati / na manuṣyagrāhyo bhaviṣyati / nāmanuṣyagrāhyaḥ / nāvartagrāhyaḥ / nāntaḥpūtībhāvaṃ gamiṣyati / evam eṣa bhikṣo dāruskandho 'nupūrveṇa samudranimno bhaviṣyati samudrapravaṇaḥ samudraprāgbhāraḥ / evam eva sacet tvaṃ bhikṣo na pārime tīre saṃsrakṣyasi / pūrvavad yāvat* / nāntaḥpūtībhāvaṃ gamiṣyasi / evaṃ hi tvaṃ bhikṣo anupūrveṇa nirvāṇanimno bhaviṣyasi nirvāṇapravaṇo nirvāṇaprāgbhāraḥ / nāhaṃ bhadanta jāne kim apārimaṃ tīraṃ kiṃ pārimaṃ tīram* / kiṃ madhye saṃsadanam* / kiṃ sthale utsadanam* / ko manuṣyagrāhaḥ / kaḥ amanuṣyagrāhaḥ / kaḥ āvartagrāhaḥ / ko 'ntaḥpūtībhāva iti / sādhu me bhagavāṃs tathā saṃkṣiptena dharmaṃ deśayatu yathāhaṃ bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃkṣiptena dharmaṃ śrutvā pūrvavad yāvan nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti /

apārimaṃ tīram iti bhikṣo ṣaṇṇām ādhyātmikānām āyatanānām etad adhivacanam* / pārimaṃ tīram iti ṣaṇṇāṃ bāhyānām āyatanānām etad adhivacanam* / madhye saṃsadanam iti nandīrāgasyaitad adhivacanam* / sthale utsadanam iti asmimānasyaitad adhivacanam* / manuṣyagrāha iti yathāpīhaikaḥ saṃsṛṣṭo (fol. 154v1 = gbm 6.977) viharati gṛhasthapravrajitaiḥ (msv i 50) sahanandī sahaśokaḥ / sa sukhiteṣu sukhito duḥkhiteṣu dukhitaḥ utpannotpanneṣu kiṃ karaṇīyeṣu samādāya paryavasānānuvartī bhaviṣyati / amanuṣyagrāha iti yathāpīhaika iti praṇidhāya brahmacaryaṃ caratīty anenāhaṃ śīlena vā vratena vā tapena vā brahmacaryavāsena vā syāṃ devo devānyatamo veti / āvartagrāha iti yathāpīhaikaḥ śikṣāṃ pratyākhyāya hānāyāvartate / antaḥpūtībhāva iti yathāpīhaiko duḥśīlo bhavati pāpadharmā antaḥpūtir avasrutaḥ kaṣaṃvakajātaḥ śaṃkhasvarasamācāraḥ / aśramaṇaḥ śramaṇapratijño 'brahmacārī brahmacāripratijñaḥ / evaṃ hi sacet tvaṃ bhikṣo nāpārime tīre saṃsrakṣyasi pūrvavad yāvan nirvāṇaprāgbhāraḥ /

atha sa bhikṣur bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / atha sa bhikṣur bhagavatā anena dāruskandhopamenāvavādenāvavāditaḥ / eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramattaḥ ātāpī prahitātmā viharan yad arthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchadya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñāya sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya pravedayate kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīty ājñātavān* / sa āyuṣmān arhan babhūva suvimuktacittaḥ /

tena khalu samayena nando gopālako bhagavato nātidūre sthito 'bhūt* / daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya gāś cārayati / tena daṇḍenāvaṣṭabdho maṇḍūkaḥ saṃchidyamāneṣu carmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu cittam utpādayati yady ahaṃ kāyaṃ vā cālayeyaṃ vācaṃ vā niścārayeyaṃ syād atonidānaṃ nandasya gopālasya kathāvyākṣepam iti viditvā bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataś cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ /

atha nando gopālako daṇḍam ekānte upanikṣipya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upsasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt* / ekāntasthito nando gopālako bhagavantam idam avocat* / ahaṃ bhadanta nāpārime tīre saṃsrakṣyāmi / na pārime tīre saṃsrakṣyāmi / na madhye saṃsrakṣyāmi / na sthale utsrakṣyāmi / na manuṣyagrāho bhaviṣyāmi / nāmanuṣyagrāho nāvartagrāho nāntaḥpūtībhāvaṃ gamiṣyāmi / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / tena hi nandena svāmināṃ gāvo dattāḥ / no bhadanta / tat kasya hetoḥ / bhadanta gāvas taruṇavatsā jñāsyanti svakasvakāni gokulāni / gamiṣyanti svakasvakāni niveśanāni / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ (fol. 155r1 = gbm 6.978) bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryaṃ / kiṃ cāpi nanda daharā gāvas taruṇavatsā jñāsyanti svakasvakāni gokulāni / gamiṣyanti svakasvakāni niveśanāni / api tu karaṇīyam etad gopālakena yathāpi tat svāminā bhaktācchādanaṃ svīkurvatā /

atha nando gopālako bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / tato bhayaṃ bhayam ity uccaiḥ śabdaṃ kurvāṇaḥ pradhāvitum ārabdhaḥ / antarmārge ātmīyaiḥ paṃcabhir gopālakaśatair dṛṣṭaḥ / te kathayanti / kasya bhayam iti / jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ vyādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayam iti / te 'pi tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pradhāvitum ārabdhāḥ / tān dṛṣṭvā anye 'pi gopālakā aśvapālakās tṛṇahārakāḥ kāṣṭḥahārakāḥ pathājīvā utpathājīvāś ca manuṣyāḥ pradhāvitum ārabdhāḥ / ānupathikair dṛṣṭās tathā vikrośantaḥ pṛṣṭāḥ / kim etad bhavantaḥ / te kathayanti / bhayam* / kasya bhayam* / jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ vyādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayam* / śrutvā te 'pi nivṛttāḥ / yāvat karvaṭakasamīpaṃ saṃprāptāḥ / tataś cāsau karvaṭakanivāsī janakāyas taṃ mahāntaṃ janakāyaṃ dṛṣṭvā itaś cāmutaś ca santrastāḥ / kecin niṣpalāyitāḥ / kecid bhāṇḍaṃ gopāyanti / kecit sannahyāvasthitāḥ / apare vīrapuruṣās taiḥ pratyudgamya pṛṣṭāḥ / bhavantaḥ kim etad iti / te kathayanti / bhayam* / kasya bhayam* / jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ vyādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhayam iti / tato 'sau karvaṭakanivāsī janakāyaḥ samāśvastaḥ /

tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān śāriputras tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ / athāyuṣmān śāriputraś ciraprakrāntaṃ nandaṃ gopālakaṃ viditvā bhagavantam idam avocat* / kasmād bhadanta bhagavatā nando gopālakaḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitukāmaḥ punar apy agārāyodyojitaḥ / asthānam etac chāriputrānavakāśo yan nando gopālakaḥ punar api gṛhī agāram adhyāvatsyati sannidhikāraparibhoge (msv i 53) kāmān paribhokṣyate / nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate / idānīṃ nando gopālakaḥ svāmināṃ gā arpayitvā āgamiṣyati / sa yad arthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñāya sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya pravedayiṣyate kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti /

athāpareṇa samayena nando gopālakaḥ svāmināṃ gā arpayitvā paṃcaśataparivāro yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upsaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* / arpitā me bhadanta svāmināṃ gāvaḥ / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam (fol. 155v1 = gbm 6.979) ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / labdhavān nando gopālakaḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam* / evaṃ pravrajitaḥ sa āyuṣmān pūrvavad yāvat suvimuktacittaḥ /

dharmatā aciropapannasya devaputrasya devakanyāyā vā trīṇi cittāny utpadyante / kutaś cyutaḥ / kutropapannaḥ / kena karmaṇeti / maṇḍūkapūrvī devaputraḥ paśyati / tiryagbhyaś cyutaś cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapanno bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādyeti / tasyaitad abhavat* / na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ paryuṣitaparivāso bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam* / yanv aham aparyuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam iti / atha maṇḍūkapūrvī devaputraś calavimalakuṇḍaladharaḥ pūrvavad yāvat sarvaṃ gaṃgātīram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya bhagavantaṃ puṣpair (msv i 54) avakīrya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / atha bhagavān maṇḍūkapūrviṇo devaputrasyāśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśīṃ caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān* / yāṃ śrutvā pūrvavad yāvad anādikālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ / eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇagatam abhiprasannam* / atha maṇḍūkapūrvī devaputro vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ śasyasampanna iva kārṣakaḥ śūra iva vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo yayā vibhūtyā bhagavatsakāśam āgatas tayaiva vibhūtyā svabhavanaṃ gataḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktā viharanti / tair dṛṣṭo bhagavato 'ntike udāro 'vabhāsaḥ / yaṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃdigdhā bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhagavann imāṃ rātriṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya brahmā sahāṃpatiḥ śakro devendraś catvāro lokapālā upasaṃkrāntāḥ / na bhikṣavo brahmā sahāṃpatir na śakro devendro na catvāro lokapālā māṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrāntāḥ / api tu nandena gopālena daṇḍena vāvaṣṭabdho maṇḍūkaḥ sa cchidyamāneṣu carmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu mā nandasya gopālakasya dharmavikṣepo bhaviṣyatīti niścalas tūṣṇīm avasthito mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataś cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ / sa imāṃ rātriṃ matsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / tasya mayā dharmo deśitaḥ / dṛṣṭasatyaś ca svabhavanaṃ gata iti /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta nandena gopālena paṃcaśataparivāreṇa karma kṛtaṃ yena gopālakeṣūpapanno bhagavataś ca śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ (fol. 156r1 = gbm 6.980) sākṣātkṛtam* / maṇḍūkapūrviṇā devaputreṇa kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena maṇḍūkeṣūpapannaḥ satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / tenaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loke udapādi / pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upanisṛtya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve / tasya pravacane nando gopālakaḥ pravrajitaḥ / tripiṭo dhārmakathiko yuktamuktapratibhānaḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ adhikaraṇakuśalaḥ / sa utpannotpannāni saṃghasyādhikaraṇāni vyupaśamayati / tatra dvau bhikṣū stabdhau māninau / na kadācit tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāmataḥ / tayor apareṇa samayena parasparam adhikaraṇam utpannam* / tāv arthārthinau tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā kathayataḥ / idaṃ cedaṃ cāvayor adhikaraṇam utpannaṃ vyupaśamayeti / sa saṃlakṣayati / yady aham anayor adyaivādhikaraṇaṃ vyupaśamayiṣyāmi arthārthināv etau na bhūya upasaṃkramiṣyataḥ / tena sarvasaṃghaṃ saṃnipātya tad adhikaraṇaṃ saṃghamadhye upanikṣipya na ekāntīkṛtam* / ataḥ parasminn api divase tasya karvaṭake karaṇīyam utpannam* / sa (msv i 56) tatra gataḥ / tatas tābhyāṃ cirayatīti saṃghaṃ saṃnipātya tad adhikaraṇam upanikṣiptam* / tataḥ saṃghena vyupaśamitam* / yāvad asau tripiṭo bhikṣus tasmāt karvaṭakād āgataḥ / mārgaśrame prativinodite sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikān pṛcchati / na tāv arthapratyarthikāv āgacchata iti / te kathayanti / upādhyāya vyupaśāntaṃ tayos tad adhikaraṇam* / kena vyupaśamitam* / saṃghena / yathākathaṃ tair vistareṇa samākhyātam* / tena kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritam* / jñāyate āyuṣmanto gopālakair yathā tad adhikaraṇaṃ vyupaśamitam iti / tair apy anusaṃvarṇitam eva me tad upādhyāya gopālakair yathā tad adhikaraṇaṃ vyupaśamitam iti /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tripiṭo bhikṣur eṣa evāsau nando gopālakas tena kālena tena samayena / yāny asya tāni paṃca sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikānāṃ śatāni etāny eva paṃca gopālakaśatāni / yad anena kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śrāvakasaṃgho gopālakavādena samudācaritaḥ sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikaiś cānusaṃvarṇitaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena paṃca janmaśatāni paṃcaśataparivāro gopālakeṣūpapannaḥ / yāvad etarhy api paṃcaśataparivāro gopālakeṣv evopapannaḥ / yad anena paṭhitaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ skandhakauśalaṃ dhātukauśalam āyatanakauśalaṃ sthānāsthānakauśalaṃ ca kṛtaṃ tenaitarhi paṃcaśataparivāreṇa mama śāsane pravrajya (fol. 156v1 = gbm 6.981) sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* /

maṇḍūkapūrvy api devaputraḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pravacane bhikṣur āsīt* / prāhāṇikaḥ sa janapadacārikāṃ caran anyatamasmin karvaṭake vihāram anuprāptaḥ / sa rātryāḥ prathame yāme paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā (msv i 57) manasikāraṃ vāhayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvat svādhyāyakārakā bhikṣavaḥ svādhyāyanti / śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni / sa śabdena cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati / sa saṃlakṣayati svādhyāyanti ete / madhyame yāme niṣatsyāmīti / sa madhyame yāme utthāya niṣaṇṇo yāvad anye bhikṣavaḥ svādhyāyaṃ kurvanti / sa saṃlakṣayati paścime yāme niṣatsyāmīti / sa paścime yāme utthāya niṣaṇṇo yāvad apare svādhyāyaṃ kurvanti / tasyāvītarāgatvāt tīvraṃ paryavasthānam utpannam* / sa kathayati / ime śramaṇāḥ kāśyapīyā maṇḍūkā iva kṛtsnāṃ rātriṃ raṭitā iti /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau prāhāṇiko bhikṣur eṣa evāsau maṇḍūkapūrvī devaputraḥ / yad anena kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śrāvakā maṇḍūkavādena samudācaritāḥ / tasya karmaṇo vipākena paṃca janmaśatāni maṇḍūkeṣūpapanno yāvad etarhy api maṇḍūkeṣv evopapannaḥ / yan mamāntike cittaṃ prasāditaṃ tena cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ / yat kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ tenedānīṃ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam idam avocat* /

atha bhagavān nadīṃ gaṃgām avatīrṇas tatra paṃcabhir haṃsamatsyakūrmaśataiḥ parivṛtaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtaś ca / teṣāṃ bhagavatā tribhiḥ padair dharmaḥ (msv i 58) deśitaḥ / iti hi bhadramukhāḥ sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ / sarvadharmā anātmānaḥ / śāntaṃ nirvāṇam* / mamāntike cittam abhiprasādayata / apy evaṃ tiryagyoniṃ virāgayiṣyatheti / teṣām etad abhavat* / nāsmākaṃ pratirūpaṃ syād yad vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntikāt tribhiḥ padair dharmaṃ śrutvā āhāram āharema iti / te nāharaṇāṃ pratipannāḥ / tīkṣṇas tiryayonigatānām agniś cyutaḥ / kālagatāś cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannāḥ / dharmatā khalv aciropapannasya devaputrasya vā devakanyāyā vā trīṇi cittāny utpadyante / kutaś cyutaḥ / kutropapannaḥ / kena karmaṇā iti / te paśyanti / tiryagbhyaś cyutāḥ / cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannāḥ / pūrvavad yāvan mandārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā bhagavatsāmantakena nadīṃ gaṃgām avabhāsya bhagavantaṃ puṣpair ākīrya bhagavatsāmantakenānuparivāryāvasthitāḥ / bhagavatā teṣām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā pūrvavad (fol. 157r1 = gbm 6.982) yāvad anādikālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / te dṛṣṭasatyāḥ kathayanti / abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhadantābhikrāntāḥ / ete vayaṃ buddhaṃ śaraṇam gacchāmo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / upāsakāṃś cāsmān dhāraya / adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇagatān abhiprasannān* / atha te (msv i 59) matsyakacchapahaṃsapūrviṇo devaputrā vaṇija iva labdhalābhāḥ pūrvavad yāvat svabhavanaṃ gatāḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta ebhir haṃsakacchapamatsyaiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yena haṃsakacchapamatsyeṣūpapannāḥ satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / ebhir eva bhikṣavo haṃsamatsyakacchapaiḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kaśyapo nāma śāstā loke udapādi pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśṛtya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve / tasyaite śāsane pravrajitā abhūvan* / tatraitebhir bhikṣubhiḥ kṣudrānukṣudrāṇi śikṣāpadāni khaṇḍitāni / tasya karmaṇo vipākena haṃsamatsyakūrmeṣūpapannāḥ / yan mamāntike cittam abhiprasāditaṃ tena deveṣūpapannāḥ / yat kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ tena satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāṇtakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam idam avocat* /

atha bhagavān nadīṃ gaṃgām uttīrṇaḥ paṃcamātraiḥ pretaśataiḥ parivṛto dagdhasthūṇākṛtibhir asthiyantravaducchritaiḥ svakeśasaṃchannaiḥ parvatopamakukṣibhiḥ sūcīcchidropamamukhair ādīptaiḥ pradīptaiḥ saṃprajvalitaiḥ (msv i 60) ekajvālībhūtaiḥ / te kṛtakarapuṭā bhagavantam ūcuḥ / vayaṃ bhadanta pretā vinipatitaśarīrāḥ pūrvakarmāpabādhena pānīyaṃ nāsādayāmaḥ / kuto bhaktasya darśanam* / tvaṃ mahākāruṇiko 'smabhyaṃ pānīyam anuprayaccheti / bhagavatā teṣāṃ gaṃgopadarśitā /

eṣā hi śītalajalā susamṛddhatoyā bhāgīrathī vahati sarvajanopabhogyā /
grāmāṃś ca rāṣṭranagarāṇi ca tarpayantī kedāraśālikumudotpalapaṃkajāni //

pretā kathayanti /

eṣāsmākaṃ vahati hi śuṣkatoyā bhāgīrathī vahati sarvajanopabhogyā / paśyāma etāṃ rudhiramalena pūrnāṃ rakṣanti caināṃ saparaśudaṇḍahastāḥ // iti /

bhagavān gaṃgādevatām āha /

tvaṃ grāmarāṣṭranagarāṇy anutarpayantī kedāraśālikumudotpalapaṃkajāni / kasmān na tarpayasi tīvratṛṣābhibhūtān kṛpā na tava bālajanasya duḥkhaiḥ // iti /

gaṃgādevatā prāha /

nāhaṃ bhayān na puruṣād api vā janasya śāṭhyena vāpi viṣayaṃ jalam (fol. 157v1 = gbm 6.983) utsṛjāmi /  eṣā tu duṣkṛtamahāvaraṇāvṛtānāṃ śoṣaṃ jalaṃ vrajati ko 'tra mamāparādhaḥ // iti /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmaṃtrayate / saṃtarpaya maudgalyāyana pretān iti / evaṃ bhadanta iti āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya pretān santarpayitum ārabdhaḥ / tatra pretāḥ sūcīmukhatvān na śaknuvanti mukhaṃ vivartayitum* / tato bhagavatā teṣām ṛddhyā mukhaṃ vivṛtam* / āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena pānīyaṃ dattam* / tais tṛṣāturaiḥ prabhūtaṃ pītam* / udarāṇi sphuṭitāni / tato bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagatāḥ / pūrvavad dṛṣṭasatyāḥ svabhavanaṃ gatāḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta ebhiḥ pretaiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yena preteṣūpapannāḥ / kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena deveṣūpapannāḥ / satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti dehināṃ* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kaśyapo nāma śāstā loke udapādi pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśṛtya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve / tasya śrāvakāc chandakabhikṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā buddhadharmasaṃgheṣu kārān kurvanti / yadā bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsanaṃ na vaistārikaṃ (msv i 62) tadālpāś chandayācakā bhikṣavaḥ / yadā tu vaistārikaṃ tadā bahavaś chandayācakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / yāvad anyatamasmin saṃsthāgāre paṃcopāsakaśatāni saṃniṣaṇṇāni saṃnipatitāni kenacid eva karaṇīyena / saṃbahulāś ca bhikṣavaś chandayācakās teṣāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ samādāpayitukāmāḥ / te tīvreṇa paryavasthānena kharaṃ vākkarma niṣcāritam* / ime śramaṇāḥ kāśyapīyāḥ pretopapannā iva nityaṃ prasāritakarā iti /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yāni tāni paṃcopāsakaśatāni etāny eva tāni paṃca pretaśatāni / yad ebhiḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śrāvakāḥ pretavādena samudācaritās tasya karmaṇo vipākena paṃca janmaśatāni preteṣūpapannāḥ / yāvad etarhy api preteṣv evopapannāḥ / yan mamāntike cittaṃ prasāditaṃ tena deveṣūpapannāḥ / yat kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe śaraṇāgamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni tena satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam idam avocat* /

atha bhagavān nadīṃ gaṃgām uttīrya dakṣiṇena nāgāvalokitena nadīṃ gaṃgāṃ nirīkṣate / bhikṣavo buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kimarthaṃ bhadanta (fol. 158r1 = gbm 6.984) bhagavān parāvṛtya nadīṃ gaṃgāṃ nirīkṣata iti / bhagavān āha / (msv i 63) icchatha bhikṣavo nadyā gaṃgāyā utpattiṃ śrotum* / etasya bhagavan kāla etasya sugata samayo yad bhagavān nadyā gaṃgāyā utpattiṃ deśayed bhikṣavaḥ śroṣyanti /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ piṇḍavaṃśo nāma rājā babhūva / dhārmiko dharmarājo dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati / tasya janapadā ṛddhāś ca sphītāś ca kṣemāś ca subhikṣāś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca sadā puṣpaphalavṛkṣāḥ devaḥ kālavarṣī / śasyavatī vasumatī praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskararogāpagatā / manuṣyā nityaṃ dharmaparāyaṇāḥ / yāvad asau rājā saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauṃcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvaṃjīvakanirghoṣite vanaṣaṇḍe antaḥpuraparivṛta udyānabhūmiṃ saṃprasthitaḥ / yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣo valīpalitottamāṃgaḥ {ms valīpalitacitāṃgaḥ} parijīrṇaśarīrāvayavaḥ pariṇatendriyaḥ kṛśo 'lpasthāmo mandamandacāratayā daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya gacchati / tatas tena rājñā amātyāḥ pṛṣṭāḥ / ka eṣa bhavantaḥ puruṣo valīpalitottamāṅgaḥ {ms valīpalitacitāṃgaḥ} pūrvavad yāvad daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya gacchatīti / taiḥ samākhyātam* / deva saṃskāraparikṣayād eṣa jīrṇo vṛddha ity ucyata iti / rājā kathayati / aham api bhavanta evaṃdharmo bhaviṣyāmīti / te kathayanti / deva sādhāraṇa eṣa dharma iti / tato rājā durmanāḥ saṃprasthitaḥ / punar api puruṣaṃ paśyaty utpāṇḍotpāṇḍukaṃ sphuṭitaparuṣagātraṃ parvatopamakukṣiṃ vraṇapūyotkīrṇair aṅgapratyaṅgāvadhāribhiḥ paṭṭakopanibaddhaiḥ dīrghadīrghaiḥ praśvasantan daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya khaṃjamānagatiṃ saṃprasthitaṃ dṛṣṭvā (msv i 64) ca punar amātyān āmaṃtrayate / ka eṣa bhavantaḥ puruṣa utpāṇḍotpāṇḍukaḥ pūrvavad yāvat khaṃjamāno 'bhisaṃprasthita iti / te kathayanti / deva eṣa vyādhito nāma / rājā kathayati / aham api bhavantaḥ evaṃdharmo bhaviṣyāmīti / amātyāḥ kathayanti / deva sādhāraṇa eṣa eva dharmo duṣkṛtakarmakāriṇāṃ pūrvakarmāparādhād bhavatīti / rājā saṃlakṣayati / sarvathā pāpaṃ na kartavyam iti viditvā saṃprasthitaḥ / punar api paśyati / nīlapītalohitāvadātair vastraiḥ śivikām alaṃkṛtāṃ chatradhvajapatākāśaṃkhapaṭahastrīpuruṣadārakadārikābhir ākīrṇāṃ caturbhiḥ puruṣair utkṣiptām ulkāṃ ca purastān nīyamānāṃ kāṣṭhavyagrahastaiḥ puruṣaiḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhāṃ hā tāta hā bhrātaḥ hā pitaḥ hā svāminn iti ca samantād ārodanaśabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān āmaṃtrayate / kim eṣā bhavantaḥ śivikā nīlapītalohitāvadātair vastraiḥ pūrvavad yāvad ārodanaśabda iti / amātyāḥ kathayanti / eṣa deva mṛto nāma iti / rājā kathayati / aham api bhavantaḥ evaṃdharmo bhaviṣyāmīti (fol. 158v1 = gbm 6.985) / te kathayanti deva eṣo 'pi sādhāraṇo dharma iti / tato jīrṇāturamṛtasaṃdarśanāt saṃvignamanā evaṃrūpābhogāḥ parityaktavyā iti pratinivṛtya śokāgāraṃ praviśyāvasthita iti /

tasya vijite velāmo nāma brāhmaṇa āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vedavedāṃgapāragaḥ / tena śrutaṃ yathā rājā jīrṇāturamṛtasaṃdarśanād udvignaḥ śokāgāraṃ praviśyāvasthita iti / śrutvā ca punar anekair brāhmaṇaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ sarvaśvetaṃ vaḍavāratham (msv i 65) abhiruhya sauvarṇena daṇḍakamaṇḍalunā dhāryamāṇena yena rājā piṇḍavaṃśas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / amātyaiḥ rājñe niveditam* / deva velāmo brāhmaṇo dvāre tiṣṭhati / tato rājā nirgatya athādhikaraṇe niṣaṇṇaḥ / brāhmaṇo velāmo jayenāyuṣā ca vardhayitvā niṣaṇṇaḥ kathayati / kimarthaṃ devaḥ śokāgāre praviśyāvasthita iti / rājñā yathāvṛttaṃ sarvaṃ velāmāya brāhmaṇāya vistareṇārocitam* / sa kathayati / devaḥ svakarmaphalabhogī / nātra śokaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / santi satvāḥ sukṛtakarmakāriṇaḥ santi duṣkṛtakarmakāriṇaḥ santi cobhayakarmakāriṇaḥ / cakravartinas tu nityaṃ sukṛtakarmakāriṇaḥ santo deveṣūpapadyante / devo 'pi cakravartī / manuṣyaprativiṣiṣṭaṃ sukham anubhūya divyaṃ sukham anubhaviṣyatīti / api tu deva yajña iṣṭavyaḥ svargasopānabhūta iti / tato rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavantaḥ sarvavijite ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata / rājā nirargalaṃ yajñaṃ yajati / bhavadbhir āgatya paribhoktavyam iti / tato dānaśālā prajñaptā / annam annārthibhyo dīyatāṃ pānaṃ pānārthibhyaḥ / tatrācāmena parisravamāṇena gartaḥ kṛtaḥ / yatrāsau taptaḥ śītībhavati / anavataptaḥ anavatapta iti sajñā saṃvṛttā / tasyācāmena taṇḍulāmbunā ca dvādaśavārṣikeṇa saṃpūryamāṇasya vṛddhiḥ saṃvṛttā / tata iyaṃ mukhena nadī prasṛtā / ācāmanadīti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā iti /

uddānam* /

kumāravardhanaṃ krauṃcānam aṅgadikā maṇivatī /
sālabalā sālibalā suvarṇaprasthaś ca sāketā //

peyā toyikā ca śrāvastī anavataptaḥ /
nagarabinduś ca vaiśālī bhavati paścimā //

atha bhagavān kumāravardhanam anuprāptaḥ / kumāravardhane āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / asminn evānanda pradeśe upoṣadho nāma rājā jātaḥ / atraiva cābhivṛddhaḥ / tenāsya nagarasya kumāravardhanaṃ kumāravardhanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

krauṃcānam anuprāptaḥ / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate / asminn ānanda krauṃcāne upoṣadhasya rājño hastināgena krauṃcayatā śabdhaḥ kṛtaḥ krauṃcānaṃ krauṃcānam iti (fol. 159r1 = gbm 6.986) saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

aṅgadikām anuprāptaḥ / aṅgadikāyām anyatamasmin pradeśe smitam akārṣīt* / vistareṇa caturbuddhāsanaṃ pūrvavat* /

maṇivatīm anuprāptaḥ / maṇivatyām āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate / asyām ānanda maṇivatyāṃ bodhisatvena bahubhir maṇibhir yajño yaṣṭaḥ / maṇivatī maṇivatīti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

sālabalām anuprāptaḥ / sālabalāyām anyatamasmin pradeśe smitam akārṣīt* / vistareṇa caturbuddhāsanaṃ pūrvavat* /

sālibalām anuprāptaḥ / sālibalāyām anyatamasmin pradeśe smitam akārṣīt* / vistareṇa caturbuddhāsanaṃ pūrvavat* /

suvarṇaprastham anuprāptaḥ / asminn ānanda suvarṇaprasthe bodhisatvena bahusuvarṇako yajño yaṣṭaḥ / apīdānīṃ brāhmanaiḥ prasthena suvarṇo bhājitaḥ / suvarṇaprasthaḥ suvarnaprastha iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

sāketām anuprāptaḥ / sāketāyām āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate / asyām ānanda sāketāyām upoṣadho nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca / tasyāpareṇa samayena mūrdhni piṭako jāto mṛduḥ sumṛduḥ tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā na ca kiṃcid ābādhaṃ janayati / sa paripākatvāt sphuṭitaḥ / kumāro jātaḥ / abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaḥ pūrvavat yāvat sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ / mūrdhni jāto mūrdhni jāta iti mūrdhāto mūrdhāta iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / upoṣadhasya rājñaḥ ṣāṣṭiḥ strīsahasrāṇi / jātaḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśitaḥ / sahadarśanād eva sarvāsāṃ strīṇāṃ stanāḥ prasrutāḥ / ekaikā kathayati māṃ dhāyatu māṃ dhāyatv iti māndhātā māndhāteti ca saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / tatra kecin mūrdhāta iti saṃjānate kecin māndhāteti /

māndhātuḥ kumārasya janapadagatasya upoṣadho rājā glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / sa mūlagaṇḍapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyair upasthīyate / tathāpy asau hīyata eva / tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavantaḥ śīghraṃ kumāraṃ rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiṃcata / evaṃ deva iti amātyair dūtasaṃpreṣaṇaṃ kṛtam* / upoṣadho rājā glānaḥ / tenājñā dattā kumāraṃ śabdayata rājyābhiṣekaṃ (msv i 68) pratyanubhavatv iti / tad arhati kumāraḥ śīghram āgantum iti / sa saṃprasthita upoṣadhaś ca rājā kālagataḥ / tato 'mātyaiḥ punar api tasya dūtasaṃpreṣaṇaṃ kṛtam* / kumāra pitā te kālagataḥ / āgaccha rājyaṃ pratīccheti / māndhātā kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati / yadi mama pitā kālagataḥ kiṃ tatra gacchāmīti viditvā tatraivāvasthitaḥ / amātyaiḥ punar api saṃbhūya agrāmātyaḥ preṣitaḥ / tena gatvābhihitaḥ / kumāra āgaccha rājyaṃ pratīccha iti / sa kathayati / mama (fol. 159v1 = gbm 6.987) dharmeṇa rājyaṃ prāptam* / ihaiva rājyābhiṣeka āgacchatv iti / amātyaiḥ saṃdiṣṭam* / deva rājyābhiṣeke prabhūtena prayojanam* / ratnaśilayā siṃhāsanena cchatreṇa paṭṭena mukuṭena / adhiṣṭhānamadhye ca rājyābhiṣekaḥ kriyate / tad arhati kumāraḥ ihaivāgantum iti / sa kathayati / yadi mama dharmeṇa rājyaṃ prāptam* / ihaiva sarvam āgacchatv iti / māndhātuḥ kumārasya divaukaso nāma yakṣa purojavaḥ / tena ratnaśilā siṃhāsanaṃ tatraivānītam* / ādhiṣṭhānikāś ca cchatraṃ paṭṭaṃ mukuṭaṃ cādāya svayam evāgatāḥ / adhiṣṭhānaṃ svayam āgataṃ svayam āgatam iti sāketā sāketā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate / āgamayānanda yena śrāvastī iti / evaṃ bhadanta iti āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavān yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ caran prakrānto yāvad anyatamasmin pradeśe brāhmaṇaś chinnabhaktako halaṃ vāhayati / tasyārthāya dārikā peyām ādāyāgatā / bhagavāṃś ca taṃ pradeśam (msv i 69) anuprāptaḥ / dadarśa sa brāhmaṇo buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṃgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam* / sahadarśanāt tasya bhagavati prasāda utpannaḥ / na tathā dvādaśavarṣābhyas taḥ śamathaś cittasya kalpatāṃ janayati / aputrasya vā putrapratilābho daridrasya vā nidhidarśanaṃ rājyābhinandino vā rājyābhiṣeko yathopacitakuśalamūlasya satvasya tatprathamato buddhadarśanam* / sa tāṃ peyām ādāya laghu laghv eva yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* /

iyaṃ bho gautama peyā iyam asti mamāntike / {ms peyāyam asti} anukampaṃ piba etad bhagavan gautamaḥ peyām* // iti {ms 'nukaṃpān pibed bhagavāṅ = divy 461}

tato bhagavatā tasya brāhmaṇasya kūpo darśitaḥ / sacet te brāhmaṇa parityājyāḥ asmin jīrṇakūpo prakṣipa iti / tena tasmin jīrṇakūpe prakṣiptāḥ / sa jīrṇakūpo vāṣpāyamānaḥ peyāpūrṇo yathāpi tad buddhānāṃ buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena / tato bhagavatā sa brāhmaṇo 'bhihitaḥ / cāraya brāhmaṇa peyām iti / sa cārayitum ārabdhaḥ / bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhitā yathā sarvasaṃghena peyā / jīrṇakūpo vāṣpāyamānas tathaiva peyāpūrṇo 'vasthitaḥ / tato 'sau brāhmaṇo bhūyasyā mātrayābhiprasanno bhagavataḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / tasya bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā (msv i 70) tādṛśī cāturāryāsatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā pūrvavad yāvad anādyakālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ (fol. 160r1 = gbm 6.988) sākṣātkṛtam* / abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ / eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhāraya adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇagatam abhiprasannam* / athāsau brāhmaṇo vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ śasyasaṃpanna iva kārṣikaḥ śūra iva vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrānto yāvat kṣetraṃ gataḥ / paśyati tasmin kṣetre sauvarṇān yavān saṃpannān* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar vismayotphullalocano gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

aho guṇamayaṃ kṣetraṃ sarvadoṣavivarjitam* / adyaivoptaṃ mayā bījam adyaiva phaladāyikam* // iti /

tato 'sau brāhmaṇas tvaritaṃ rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya jayenāyuṣā ca vardhayitvā rājānam uvāca / deva mayā yavāḥ prakīrṇās te sauvarṇāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / tatrādhiṣṭhāyikena prasādaḥ kriyatām iti / rājñā adhiṣṭhāyiko 'nupreṣitaḥ / brāhmaṇena rāśīkṛtvā bhājitāḥ / rājabhāgaḥ svābhāvikā yavāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / adhiṣṭhāyikena rājñe niveditam* / rājñā samādiṣṭam* / punar bhājayata iti / punar bhājitam* / tathaiva rājabhāgaḥ svābhāvikā yavāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / evaṃ yāvat saptakṛtvo bhājitam* / tathaiva rājā kutūhalajātaḥ svayam eva gataḥ paśyati / tathaiva tenāsau brāhmaṇo 'bhihitaḥ / brāhmaṇa tavaitat puṇyanirjātam* / alaṃ rājabhāgena / yat tavābhipretaṃ tan mamānuprayaccheti (msv i 71) / tatas tena brāhmaṇena parituṣṭena yad dattaṃ te sauvarṇayavāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ /

tato bhagavān saṃprasthito yāvad anyatamasmin pradeśe paṃca kārṣikaśatāny utpāṇḍotpāṇḍukāni sphuṭitapāṇipādāni śaṇaśāṭīnivāsitāni lāṅgalāni vāhayanti / te 'pi balīvardā vraṇapūyotkīrṇaiḥ pratodayaṣṭibhiḥ kṣatavikṣatagātrā muhurmurhur viśvasanto vahanti / dadṛśus te kārṣikā buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ pūrvavad yāvad upacitakuśalamūlaya satvasya tatprathamato buddhadarśanam* / tato yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / adrākṣīd bhagavāṃs tān kārṣikān* / dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar vinayāpekṣayā mārgād apakramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / atha te kārṣikā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / tato bhagavatā teṣāṃ kārṣikāṇām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī cāturāryāsatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā pūrvavad yāvad anādyakālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / te dṛṣṭisatyā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ (fol. 160v1 = gbm 6.989) praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / labhema vayaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ carema vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / te bhagavatā ehibhikṣukayā pravrājitāḥ pūrvavad yāvan naiva sthitā {ms: yāvan nepachitā; cf. nepacchitā -> pravr-v iii, fol. 47r6} buddhamanorathena / teṣāṃ bhagavatā avavādo dattaḥ / te vyāyacchamānaiḥ pūrvavad yāvad abhivādyāś ca saṃvṛttāḥ /

te balīvardā yoktrāṇi varatrāṇi cchitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā samantakena parivāryāvasthitāḥ / teṣāṃ bhagavatā tribhiḥ padair dharmo deśitaḥ / pūrvavad yāvad yathā gaṃgāvatāre haṃsamatsyakūrmāṇāṃ yāvad dṛṣṭasatyāḥ svabhavanaṃ gatāḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta ebhiḥ kārṣikapūrvakaiḥ bhikṣubhiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yena kārṣikāḥ saṃvṛttā bhagavataś ca śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / tair balīvardapūrvakair devaputraiḥ kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena balīvardeṣūpapannāḥ satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti dehināṃ* / bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kaśyapo nāma śāstā loke udapādi / pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśṛtya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve / tasya śāsane etāni paṃca kārṣikaśatāni pravrajitāny abhūvan* / tatra ebhir na paṭhitaṃ na svādhyāyitaṃ na manasikāro vāhitaḥ kin tu śraddhādeyaṃ bhuktvā bhuktvā saṃgaṇikābhirataiḥ kausīdyenātināmitam* /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yāni tāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni etāni paṃca kārṣikaśatāni / yo 'sau vihārasvāmī sa evāsau (msv i 73) gṛhapatiḥ / yad ete kārṣikā yad ebhir vihārasvāmisantakaṃ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya na paṭhitaṃ na svādhyāyitaṃ nāpi manasikāro vāhitaḥ kin tu saṃgaṇikābhirataiḥ kausīdyenātināmitaṃ tena karmaṇā paṃca janmaśatāni tasya vihārasvāminaḥ kārṣikāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / yāvad etarhy api tasyaiva kārṣikā jātāḥ / yad ebhiḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajya brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ tenaitarhi mama śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* /

te 'pi balīvardapūrviṇo devaputrāḥ kāśyapasyaiva samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajitā āsaṃs tatraiva kṣudrānukṣudrāṇi śikṣāpadāni khaṇḍitāni / tena karmaṇo vipākena balīvardeṣūpapannāḥ / yan mamāntike cittam abhiprasāditaṃ tena deveṣūpapannāḥ / yat kāsyape samyaksaṃbudde brahmacaryaṃ cīrṇaṃ pratipālitaṃ tenedānīṃ devaputrabhūtaiḥ (fol. 161r1 = gbm 6.990) satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam idam avocat* /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmaṃtrayate / āgamayānanda yena toyikā / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavāṃs toyikām anuprāptaḥ / tasmiṃś ca pradeśe brāhmaṇo lāṅgalaṃ vāhayati / athāsau dadarśa buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā puruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam aśītyā cānuvyaṃjanair virājitagātraṃ vyāmaprabhālaṃkṛtaṃ (msv i 74) sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ jaṃgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam* / sa saṃlakṣayati / yadi bhagavantaṃ gautamam upetyābhivādayiṣyāmi karmaparihānir me bhaviṣyati / atha nopetyābhivādayiṣyāmi puṇyaparihānir me bhaviṣyati / ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yena me na karmaparihāniḥ syān nāpi puṇyaparihānir iti / tasya buddhir utpannā / atrastha evābhivādanaṃ karomi / evaṃ na karmaparihānir bhaviṣyati nāpi puṇyaparihānir iti / tena yathāgṛhītayaiva pratodayaṣṭyā tatrasthenaivābhivādanaṃ kṛtam* / abhivādaye buddhaṃ bhagavantam iti /

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / kṣūṇa ānanda eṣa brāhmaṇaḥ / anenopakramyāsmin pradeśe abhivādane kṛte sati pratyātmaṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate / etasmiṇ pradeśe kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāvikopito 'sthisaṃghātas tiṣṭhatīti / aham anenopakramya vandito bhaveyam* / evam anena dvābhyāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhābhyāṃ vandanā kṛtā bhavet* / tat kasya hetoḥ / asminn ānanda pradeśe kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāvikopito 'sthisaṃghātas tiṣṭhati / athāyuṣmān ānando laghu laghv eva caturguṇam uttarāsaṃgaṃ prajñapya bhagavantam idam avocat* / niṣīdatu bhagavān prajñapta evāsane / evam ayaṃ pṛthivīpradeśo dvābhyāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhābhyāṃ paribhukto bhaviṣyati yac ca kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena yac caitarhi bhagavateti / niṣaṇṇo bhagavān prajñapta evāsane (msv i 75) / niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / icchatha yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śarīrasaṃghātam avikopitaṃ draṣṭum* / etasya bhagavan kāla etasya sugata samayo yad bhagavān bhikṣūṇāṃ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāvikopitaṃ śarīrasaṃghātam upadarśayet* / dṛṣṭvā bhikṣavaś cittam abhiprasādayiṣyanti / bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam iti / paśyanti bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śarīrasaṃghātam avikopitaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ {tib. adds dharmatā khalu etc., cf. divy 63.11.} / tatas tena kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāvikopitaḥ śarīrasaṃghāta ucchrāpitaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / udgṛhṇīta bhikṣavo nimittam* / antardhāsyatīty antarhitam* /

rājñā prasenajitā śrutam* / bhagavatā śrāvakāṇāṃ darśanāyāvikopitaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya (fol. 161v1 = gbm 6.991) śarīrasaṃghāta ucchrāpita iti / śrutvā ca punaḥ kutūhalajātaḥ sārdham antaḥpurakumārair amātyair bhaṭabalāgreṇa naigamajānapadaiś ca saṃprasthitaḥ / evaṃ virūḍhako 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ uṣidattaḥ purāṇasthapatir viśākhā mṛgāramātā anekāni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi kutūhalajātāni saṃprasthitāni kaiścit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ saṃcodyamānāni / yāvad asāv antarhitaḥ / taiḥ śrutam antarhito 'sau bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya śarīrasaṃghāta iti / śrutvā ca punas teṣāṃ duḥkhadaurmanasyam utpannaṃ vṛthāsmākam āgamanam iti /

anyatamena copāsakena sa pradeśaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtaḥ / evaṃ ca cetasā cittam abhisaṃskṛtam* / asmān me padāvihārāt kiyat puṇyaṃ (msv i 76) bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs tasya mahājanakāyasyāvipratisārasaṃjananārthaṃ tasya copāsakasya cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇaniṣkā jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacittaḥ padāvihāraṃ prakaroti vidvān // iti /

anyatamenāpy upāsakena tasmin pradeśe mṛttikāpiṇḍo dattaḥ / evaṃ cittam abhisaṃskṛtam* / padāvihārasya tāvad iyat puṇyam ākhyātaṃ bhagavatā / asya tu mṛttikāpiṇḍasya kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate / śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇapiṇḍā jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacittaḥ āropayen mṛttikāpiṇḍam ekam* // iti /

tac chrutvānekaiḥ prāṇiśatasahasrair mṛttikāpiṇḍasamāropaṇaṃ kṛtam* / aparais tatra muktapuṣpāṇy abhikṣiptāni / evaṃ ca cittam abhisaṃskṛtam* / padāvihārasya ca mṛttikāpiṇḍasya ca iyat puṇyam uktaṃ bhagavatā / asmākaṃ tu muktapuṣpāṇāṃ kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇapeṭā jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacitta āropayen muktapuṣpasya rāśim* // iti /

aparais tatra mālāvihāraḥ kṛtaḥ / cittaṃ cābhisaṃskṛtam* / muktapuṣpāṇāṃ bhagavatā iyat puṇyam uktam* / asmākaṃ mālāvihārasya (msv i 77) kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇavāhā jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacitto mālāvihāraṃ prakaroti vidvān* // iti /

aparais tatra dīpamālā dattā / cittaṃ cābhisaṃskṛtam* / mālāvihārasya bhagavatā iyat puṇyam uktam* / asmākaṃ dīpadānasya kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇavāhā jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacittaḥ pradīpadānaṃ prakaroti vidvān* // iti /

aparais tatra gandhābhiṣeko dattaḥ / cittaṃ cābhisaṃskṛtam* (fol. 162r1 = gbm 6.992) / pradīpadānasya bhagavatā iyat puṇyam uktam* / asmākaṃ gandhābhiṣekasya kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇarāśayo jāmbūnadā nāsya samā bhavanti / yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacitto gandhābhiṣekaṃ prakaroti vidvān* // iti /

aparais tatra cchatradhvajapatākāropaṇaṃ dattaḥ / cittaṃ cābhisaṃskṛtam* / padāvihārasya mṛtpiṇḍadānasya muktapuṣpāṇāṃ mālāvihārasya pradīpadānasya gandhābhiṣekasya ceyat puṇyam uktaṃ bhagavatā / asmākaṃ chatradhvajapatākāropaṇe kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇaparvatā meroḥ samā nāsya samā bhavanti /
yo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacitta āropayec chatradhvajāpatākāḥ //

eṣā hi dakṣiṇā proktā aprameye tathāgate / samudrakalpe saṃbodhau sārthavāhe anuttare // iti /

teṣām etad abhavat* parinirvṛtasya tāvad bhagavataḥ kāraṇam iyat puṇyam uktaṃ bhagavatā / tiṣṭhataḥ kiyat puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / atha bhagavāṃs teṣām api cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

tiṣṭhantaṃ pūjayed yaś ca yaś cāpi parinirvṛtam* /
samaṃ cittaṃ prasādyeha nāsti puṇyaviśeṣatā //

evaṃ hy acintiyā buddhā buddhadharmo 'py acintiyaḥ /
acintiye prasannānāṃ vipāko 'pi acintiyaḥ //

teṣām acintiyānām apratihatadharmacakravartinām* / samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ nālaṃ guṇapāram adhigantum* // iti /

tato bhagavatā tasya mahājanakāyasya tathāvidhā dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekaiḥ prāṇiśatasahasrair mahān viśeṣo 'dhigataḥ / kaiścic chrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bodhau kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau / kaiścid uṣmagatāni pratilabdhāni kaiścin mūrdhānaḥ kaiścit satyānuloma kaiścit kṣāntayaḥ / kaiścit srotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalaṃ kaiścid anāgāmiphalam* / kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / yadbhūyasā sā parṣad buddhanimnā dharmapravaṇā saṃghaprāgbhārā vyavasthāpitā (msv i 79) / tatra śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tasmin pradeśe mahaḥ sthāpitaḥ / toyikāmahas toyikāmaha iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /

atha bhagavān kosaleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ / śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme / aśrauṣīd anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ bhagavān kosaleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane asmākam evārāme iti / śrutvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇam anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatiṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati (fol. 162v1 = gbm 6.993) pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir utthāyāsanāt pūrvavad yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena iti / pūrvavat śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapyodakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti / dauvārikapuruṣam āmaṃtrayate / na tāvad bhoḥ puruṣānyatīrthyakānāṃ praveśo deyo yāvad buddhapramukhena bhikṣusaṃghena na bhuktam* / tataḥ paścāt tīrthyakebhyo dāsyāmīti / evam ārya iti dauvārikaḥ puruṣa anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapateḥ pratyaśrauṣīt* / atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto (msv i 80) bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya /

athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapo 'nyatamasmād āraṇyakāc chayanāsanād dīrghakeśaśmaśrulūhacīvaro jetavanaṃ gataḥ / sa paśyati jetavanaṃ śūnyam* / tenopadhivārikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / kutra buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgha iti / tena samākhyātam* / anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinopanimaṃtrita iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / tatraiva piṇḍapātaṃ paribhokṣyāmi buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca paryupāsiṣye iti / saḥ anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ gataḥ / dauvārikeṇoktaḥ / ārya mā pravekṣyasi / kasyārthāya / anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā ājñā dattā / mā tāvat tīrthyānāṃ praveśaṃ dāsyasi yāvad buddhapramukhena bhikṣusaṃghena paribhuktam* / tataḥ paścāt tīrthyānāṃ dāsyāmīti / āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ saṃlakṣayati tasya me lābhāḥ sulabdhā ye māṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ śramaṇaśākyaputrīya iti na jānate / gacchāmi kṛpaṇajanasyānukampāṃ karomīti viditvā udyānaṃ gataḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / adya mayā kasyānugrahaḥ kartavyaḥ / yāvad anyatarā nagarāvalambikā kuṣṭhābhibhūtā sarujārtā pakvagātrā bhikṣām aṭati / sa tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / tasyāś ca bhikṣāyām ācāmaḥ saṃpannaḥ / tayā āyuṣmān mahākāśyapo dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaś cittaprāsādikaś ca śānteneryāpathena / sā saṃlakṣayati / nūnaṃ mayaivaṃvidhe dakṣiṇīye kārā na kṛtā yena me iyaṃ samavasthā / yady āryo mahākāśyapo mamāntikād anukampām (msv i 81) upādāyācāmaṃ pratigṛhṇīyād aham asmai dadyām iti / tata āyuṣmatā mahākāśyapena tasyāś cetasā cittam ājñāya pātram upanāmitam* / yadi te bhagini parityaktaṃ tad dīyatām asmin pātre iti / tatas tayā cittam abhiprasādya tasmin pātre dattaṃ makṣikā ca patitā / sā tām apanetum ārabdhā / tasyās tasminn ācāme aṃguliḥ patitā / sā saṃlakṣayati / kiṃ cāpy āryeṇa mama cittānurakṣaṇayā (fol. 163r1 = gbm 6.994) na cchoritam* / api tu na paribhokṣyatīti / āyuṣmatā mahākāśyapena tasyāś cetasā cittam ājñāya tasyā eva samakṣam anyatamaṃ kuḍyamūlaṃ niśritya paribhuktam* / sā saṃlakṣayati / kiṃ cāpy āryeṇa mama cittānurakṣaṇayā paribhuktaṃ nānenāhāreṇāhārakṛtyaṃ kariṣyatīti / athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapas tasyāś cetasā cittam ājñāya tāṃ nagarāvalambikām idam avocat* / bhagini prāmodyam utpādayāmy ahaṃ tvadīyenāhāreṇa rātriṃdivasam atināmayiṣyāmīti / tasyā atīvaudvilyam utpannam* / mamāryeṇa mahākāśyapena piṇḍapātaḥ pratipāditaḥ pragṛhīta iti āyuṣmati mahākāśyape cittam abhiprasādya kālagatā / tuṣite devanikāye upapannā / sā śakreṇa devendreṇa dṛṣṭā ācāmaṃ pratipādayantī kālaṃ ca kurvāṇā no tu dṛṣṭā kutropapannā iti / sa nagarān vyavalokayitum ārabdho na paśyati tiraścaḥ pretān manuṣyāṃś ca cāturmahārājikān devān trayastriṃśān na paśyati / tathā hy adhastād devānāṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate nopariṣṭāt* / atha śakro devānām indro yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantaṃ gāthābhigītena praśnaṃ papraccha /

carataḥ piṇḍapātaṃ hi kāśyapasya mahātmanaḥ /
kutrāsau modate nārī kāśyapasyācāmadāyikā //

bhagavān āha /

tuṣitā nāma te devāḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhayaḥ / tatrāsau modate nārī kāśyapasyācāmadāyikā // iti /

atha śakrasya devendrasyaitad abhavat* / ime tāvan manuṣyāḥ puṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti ahaṃ pratyakṣadarśyeva puṇyānāṃ sve puṇyaphale vyavasthitaḥ / tasmād dānāni vā dadāmi puṇyāni vā karomi / ayam āryo mahākāśyapo dīnānāthakṛpaṇavanīpakānukampī / yanv aham enaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayeyam iti viditvā kṛpaṇavīthyāṃ gṛhaṃ nirmitavān* / cīracīracīvarakaṃ kākābhinilīnakaṃ nātiparamarūpaṃ kuvindaṃ cātmānam abhinirmāya uddhūtaśiraskaḥ śaṇaśāṭīnivāsitaḥ sphuṭitapāṇipādo vastraṃ vayitum ārabdhaḥ / śacy api devakanyā kuvindabhāvaveṣadhāriṇī tasarikāṃ kartum ārabdhā / pārśve cāsya divyā sudhā sajjīkṛtā tiṣṭhati / athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ kṛpaṇānāthavanīpakajanānukaṃpako 'nupūrveṇa tad gṛham anuprāptaḥ / duḥkhitako 'yam iti kṛtvā dvāre sthitena pātraṃ prasāritam* / śakreṇa devendreṇa (msv i 83) divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātraṃ pūritam* / athāyuṣmato mahākāśyapasyaitad abhavat* /

divyaṃ cāsya sudhābhaktam ayaṃ ca gṛhavistaraḥ / suviruddham iti jñātvā jāto me hradi saṃśayaḥ // iti /

dharmatā hy eṣā / asamanvāhṛtyārhatāṃ jñānadarśanaṃ na pravartate / sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛtto yāvat paśyati śakraṃ devendram* / sa kathayati / kauśika kiṃ duḥkhitajanasyāntarāyaṃ (fol. 163v1 = gbm 6.995) karoṣi / yasya bhagavatā dīrgharātrānugato vicikitsākathaṃkathāśalyaḥ samūla āvṛḍho yathāpi tat tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena / ārya mahākāśyapa kiṃ duḥkhitajanasyāntarāyaṃ karomi / ime tāvan manuṣyā apratyakṣadarśinaḥ puṇyānāṃ dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti / ahaṃ pratyakṣadarśyeva puṇyāni kathaṃ dānāni na dadāmi puṇyāni vā na karomi / nanu coktaṃ bhagavatā /

karaṇīyāni puṇyāni duḥkhaṃ hy akṛtapuṇyataḥ / kṛtapuṇyā hi modante asmiṃl loke paratra ca // iti /

tataḥ prabhṛti āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ samanvāhṛtya kulāni piṇḍapātaṃ praveṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / atha śakro devendro ākāśastha evāyuṣmato mahākāśyapasya divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātraṃ pūrayati / āyuṣmān api mahākāśyapaḥ pātram avāṅmukhaṃ karoty annaṃ pānaṃ (msv i 84) choryate / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmi piṇḍopadhānaṃ dhārayitavyam iti /

sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ / amukayā nagarāvalambikayā āryo mahākāśyapaḥ ācāmena pratipāditaḥ / sā ca tuṣite devanikāye upapannā / iti rājñā prasenajitā kosalena śrutam* / śrutvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / sa ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kosalaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati / pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* /

atha rājā prasenajit kosalaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān āryamahākāśyapam uddiśya bhaktaṃ saptāheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha rājā prasenajit kosalo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / atha rājā prasenajit kosalas tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapyodakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / pūrvavad yāvat svahastaṃ santarpayati saṃpravārayati / anyatamaś ca koṭṭamallako vṛddhānte cittam abhiprasādayaṃs tiṣṭhati / ayaṃ rājā pratyakṣadarśyeva puṇyānāṃ sve puṇyaphale pratitiṣṭho 'tṛpta eva puṇyair dānāni dadānti puṇyāni karoti /

atha rājā prasenajit kosalo 'nekaparyāyeṇa buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / tato bhagavatābhihitaḥ / rājan kasya nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśāmi (fol. 164r1 = gbm 6.996) / kiṃ tavāhosvid yena tavāntikāt prabhūtataraṃ puṇyaṃ prasūtam iti / rājā saṃlakṣayati / mama bhagavān piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuṃkte / ko 'nyo mamāntikāt prabhūtataraṃ puṇyaṃ prasaviṣyatīti viditvā kathayati / bhagavan yena mamāntikāt prabhūtataraṃ puṇyaṃ prasūtaṃ tasya bhagavān nāmnā dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśatv iti / tato bhagavatā koṭṭamallakasya nāmnā dakśiṇā ādiṣṭā / evaṃ yāvat ṣaḍdivasān* / ṣaṣṭhe divase rājā kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / mama bhagavān piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuṃkte / koṭṭamallasya nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśatīti / so 'mātyair dṛṣṭaḥ / te kathayanti / kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyvasthita iti / rājā kathayati / bhavantaḥ kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmi / yatredānīṃ bhagavān mama piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuṃkte koṭṭamallasya nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśatīti / tatraiko vṛddhāmātyaḥ kathayati / alpotsukho deva bhavatu / vayaṃ tathā kariṣyāmo yathā śvo bhagavān devasyaiva nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśatīti / tena pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā / śvo bhavadbhiḥ praṇītatara āhāraḥ kartavyaḥ prabhūtaś ca / evaṃ cārayitavyaḥ / upārdho bhikṣūṇāṃ pātre pataty ardho bhūmāv iti / amātyair aparasmin divase prabhūtaḥ āhāraḥ sajjitaḥ praṇītaś ca / tataḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariveṣitum ārabdhāḥ / (msv i 86) upārdhaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ pātre pātayanty upārdhaṃ bhūmau / tataḥ koṭṭamallakāḥ pradhāvitā bhūmau nipatitaṃ gṛhṇīma iti / te pariveṣakair nivāritāḥ / tataḥ sa koṭṭamallakaḥ kathayati / yady asya rājñaḥ prabhūtaṃ saṃpatsvāpateyam asti / santy anye 'py asmadvidhā duḥkhitakā ye ākāṃkṣante / teṣāṃ kimarthaṃ na dīyate / kim anenāparibhogaṃ choriteneti / tasya koṭṭamallakasya cittavikṣepo jātaḥ / na śaktaṃ tena tathā cittaṃ prasādayituṃ yathā pūrvam* / tato rājā buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayitvā na mama bhagavān nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādisatīti viditvā dakṣiṇām aśrutvaiva pradiṣṭaḥ / tato bhagavatā rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya nāmnā evaṃ dakṣiṇādiṣṭā /

hastyaśvarathapattiyāyino bhuṃjānasya puraṃ sanaigamaṃ paśyasi / balaṃ hi rūkṣikāyā alavaṇikāyāḥ kulmāsapiṇḍikāyāḥ // iti /

athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam avocat* / bahuśo bhadanta bhagavatā rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya niveśane bhuktvā nāmnā dakṣiṇā ādiṣṭā / nābhijānāmi kadācid evaṃvidhāṃ dakṣiṇām ādiṣṭapūrvām* / bhagavān āha / icchasi tvam ānanda rājñaḥ prasenajitkosalasyālavaṇikāṃ kulmāsapiṇḍikām ārabhya karmaplotiṃ śrotum* / etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayo yad bhagavān rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasyālavaṇikāṃ kulmāsapiṇḍikām ārabhya karmaplotiṃ varṇayet* / bhagavataḥ śrutvā bhikṣavo dhārayiṣyantīti / tatra bhagavān (fol. 164v1 = gbm 6.997) bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati / tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ / pūrvavad yāvad unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ / yāvad asau gṛhapatiḥ patnīm āmantrayate / bhadre jāto 'smākam ṛṇaharo dhanaharaś ceti / gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya deśāntaram iti / sā kathayaty ārya evaṃ kuruṣveti / sa paṇyam ādāya deśāntaraṃ gataḥ / tatraiva cānayena vyasanam āpanno 'lpaparicchedaḥ saḥ / tasya gṛhe dhanajātaṃ parikṣīṇam* / so 'sya putro duḥkhito jātaḥ / tasya gṛhapater vayasyakaḥ / sa tenoktaḥ / mamāpi tvaṃ putraḥ / mama kṣetraṃ pratipālaya / ahaṃ tava bhaktena yogodvahanaṃ karomīti / sa tasya kṣetravyāpāraṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / so 'pya asya bhaktena yogodvahanaṃ karoti / yāvad apareṇa samayena parva pratyupasthitam* / tasya dārakasya mātā saṃlakṣayati / adya gṛhapatipatnī suhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavaśramaṇabhojane vyagrā bhaviṣyati / gacchāmi sānukālaṃ tasya dārakasya bhaktaṃ nayāmīti / sā sānukālaṃ gatvā gṛhapatipatnyā etam arthaṃ nivedayati / sā ruṣitā kathayati / na tāvac chramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyo dadāmi / jñātīnāṃ vā tāvat preṣyasya dadāmi / adya tāvat tiṣṭhatu / śvo dviguṇaṃ dāsyāmīti / tatas tasya dārakasya mātā saṃlakṣayati / mā dārako bubhukṣito bhaviṣyati / etām ātmīyām alavaṇikāṃ kulmāsapiṇḍikāṃ nayāmīti / sā tām ādāya kṣetraṃ gatā / putrasya vistareṇa yad gṛhapatnyābhihitaṃ tat sarvam ākhyāya kathayati / iyaṃ mayā ātmīyā alavaṇikā kulmāsapiṇḍikā ānītā / (msv i 88) etāṃ paribhuṃkṣveti / sa kathayati / sthāpayitvā gaccheti / sā sthāpitvā prakrāntā / asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loke utpadyante hīnadīnānukaṃpakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya / yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddhas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ / sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ / kāyaprāsādikaś cittaprāsādikaś ca śānteryāpathavartī / sa saṃlakṣayati / nūnaṃ mayaivaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārā na kṛtā / yena me īdṛśī samavasthā / yady ayaṃ mamāntikād alavaṇikāṃ kulmāsapiṇḍikāṃ gṛhṇīyād aham asmai dadyām iti / tataḥ pratyekabuddhas tasya daridrapuruṣasya cetasā cittam ājñāya pātraṃ prasāritavān* / sacet tava parityaktaṃ dīyatām asmin pātre iti / tatas tīvreṇa prasādena sā alavaṇikā kulmāsapiṇḍikā pratyekabuddhāya pratipāditā /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau daridrapuruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau rājā prasenajit kosalas tena kālena tena samayena / yad anena pratyekabuddhāyālavaṇikā kulmāsapiṇḍikā pratipāditā / tena karmaṇā ṣaṭkṛtvo deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu rājaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ (fol. 165r1 = gbm 6.998) kāritavān* / ṣaṭkṛtvo 'syām eva śrāvastyāṃ rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktas tenaiva karmāvaśeṣeṇa / etarhy api rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / so 'sya piṇḍako vipakvaḥ / vipākaṃ tam ahaṃ sandhāya kathayāmi /

hastyaśvarathapattiyāyino bhuñjānasya puraṃ sanaigamaṃ paśyasi / balaṃ hi rūkṣikāyā alavaṇikāyāḥ kulmāsapiṇḍikāyāḥ // iti /

sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ / bhagavatā rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasyālavaṇikā kulmāsapiṇḍikām ārabhya karmaplotir vyākṛteti (msv i 89) rājñā prasenajitkosalena śrutam* / sa yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upsaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kosalaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha rājā prasenajit kosala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃs traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān rājñaḥ prasenajitkosalasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / tato rājñā prasenajitā kosalena buddhapramukhāya bhikṣusaṃghāya traimāsīṃ śatarasaṃ bhojanaṃ dattam* / ekaikaś ca bhikṣuḥ śatasāhasrakeṇa vastreṇācchāditaḥ / tailasya ca kumbhakoṭiṃ samudānīya dīpamālām abhyudyato dātum* / tatra bhakte pūjāyāṃ ca mahākolāhalo jātaḥ / yāvad anyatamā nagarāvalambikā atīva duḥkhitā / tayā khaṇḍamallakena bhikṣām aṭantyā sa uccaśabdo mahāśabdaḥ śrutaḥ / śrutvā ca punaḥ pṛcchati / bhavantaḥ kim eṣa uccaśabdo mahāśabda iti / aparaiḥ samākhyātam* / rājñā prasenajitā kosalena buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghas traimāsīṃ bhojitaḥ / ekaikaś ca bhikṣuḥ śatasahasramūlyena vastreṇācchāditaḥ / tailakumbhakoṭiṃ ca samudānīya dīpamālām abhyudyato dātum iti /

tatas tasyā nagarāvalambikāyā etad abhavat* / ayaṃ rājā prasenajit kosalaḥ puṇyair atṛptaḥ adyatvena dānāni dadāti puṇyāni (msv i 90) karoti / yanv aham api kutaścit samudānīya bhagavataḥ pradīpaṃ dadyām iti tayā khaṇḍamallakena tailasya stokaṃ yācitvā pradīpaḥ prajvālya bhagavataś caṃkrame dattaḥ / pādayoś ca nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* / anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yathāyaṃ bhagavān śākyamunir varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śāstā loke utpannaḥ evam aham api varṣaśatāyuṣi śākyamunir eva śāstā bhaveyam* / yathā cāsya śāriputramaudgalyāyanāv agrayugaṃ bhadrayugam ānando bhikṣur upasthāyikaḥ śuddhodanaḥ pitā mahāmāyā mātā kapilavastu nagaraṃ rāhulabhadraḥ kumāraḥ evaṃ mamāpi śāriputramaudgalyāyanāv agrayugaṃ bhadrayugaṃ syād ānando bhikṣur upasthāyikaḥ (fol. 165v1 = gbm 6.999) śuddhodanaḥ pitā mātā mahāmāyā kapilavastu nagaraṃ rāhulabhadraḥ kumāraḥ putraḥ / yathā cāyaṃ bhagavān dhātuvibhāgaṃ kṛtvā parinirvāsyati evam aham api dhātuvibhāgaṃ kṛtvā parinirvāpayeyam iti /

yāvat sarve te dīpāḥ parinirvāṇāḥ sa tayā prajvālito dīpo jvalaty eva / dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ na tāvad upasthāpakaḥ pratisaṃlīyati yāvan na buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratisaṃlīnā iti / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ saṃlakṣayati / asthānam anavakāśo yad buddhā bhagavantaḥ ālokaśayyāṃ kalpayiṣyanti yanv ahaṃ pradīpaṃ nirvāpayeyam ti / sa hastena nirvāpayitum ārabdho na śaknoti tataś cīvarakarṇikena tato vyajanena tathāpi na śaknotīti / bhagavān āha / mā khedam ānandāpatsyase / yadi vairaṃbhā api vāyavo vāyeyus te 'pi na śaknuyur nirvāpayituṃ prāg eva hastacīvarakarṇiko vyajanaṃ vā / tathā (msv i 91) hy ayaṃ pradīpas tayā dārikayā mahatā cittābhisaṃskāreṇa prajvālitaḥ / api tv ānanda bhaviṣyaty asau dārikā varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhatsamyaksaṃbuddhaḥ / śāriputramaudgalyāyanau tasyāgrayugaṃ bhadrayugam ānando bhikṣur upasthāyikaḥ śuddhodanaḥ pitā mātā mahāmāyā kapilavastu nagaraṃ rāhulabhadraḥ kumāraḥ putraḥ / sāpi dhātuvibhāgaṃ kṛtvā parinirvāsyatīti /

sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ / amukayā nagarāvalambikayā bhagavataś caṃkrame śirasā pradīpo dattaḥ / sā bhagavatānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau vyākṛtā / iti śrutvā śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir asāv anāgataguṇāpekṣayā sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravāritā /

tathā rajñā prasenajitā kosalena śrutam* / tato vismayajātas tailakumbhasahasram ādāya citrāṃ pradīpamālāṃ kṛtavān* / catūratnamayaṃ ca pradīpaṃ caṃkramaśirasi pratiṣṭhitavān* / tato bhagavataḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā bhagavantam idam avocat* / mayā ca bhadanta bhagavān āryamahākāśyapasya pūjādhikāreṇa bhaktasaptāhenopanimaṃtritaḥ / tasya mama bhagavatā alavaṇikāṃ kulmāsapiṇḍikām ārabhya pūrvikā karmaplotir vyākṛtā / punaś ca mayā bhagavāṃs traimāsīṃ saśrāvakasaṃgho bhojitaḥ / ekaikaś ca bhikṣuḥ śatasahasreṇa mūlyena vastrayugenācchāditas tailakumbhakoṭiṃ ca samudānīya pradīpamālā dattā / na cāhaṃ bhagavatānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau vyākṛtaḥ / sādhu bhagavān mamāpy anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau vyākuryāt* / kadāsvid ahaṃ lokajyeṣṭhaḥ syāṃ vināyaka iti / bhagavān (msv i 92) āha / gambhīrā mahārāja anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ / gambhīrāvabhāsā durdṛśā duravabodhā atarkyā atarkyāvacarā sūkṣmā nipuṇā paṇḍitavijñavedanīyā / sā na sukarā tvayaikena dānena samupadānetuṃ (fol. 166r1 = gbm 6.1000) na dānaśatena na dānasahasreṇa na dānaśatasahasreṇāpi tu mahārāja tvayā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhiprārthayitā dātavyāny eva dānāni kartavyāny eva puṇyāni sevitavyāni kalyāṇamitrāṇi bhajitavyāni paryupāsitavyāni / evaṃ tvaṃ bhaviṣyasi kadācil lokajyeṣṭho vināyaka iti / evam ukto rājā prasenajit kosalaḥ prārodīd aśrūṇi varṣayan* / atha rājā prasenajit kośalaś cīvarakarṇakenāśrūṇy unmṛjya bhagavantam idam avocat* / anuttarāṃ bhadanta bhagavatā samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārhayitā kiyanti dānāni dattāni puṇyāni vā kṛtānīti / bhagavān āha / tiṣṭhantu tāvan mahārāja ye 'tītāḥ kalpāḥ / yan mayāsminn eva bhadrake kalpe anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayitā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni cānekaprakārāṇi kṛtāni tac chṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasikuruta bhāṣiṣye /

bhūtapurvaṃ mahārājāmitāyuṣi prajāyām upoṣadho nāma rāja babhūva / tasya mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ / mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur (msv i 93) vā paripākatvāt sphuṭitaḥ / kumāro jātaḥ / abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaś chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ uccaghoṣaḥ saṃgatabhrus tuṅganāso dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtagātraḥ / jātamātraḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśitaḥ / upoṣadhasya rājño 'śītiḥ strīsahasrāṇi kumāraṃ dṛṣṭvā prasrutāni / ekaikā strī kathayati māndhāya māndhāya iti / tasya māndhātā māndhāteti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / anye kathayanti / mūrdhnā jātas tasmād bhavatu kumārasya mūrdhāta iti nāma / tatra kecin māndhāteti jānate kecin mūrdhāta iti /

vistareṇa māndhātṛsūtraṃ madhyamāgame rājasaṃyuktakanipāte /

māndhātuḥ kumārasya kumārakrīḍāyāṃ krīḍataḥ ṣaṭ śakrāś cyutāḥ / evaṃ yauvarājyaṃ kārayataḥ ṣaḍ mahārājyaṃ kārayataḥ ṣaḍ jāmbūdvīpakān janapadān samanuśāsataḥ ṣaṭ* / sahacittotpādāc cāsya ratnavarṣaṃ patitaṃ vastravarṣam* / antaḥpure hiraṇyavarṣam* /

tena khalu samayena vaiśālyāṃ durmukho nāma ṛṣiḥ paṃcābhijñaḥ / tasyāśramapade nityaṃ pakṣiṇo 'bhinikūjanti / śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni / sa cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati / iti tena pakṣiṇāṃ śāpo dattaḥ / śīryantām eṣāṃ pakṣā iti / tato rājñā māndhātrā (msv i 94) śrutam* / śrutvā niṣkāruṇiko 'yam ṛṣir iti kṛtvā uktaḥ / na tena madviṣaye vastavyam iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ rājā caturdvīpeśvaraḥ kva mayā gantavyam iti / sa sumerupariṣaṇḍaṃ gatvāvasthitaḥ /

evam avaragodānīyaṃ samanuśāsataḥ ṣaṭ śakrāś cyutāḥ / pūrvavidehe ṣaṭ* / uttarakurau ṣaṭ* / nimindharagirau sthitasya ṣaṭ* / evaṃ vinatake 'śvakarṇe sudarśane khadirake īṣādhāre yugandhare ca /

antaroddānam* /

nimiṃdhara (fol. 166v1 = gbm 6.1001) iti vinatakaḥ aśvakarṇagiris tathā / sudarśanaḥ khadirakaḥ īṣādhāro yugandharaḥ //

tataḥ sumerumūrdhany abhirohatā tena ṛśīṇā bhaṭabalāgraṃ stambhitam* / divaukaso yakṣaḥ purojavo dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

niyaccha brāhmaṇa krodhaṃ naitat sarvatra sidhyati / māndhātā nṛpatir hy evaṃ naite vaiśālakā vakāḥ // iti /

rājā māndhātā pṛcchati / kenaitad bhaṭabalāgraṃ stambhitam* / devarṣiṇā / rājā pṛcchati / kiṃ teṣām ṛṣīṇāṃ priyam* / deva jaṭāḥ / śīryantām eṣāṃ jaṭāḥ / mama ca purojavāḥ santu / tatas teṣāṃ jaṭāḥ śīrṇāḥ / dhanurbāṇapāṇayaś cāgrato dhāvitum ārabdhāḥ / strīratnenābhihitam* (msv i 95) / deva ṛṣayaḥ ete tapasvinaḥ / kim ebhiḥ / mucyantām iti / rājñā muktāḥ / taiḥ punar api vīryam āsthāya paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ /

tathā nandopanando nāgarājo māndhātṛbalaṃ dṛṣṭvā asurā hy ete iti caturaṅgena balakāyena pratyudgataḥ / sainyadarśanād eva bhagnaḥ / deva karoṭapāṇayo yakṣā māyādharāḥ sadāmattāś ca / sarve ca nandopanandādayo bhagnā yena cāturmahārājikā devās tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya cāturmahārājikān devān idam avocat* / yat khalu mārṣā jānīdhvaṃ mahāsainyaṃ pratyupasthitam* / sannahyatāṃ caturaṃgo balakāyaḥ / vayaṃ sarve bhagnā iti / taiḥ parijñātam* / te kathayanti / bhavantaḥ ayaṃ māndhātā rājā cakravartī śakraṃ devendraṃ darśanāya gacchati / puṇyamaheśākhyaś cāyam* / kā śaktir asmākam anena sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayitum* / kin tu ardhaṃ pādyaṃ ca gṛhītvā pratyudgantavyam iti / tataś cāturmahārājikā devā ardhaṃ pādyaṃ ca gṛhītvā cchatradhvajapatākābhir vividhaiś ca vādyaiḥ pratyudgatāḥ / tato rājā māndhātā cāturmahārājikān devān pratisaṃmodya devaiḥ parivṛto devāṃs trayastriṃśān gataḥ / śakreṇa ca devendreṇārdhāsanenopanimantritaḥ / tato 'surāś caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannahya śakraṃ devendram abhigatāḥ / yakṣaiḥ śakrasya devendrasyārocitam* / yat khalu kauśika jānīyā asurāḥ paṃca gulmakān bhaṅktvā pratyupasthitāḥ / yat te kṛtyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kuruṣveti / tataḥ śakro devendraḥ saṃprasthitaḥ / (msv i 96) rājñā māndhātrābhihitaḥ / tiṣṭha aham eva gacchāmīti / śakraḥ kathayati / evaṃ kuruṣveti / tato rājā māndhātā aṣṭādaśabhir bhaṭabalāgrakoṭībhir upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya guṇāsphālanaṃ kṛtavān* / asurā aṣṭādaśa bhaṭabalāgrakoṭībhir dṛṣṭvā ativibhīṣaṇaṃ ca śabdaṃ śrutvā karṇau pidhāya niṣpalāyitāḥ /

tato rājño māndhātur etad abhavat* / asti me jambudvīpe dvīpaḥ ṛddhaś ca sphītaś ca kṣemaś ca subhikṣaś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaś ca pūrvavidehaḥ avaragodānīyaḥ uttarakuruś ca / yanv ahaṃ devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayeyam iti / sahacittopādād rājā māndhātā tasya ṛddhe parihīne jambudvīpam (fol. 167r1 = gbm 6.1002) āgatya kharam ābādhitaṃ praveditavān gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate /

na kārṣāpaṇavarṣeṇa tṛptiḥ kāmeṣu vidyate /
alpāsvādān bahuduḥkhān kāmān vijñāya paṇḍitaḥ /
api divyeṣu kāmeṣu ratiṃ naivādhigacchati //

tṛṣṇākṣaye rato bhavati samyaksaṃbuddhaśrāvakaḥ /
parvato 'pi suvarṇasya samo himavatā bhavet* /
nālam ekasya tad vittam iti vidvān samācaret* //

yaḥ prekṣate duḥkham ito nidānaṃ kāmeṣu jātu sa kathaṃ rameta /
loke hi śalyam upadhiṃ viditvā tasyaiva dhīro vinayāya śikṣate //

tataḥ sa rājā māndhātā nirargalaṃ yajñam iṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

alpakaṃ jīvitaṃ jñātvā sukṛcchraṃ sāṃparāyikam* /
karaṇīyāni puṇyāni duḥkhaṃ hy akṛtapuṇyataḥ //

tasmād dhi puṇyakāmena deyaṃ dānaṃ yathāvidhi / kṛtapuṇyā hi modante loke 'smiṃś ca paratra ca // iti /

bagavān āha / kiṃ manyase mahārāja yo 'sau rājā māndhātā aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yan mayā itthaṃ satvahitaṃ kṛtaṃ tena nānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam* / kiṃ tv etad dānam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar api mahārāja yan mayā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayitā sarvahitaṃ kṛtaṃ tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja mahāsudarśano nāma rājābhūc cakravartī saptatiratnaiḥ samanvāgataś catasṛbhiś ca mānuṣikābhi riddhibhiḥ /

vistareṇa mahāsudarśanasūtre dīrghāgame ṣaṭsūtrikanipāte /

atha mahāsudarśano rājā dharmaprāsāde pañca pratyekabuddhaśatāni bhojayitvā pratyekaṃ ca dūṣyayugenācchādayitvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

labdhvā hi vipulaṃ bhogaṃ na pramādyed vicakṣaṇaḥ /
dadyāt saṃpannaśīlebhyo yatra ridhyanti dakṣiṇāḥ //

evaṃ datveha medhāvī śrāddho muktena cetasā / avyāvādasukhe loke upapadyeta paṇḍitaḥ // iti /

syāt khalu te mahārāja anyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena mahāsudarśano nāma rājā cakravartī caturdvīpeśvaraḥ saptatiratnaiḥ samanvāgataś catasṛbhiś ca mānuṣikābhi riddhibhir iti na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena mahāsudarśano nāma rājā cakravartī caturdvīpeśvaraḥ saptatiratnaiḥ samanvāgataś catasṛbhiś ca mānuṣikābhi riddhibhiḥ / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena mayā dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgenānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigatā iti na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu tad dānam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar api mahārāja yan mayā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayatā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni ca kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja velāmo nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālo 'bhūt* / sa idam evaṃrūpaṃ brāhmaṇebhyo dānam adāc (fol. 167v1 = gbm 6.1003) caturaśītināgasahasrāṇāṃ suvarṇālaṃkārāṇāṃ suvarṇadhvajānāṃ hemajālapraticchannānām* /

vistareṇa velāmasūtre madhyamāgame brāhmaṇanipāte /

sa evaṃ dānāni datvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

dānaṃ datvā sukhī hi syād dānaṃ datvā viśāradaḥ /
dānena pūjyate sādhu deveṣu manujeṣu ca //

tasmāt saṃpattikāmena dānaṃ deyaṃ viśāradaiḥ /
mokṣam ākāṃkṣatā nityam aiśvaryaṃ ca surālayam* //

syāt khalu te mahārāja anyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena velāmo nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālo 'bhūt* / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena velāmo nāma brāhmaṇamahāsālo 'bhūvam* / mayā tad evaṃvidhaṃ brāhmaṇebhyo dānaṃ dattam* / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena mayā dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgenānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigateti na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu tad dānam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar api mahārāja yan mayā anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayatā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni ca kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja śakuno nāma rājābhūc cakravartī caturdvīpeśvaraḥ saptatiratnaiḥ samanvāgataś catasṛbhiś ca mānuṣikābhi riddhibhiḥ / śakrasya devendrasya suhṛd vayasyakaḥ / tasya rājñī na putro na duhitā / sa kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / īdṛśe mama bhogaiśvarye na putro na duhitā / mamātyayād uddāyādaṃ kulaṃ bhaviṣyati / sa śakreṇa devendreṇa dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / mārṣa kasmāt tvaṃ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati / sa kathayati / kauśika īdṛśe mama mahābhogaiśvarye na putro na duhitā / mamātyayād uddāyādaṃ kulaṃ bhaviṣyati / sa kathayati / mārṣa ahaṃ te oṣadhiṃ preṣayiṣyāmi / devyaḥ pāsyanti / tatas te putrā bhaviṣyanti duhitaraś ca / śakreṇa gandhamādanāt parvatād oṣadhir ādāya tasya rājñaḥ preṣitā / rājñā antaḥpurasyārpitā / imām oṣadhīṃ pāsyatha / tasya rājñaḥ agramahiṣī śayitikā / tābhis (msv i 100) tām anutthāpyauṣadhiḥ pītā / sarvās tā āpannasatvāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / tataḥ paścāt sā agramahiṣī vyutthitā / tayā tā dṛṣṭā āpannasatvāḥ / sā kathayati / kiṃ yuṣmābhiḥ kṛtaṃ yenāpannasatvāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / tāḥ kathayanti / devenāsmabhyam oṣadhyaḥ pānāya dattāḥ / kimarthaṃ yuṣmābhir ahaṃ notthāpitā / api tu katareṇa bhājanena oṣadhyaḥ pītāḥ / kuśamoṭakaṃ baddhvā / kutra te kuśāḥ / ime tiṣṭhanti / tayā kuśāḥ prakṣyālya pītāḥ / sāpy āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / tā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtāḥ / sarvāsāṃ putrā jātāḥ / tasyā apy agramahiṣyāḥ putro jāto 'ṣṭādaśabhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ / siṃhavaktrākṛtimukho mahānagnabalaḥ / (fol. 168r1 = gbm 6.1004) tasya vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kuśa iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / sa rājā taṃ dṛṣṭvā vikopaṃ janayate tān anyāṃś ca putrān dṛṣṭvā prasādaṃ pravedayate / prātisīmakoṭṭarājānaḥ kathayanti / bhavanto vayam anena mahāśakunirājñā sarve abhibhūtā gacchāmaḥ / taṃ rājyāt cyavayāmaḥ / te āgatya caturaṃgabalakāyena tasya nagaraṃ veṣṭayitvāvasthitāḥ / rājā mahāśakunir na śaknoti taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayitum* / sa dvārāṇi baddhvā prākārāṇi māpayitvāvasthitaḥ / kuśo mātuḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati / amba kasyārthe dvārāṇi baddhāni / eṣa tava pitā koṭṭarājabhiḥ sārdhaṃ na śaknoti saṃgrāmayitum* / sa eṣa dvārāṇi baddhvāvasthitaḥ / amba aham ebhiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ saṃgrāmayāmi / mama rājā ratham anuprayacchatu / putra tvam asyāniṣṭo (msv i 101) dveṣyaś ca / sa eṣa tava kiṃ rathaṃ dāsyati / amba gaccha / gatvā kathaya / kuśaḥ kumāra ebhiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayiṣyati / ratham anuprayaccha / tayā gatvā rājābhihitaḥ / deva kumāraḥ kathayati / aham ebhiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayāmi / ratham anuprayaccha / tena tasya ratho 'nupradattaḥ / sa dvau tūṇau baddhvā ratham adhiruhya nirgantum ārabdhaḥ / śakro devendraḥ saṃlakṣayati / ime koṭṭarājāno balavantaḥ / ko 'yaṃ kuśaḥ kumāro bhadrakalpīyo bodhisatvaḥ khedam āpatsyate / sāhāyyam asya kalpayitavyam* / tena tasya śaṃkhacakragadānupradattā / bodhisatva ebhis tvaṃ jīvikāṃ kalpaya / sa dvārāṇy uddhāṭya nirgataḥ / sa śaṃkham āpūrayati / tadā śaṃkhaśabdena senā vidrāvayati / kecit tena śabdena badhirībhūtāḥ / niṣpalāyanti kecit karṇau pidhāya / yadi cakraṃ gadāṃ kṣipanti tad rasātalaṃ praviśati / tena raṇamadhyaṃ gatvā śaṃkham āpūritam* / sarveṣāṃ karṇāni sphuṭitāni / te puruṣarākṣaso 'yam iti kṛtvā niṣpalāyitāḥ / sa sarvasāmantavijayaṃ kṛtvā pituḥ sakāśam āgataḥ / deva mayā deśaḥ prasādhitaḥ / sarvarājāno nirjitāḥ / iti śrutvā rājā mahāśakunis tuṣṭaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / kuśaḥ kumāro balavān vīryasaṃpannaḥ / katham aham asyāntike aprasādaṃ pravedayāmi / sa tasyāntike prasādaṃ pravedayitum ārabdhaḥ / tena te putrā niveśitāḥ / kuśasyāpi dārikāṃ yācitum ārabdhaḥ / sarve te kathayanti / dāsyāmo dārikāṃ kuśavarjam* / anyatamena rājñānyatamasya rājño duhitā yācitā / na tāvad udvāhaḥ kriyate / yāvan mahāśakunirājñānyasya putrasyārthe vyājāntareṇa (msv i 102) sā dārikā kuśasyānupradattā / nakṣatradivasamuhūrtadivasaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca kuśaḥ kumāro niveśitaḥ / rājā kathayati / bhavanto na kenacit kuśasyādarśaḥ samarpayitavyo nāpy abhiṣekapātreṇa snāpayitavyaḥ / na ca divāntaḥpure praveśe dātavyaḥ / kuśaḥ kumāro mātṛbhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍati / tayā patnyā dṛṣṭaḥ / sā kathayati / ka eṣa piśācaḥ kumārāṇāṃ madhye (fol. 168v1 = gbm 6.1005) krīḍati / eṣa tava svāmī bhaviṣyati / bhūyo 'pi tayā kumāraiḥ sārdhaṃ jalakrīḍanayā krīḍan dṛṣṭaḥ / yāvat tavaiva svāmī / kīdṛśo mama svāmī bhaviṣyati / sā saṃlakṣayati / pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi / tayā pradīpaṃ prajvālya kuṇḍīrakeṇa pracchādya sthāpitaḥ / sa cāntaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ / tayā ca pradīpaḥ pradarśitaḥ / yāvat paśyati aṣṭādaśabhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgato siṃhavaktrākṛtimukhaś ca / sā kathayati piśācaḥ piśāca iti kṛtvā niṣpalāyitā / rājño mahāśakunino 'nyatamaṃ kārvaṭikaṃ vyutthitam* / tena kuśaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ / gaccha kārvaṭikaṃ sannāmaya / sa tatra gataḥ / kuśapatnyā mātāpitroḥ saṃdiṣṭam* / kiṃ yuṣmākaṃ pṛthivyāṃ puruṣā na santi yāhaṃ yuṣmābhiḥ piśācasyānupradattā / yadi mama nayatheti evaṃ kuśalam* / noced aham ātmānaṃ praghātayiṣye / sā tair nītā / kuśo 'pi kumāras taṃ kārvaṭikaṃ nirjityāgataḥ / sa mātaraṃ pṛcchati / amba kutra sā mama patnī / sā kathayati / mātāpitṛbhyāṃ nītā / kasyārtham* / tvaṃ piśāca iti kṛtvā / amba gacchāmi tām ānayāmi / putraivaṃ kuruṣva / sa śaṃkhacakragadām ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ / yāvad anyatamasmin karvaṭake siṃhabhayena mahājanakāyā dvārāṇi baddhvā diśo 'nuvyavalokayantas tiṣṭhanti / (msv i 103) kuśaḥ kumāraḥ kathayati / kim eva tiṣṭhatha / siṃhabhayāt* / kiṃ nā praghātayatha / na śaknumaḥ / yady ahaṃ praghātayāmi kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha / caturaṃgasya balakāyasyārdham* / kuśena kumāreṇa siṃhasamīpaṃ gatvā śaṃkhaḥ āpūritaḥ / tasya karṇau sphuṭitau / kālaṃ gataḥ / sa taṃ gṛhītvā karvaṭakaṃ gataḥ / bhavantaḥ ayaṃ sa siṃhaḥ / gṛhṇantu caturaṃgasya balakāyasyārdham* / sa kathayati / yuṣmākam eva haste tiṣṭhatu / pratinivṛttato dāsyatha / tasya yasmin karvaṭake sā patnī taṃ ca karvaṭakaṃ gataḥ / mālākārasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / kas tvam īdṛśaḥ / sa kathayati / mālikaputraḥ / kiṃ tava nāma / vṛjika iti / kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu / sa śobhanāṃ mālāṃ grathnāti / sa mālikas tasyā dārikāyās tāṃ mālām anuprayacchati / sā kathayati / na tvaṃ kadācid īdṛśīṃ mālāṃ grathitapūrvaḥ / kim atra kāraṇam* / mamāntevāsinā grathitam* / paśyāmi tavāntevāsinam* / tena sa tatra nītas tayā dṛṣṭaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / ko 'yaṃ piśāca āgataḥ / tayā śābdaḥ kṛtaḥ / piśācaḥ piśāca iti niṣkāsitaḥ / sūpakārasakāśaṃ gataḥ / sa kathayati / kas tvam iti / ahaṃ sūpakāraputraḥ / kiṃnāmā tvam* / sthālīsugandho nāma / sa śobhanaṃ sādhanapacanaṃ karoti / sa sūpakāras tasyā dārikāyās taṃ sādhanapacanaṃ samarpayati / sā dārikā kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa śobhanasādhanapacanasya ko yogaḥ / mamāntevāsinā sādhitam* / (msv i 104) paśyāmi (fol. 169r1 = gbm 6.1006) tavāntevāsinam* / yāvat tatrāpi sa niṣkāsitaḥ / vadyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / sa kathayati / kas tvam* / vaidyaputraḥ / kiṃnāmā tvam* / ātreyo nāma / tasyā dārikāyāḥ śirortiḥ prādurbhūtā / tāṃ vaidyā na śaknuvanti svasthīkartum* / sa vaidyaś cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / sa kathayati / upādhyāya kiṃ cintāparo bhavasi / rājaduhitryā śirortiḥ / na śaknumaḥ svasthīkartum* / gacchāmy ahaṃ svasthīkaromi / sa gatas tayā dṛṣṭaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / ko 'yaṃ piśāca āgataḥ / bhūyaḥ saṃlakṣayati / yadi kiṃcid vakṣyāmi na me svasthīkariṣyati / yadāhaṃ svasthībhaveyaṃ tadā niṣkāsayiṣye / sā tena svasthīkṛtā / tadā śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ piśācaḥ piśāca iti / sa tayā niṣkāsitaḥ / amātyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / kas tvam* / ahaṃ sahasrayodhī / tais tasya saṃgrahaḥ kṛtaḥ / sā rājaduhitā yena labdhapūrvā tena śrutam* / yā sā mama rājaduhitā labdhapūrvā sā kuśaṃ kumāraṃ parityajya svagṛhaṃ gatā / tena tasya rājñaḥ saṃdiṣṭam* / yadi tāvan me dārikām anuprayacchasīti evaṃ kuśalam* / no ced rājyāc cyāvayiṣye / sa kathayati / eṣā mama duhitā rājño mahāśakuneḥ putrasya kuśasya kumārasya pradattikā / kim idānīm anyasmai dāsye / sa caturaṃgeṇa balakāyenāgatya tasya rājadhānīṃ veṣṭayitvāvasthitaḥ / sa rājā tena sārdhaṃ na śaknoti saṃgrāmaṃ saṃgrāmayitum* / sa dvārāṇi baddhvāvasthitaḥ / kuśaḥ kumāro 'mātyān āmaṃtrayate / kasmād bhavanto dvārāṇi baddhāni / tais tasya vistareṇārocitam* / kuśaḥ kumāraḥ kathayati / yadi mama rājā duhitaram anuprayacchati ahaṃ tena sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ saṃgrāmayiṣye / taiḥ rājña ārocitam* / sa kathayati / eṣā mayā (msv i 105) duhitā mahāśakuneḥ putrasya dattikā / katham aham asya dāsye / api ca dārikārthe 'yaṃ saṃrambhaḥ / amātyāḥ kathayanti / deva eṣa tāvad anena sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ saṃgrāmayatu / na jñāyate kasya jayo bhaviṣyati / tatra vayaṃ kālajñā bhaviṣyāmaḥ / kuśaḥ kumāraḥ paṃcaśatike dvau tūṇau baddhvā śaṃkhacakragadāṃ ca gṛhītvā nirgataḥ / tena śaṃkham āpūritam* / teṣāṃ karṇāni sphuṭitāni / niṣpalāyitāḥ / sā rājaduhitā saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ kuśaḥ kumāro mahāvīryaparākramaḥ / katham aham asyāntike aprasādaṃ pravedayiṣye / sā tasya prasādaṃ praveditavatī / rājānam idam avocat* / yathā pratijñātaṃ tat kuru / putri tvaṃ mayā kuśasyānupradattikā / tāta sa evāyaṃ kuśaḥ kumāraḥ / putri yady evaṃ gaccha / tena tasya caturaṃgo balakāyo 'nupradatto mahatā satkāreṇa sānupreṣitā /

sa taṃ karvaṭakaṃ gataḥ / sa teṣāṃ kathayati / bhavantaḥ anuprayacchata asmākaṃ caturaṃgasya balakāyasyārdham* / te kathayanti / kumāra caturaṃgo balakāyaḥ udakasyaughasadṛśaṃ gataḥ / yena caturaṃgo balakāya ūḍhas tatra nātidūre eḍhakāś caranti / kuśaḥ (fol. 169v1 = gbm 6.1007) kumāro gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

hastino yatra uhyante kuṃjarāḥ ṣaṣṭihāyanāḥ /
upamānena vijñeyā ūḍhās tatra gaveḍakāḥ //

yadi tāvad anuprayacchatha ity evaṃ kuśalam* / no ced anuprayacchatha mahāmaryādābandhaṃ kariṣyāmi / tais tasyānupradattam* /

sa nadyās tīre vāsam upagataḥ / sa śrāntakāyo nadīm avatīrṇaḥ snānāya / tatra svamukhabimbo dṛṣṭaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / aṣṭādaśābhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ siṃhavaktrākṛtimukhaś ca / ata eva iyaṃ rājaduhitā mamāntike aprasādaṃ pravedayati / kim īdṛśena mama jīvitena prayojanam* / gacchāmy ātmānaṃ praghātayāmi / so 'nyatamaṃ gahanaṃ praviśyātmānam udbandhitum ārabdhaḥ / śakro devendraḥ saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ bhadrakalpīyo bodhisatvo rūpaśobhāvirahād ātmānaṃ praghātayati / pūrayitavyo 'sya manorathaḥ / śakra kathayti / kumāra mā khedam āpatsyase mā ātmānaṃ praghātaya / imaṃ cūḍāmaṇiṃ śirasi dhāraya pūrṇamanoratho bhaviṣyasi / ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ / kuśaḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praviśitum ārabdhaḥ / dauvārikeṇa puruṣeṇa nivāryate / kuśakumārasyāyam antaḥpuraṃ mā praviśa / sa kathayati / sa evāhaṃ kuśaḥ / te na śraddhadhati / tena cūḍāmaṇir apanītaḥ / yathā paurāṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / te śraddhitāḥ / kuśaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati / ihaiva tiṣṭhāmi / tena pituḥ saṃdiṣṭam* / tāta anujāniṣva mām* / ihaiva tiṣṭhāmi / śakreṇa devendreṇāsya catvāro dhātugotrāḥ pradarśitāḥ / tena sā purī catūratnamayīṃ kṛtvā pratiṣṭhāpitā / kuśena kumāreṇa vāsitam iti kuśāvatī kuśāvatīti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / sa rājā saṃvṛttaḥ / kuśo nāma balacakravartī teṣu ṣaṣṭiṣu nagarasahasreṣu yajñavāṭāni māpayitvā bahūni varṣāṇi bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni varṣasahasrāṇi (msv i 107) bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi brāhmaṇebhyo dānam adāt* / sa ātmano yajñasaṃpadaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

samṛddhim ātmano dṛṣṭvā deveṣu manujeṣu ca /
ko dānaṃ na prayaccheta saṃpattir yena labhyate //

pratyūhya yo 'yaṃ śatāni puṃsāṃ mātsaryam ākramya sapatnabhūtam* /
dadāti dānaṃ paralokabhīruḥ śūreṣv asau śūrataro mato me //

na taṃ hi śūraṃ munayo vadanti yaḥ śastrapāṇir vicaraty anīke /
dānaṃ prayacchanti viśāradā ye śūrāṃs tu tān sarvavido vadanti //

syāt khalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena kuśo nāma rājā babhūva balacakravartī yena tatṣaṣṭiṣu nagarasahasreṣu dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv aham eva tena kālena tena samayena kuśo nāma rājābhūvaṃ balacakravartī / mayaiva tatṣaṣṭiṣu nagarasahasreṣu yajñavāṭāni māpayitvā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena mayā dānena vā (fol. 170r1 = gbm 6.1008) dānasaṃvibhāgena vānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddheti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv abhūn me taddānam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ vā saṃbhāramātrakaṃ vā /

bhikṣavo buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti / kiṃ bhadanta kuśena rājñā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākenāṣṭādaśabhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ (msv i 108) āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ / bhagavān āha / kuśenaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāni avaśyaṃbhāvīni / kuśenaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati / na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante nābdhātau na tejodhātau na vāyudhātau / api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /

na praṇaśyanti karmāṇi api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām* //

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati / sa prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ gṛhītvodyānaṃ gataḥ / asati buddhānāṃ bhagavatām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loke utpadyante hīnadīnānukaṃpakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya /

athānyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caraṃs tad udyānam anuprāptaḥ / tena gṛhapatinā dṛṣṭaḥ / tena pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā / bhavanto niṣkāsayatainaṃ pravrajitam* / te notsahante niṣkāsayitum* / tena gṛhapatinā svayam evotthāya gṛhītvā niṣkāsitaḥ uktaś ca / siṃhamukhāṣṭādaśabhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ kutra tvaṃ praviśasi / pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati / mā haivāyaṃ tapyeta atyantakṣataś copahataś ceti viditvopari vihāyasam iti vistaraḥ /

yāvat tena satkṛto yāvat pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritaṃ nāham asya (msv i 109) karmaṇo bhāgī syām* / yat tu kārāḥ kṛtā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlenāḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyeya / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau gṛhapatir eṣa evāsau kuśaḥ / yad anena pratyekabuddhasyāntike kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākenāṣṭādaśabhir avalakṣaṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ siṃhavaktrākṛtimukhaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ / yat tu kārāḥ kṛtās tasya karmaṇo vipākena rājā saṃvṛtto balacakravartī / iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ / vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ / ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣava evaṃ śikṣitavyam* / ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ /

punar api mahārāja yan mayānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayatā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni (fol. 170v1 = gbm 6.1009) ca kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja kaliṃgeṣu triśaṃkur nāma mataṃgarājo 'bhūt* / anekamataṃgaśataparivāro 'nekamataṃgasahasraparivāro 'nekamataṃgaśatasahasraparivāro maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitānukaṃpī / tasya viṣaye yadā durbhikṣaṃ bhavati tadā satyopayācanena devo vaṛṣati / na kadācid durbhikṣaṃ bhavati / sa ṛṣimadhye pravrajitaḥ / tena paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ / tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca / yāvad apareṇa samayena naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikī anāvṛṣṭir vyākṛtā / tato rājñā brahmadattena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ (msv i 110) kāritam* / śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurāḥ / naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikī anāvṛṣṭir vyākṛtā / yasya yuṣmākam iyantaṃ kālam annam asti sa tiṣṭhatu / yasya nāsti sa gacchatv iti / tataḥ sa janakāyo durbhikṣakālamṛtyubhayabhītaḥ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / bhavanto rājñā evaṃ vijite 'yaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / kathaṃ pratipattavyaṃ kutra gacchāma iti / taiḥ śrutaṃ mataṃgaviṣaye mataṃgajātīyaḥ ṛṣiḥ / asya satyopayācanena devo varṣatīti / tato yeṣāṃ dvādaśavārṣikaṃ bhaktaṃ nāsti te mataṃgaviṣayaṃ gatāḥ / mataṃgajātīyaḥ ṛṣeḥ putro mataṃgarājaḥ / tena tasya janakāyasya dvādaśavarṣāṇy annapānena yogodvahanaṃ kṛtam* / samanubaddha eva durbhikṣaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / rājñā brahmadattena amātyāḥ pṛṣṭāḥ / kutrāsau janakāyo gata iti / amātyāḥ kathayanti / deva kaliṃgaviṣaye triśaṃkur nāma mataṃgarājo maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā sarvasatvahitavatsalaḥ / tasya satyopayācanena devo varṣati / tatra mahājanakāyo gataḥ / rājā kathayati / bhavanto mahādurbhikṣo 'yaṃ durbhikṣāntarakalpasadṛśaḥ / katham atra pratipattavyam iti / te kathayanti / deva śrūyate yo 'sau mataṃgaviṣaye rājā ṛṣiṣu pravrajitaḥ so 'dhyeṣitavya iti / tato rājā brahmadatto mataṃgaviṣayaṃ gatvā tam ṛṣim adhyeṣitum ārabdhaḥ / maharṣe mama vijite mahādurbhikṣaṃ durbhikṣāntarakalpasadṛśam* / tad arhasi satyopayācanaṃ kartum iti / sa satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ /

śvapākānāṃ kule jāto mataṃgo duṣṭahiṃsakaḥ /
triśaṃkur iti vikhyāto deveṣu manujeṣu ca //

yena me satyavākyena maitraṃ cittaṃ (fol. 171r1 = gbm 6.1010) subhāvitam* / 
akhilaṃ sarvasatveṣu nāgemās tarpaya prajāḥ /
janmaprabhṛti yasmān me maitraṃ cittaṃ subhāvitam* /
anena satyavākyena nāgemās tarpaya prajāḥ //


tataḥ satyopayācanena vārāṇasyāṃ devo vṛṣṭaḥ / durbhikṣaṃ nivṛttaṃ subhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtam* / tato vārāṇasīnivāsī janakāyo mataṃgaviṣayād vārāṇasīm āgataḥ / syāt khalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena triśaṃkur nāma mataṃgarājo 'bhūt maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitānukaṃpī yasya satyopayācanena devo vṛṣṭaḥ durbhikṣaṃ nivṛttaṃ subhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtam iti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena triśaṃkur nāma mataṃgarājo babhūva maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitānukaṃpī yasya satyopayācanena devo vṛṣṭaḥ / syāt khalu te mahārāja mayā dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgena vā anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigatā / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv abhūt tad dānam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau hetumātrakaṃ vā saṃbhāramātrakaṃ vā /

punar api mahārāja yan mayā anuttarāṃ samyakasaṃbodhiṃ prārthayitā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja mithilāyāṃ mahādevo nāma rājābhūc cakravartī /

vistareṇa mahādevasūtre madhyamāgame rājasaṃyuktakanipāte /

sa ātmano yajñasaṃpadaṃ drṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate ca /

aiśvaryaṃ prārthamānena deveṣu manujeṣu vā /
dānaṃ deyaṃ yathāśaktyā dāridryabhayabhīruṇā //

loke saṃpūjyate dātā dātā deveṣu pūjyate / śaraṇyaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ pakṣiṇāṃ vā phaladrumaḥ // iti /

syāt khalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena mahādevo nāma rājā cakravartī yena taṃ niyataṃ kalyāṇaṃ dharmaṃ pravartitam* / yan niyataṃ kalyāṇaṃ vartma pravṛttam āgamya caturaśītir mahādevasahasrāṇi rājarṣayo brahmacaryam acārṣur iti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / aham eva tena kālena tena samayena mahādevo nāma rājābhūvaṃ cakravartī / mayaiva tan niyataṃ kalyāṇaṃ dharmaṃ pravartitam* / yan niyataṃ kalyāṇaṃ vartma pravṛttam āgamya caturaśītir mahādevasahasrāṇi rājarṣayo brahmacaryam acārṣuḥ / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena mayā dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgena vā anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigateti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu tad dānam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar aparaṃ mahārāja yan mayānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhiprārthayitā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja asyām eva mithilāyāṃ teṣām apaścimako nimir nāma rājābhūc cakravartī /

vistareṇa nimisūtre madhyamāgame rājasaṃyuktakanipāte /

so 'py ātmano yajñasaṃpadaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhāṣate ca /

śubhakarmakṛto dṛṣṭvā tathāpy aśubhakarmaṇaḥ / ye pramādyanti manujāḥ śocyās te puruṣādhamāḥ // iti /

atha śakro devānām indro nimiṃ rājānam idam avocat* / vasa nime ramasva nime ihaiva paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samanvitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍa rama paricārayeti / sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

yathā yācitakaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ tāvat kālaṃ rathī yathā /
tathopamam idaṃ sthānaṃ pareṣāṃ vaśavarti yat* //

yato 'haṃ mithilāṃ gatvā kariṣye kuśalaṃ bahu / āgamiṣye tataḥ svargaṃ kṛtapuṇyaḥ kṛtodayaḥ // iti /

sa mithilām āgatya dānāni datvā puṇyāni kṛtvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

santo dānaṃ praśaṃsanti yadāpatsu pradīyate /
kṣatriye brāhmaṇe vaiśye śūdre caṇḍālapukkase //

dānaṃ datvā ca durbhikṣe tarpayitvā ca sajjanān* /
apāyān varjayitveha svargaloke mahīyate //

ānuśaṃsam imaṃ jñātvā dānaṃ deyaṃ manīṣibhiḥ / dānāt saṃpadyate mokṣaś caiśvaryaṃ ca śurālayaḥ // iti /

syāt kalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena nimir nāma rājābhūc cakravartī yo devāṃs trayastriṃśān gataḥ śakreṇa devendreṇārdhāsanenopanimantrito divyaiś ca paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samanvitaḥ (msv i 114) samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍitavān* / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / mayaiva tāni mithilām āgatya caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu yajñavāṭāni māpayitvā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgena vānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigateti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu tad dānam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodhir hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

tato 'rvāg ānando nāma rājābhūt prābhāvyaḥ / vistareṇa yāvat tasyaiko dvau yāvat paṃca putrā jātāḥ / yo 'sau tasya paścimakaḥ putras tasyādarśaprakhyaṃ mukham* / tasyādarśamukha iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ / ādarśamukhaḥ kumāraḥ surataḥ sudāntaḥ / tad anye te caṇḍā rabhasāḥ karkaśāḥ / sarve te pitur arthakaraṇe niṣaṇṇā na kiṃcit prajñayā pratividhyanti / ādarśamukhaḥ kumāro gambhīragambhīrān praśnān svaprajñayā nitīrayati / ānando rājā glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / kaṃ rājatve pratiṣṭhāpayāmi / saced ahaṃ pūrvakāṇāṃ caturṇāṃ bhrātṝṇām anyatamānyatamaṃ rājatve pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmi ete caṇḍā rabhasāḥ kakarśā janapadān anayena vyasanam āpādayiṣyanti / saced ādarśamukhaṃ kumāraṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmi jñātīnāṃ garhyo bhaviṣyāmi / katham idānīm ayaṃ rājā jyeṣṭhaputrān apāsya kanīyāṃsaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayatīti / api tūpāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam* / so 'mātyān āmantrayate / haṃta grāmaṇyo mamātyayād yuṣmābhir ekaikaḥ kumāraḥ parīkṣitavyaḥ / yasya maṇipādukāyugaṃ prāvṛtaṃ (fol. 172r1 = gbm 6.1012) tulyaṃ bhavati / (msv i 115) siṃhāsanaṃ niṣaṇṇasya niṣkampaṃ tiṣṭhate / mukuṭaṃ ca mūrdhni upanibaddhaṃ niścalaṃ bhavati / antaḥpuraś cābhyutthānaṃ kurute / ṣaṭ prajñāprativedanīyāni jñātavyāni antar nidhir bahir nidhir antarbahir nidhiḥ vṛkṣāgre nidhiḥ parvatāgre nidhir udakānte nidhiḥ / yasya sarvāṇy etāni samābhavanti sa yuṣmābhir mamātyayād rājye pratiṣṭhāpayitavya ity uktvā sarvakṣayāntā nicayāḥ patanāntāḥ samucchrayā iti yāvat kālagataḥ / tair amātyair jyeṣṭhasya kumārasya maṇipādukāyugaṃ samarpitam* / samatvaṃ na kārayati / niṣaṇṇasya siṃhāsanaṃ prakampitam* / mukuṭam ābaddhaṃ calati / antaḥpureṇāpy asyābhyutthānaṃ na kṛtam* / ṣaṭ prajñāpratisaṃvedanīyāny ārocitāni / na jānāti na vijānāti / evaṃ trayāṇāṃ bhrātṝṇām* / ādarśamukhasya kumārasya maṇipādukāyugaṃ samarpitam* / samaṃ sthitam* / niṣaṇṇasya ca siṃhāsanaṃ niṣkampaṃ vyavasthitam* / mukuṭam ābaddhaṃ mūrdhni pūrayitvā sthitam* / antaḥpureṇa cāsyābhyutthānaṃ kṛtam* / amātyāḥ kathayanti / asyāpi ṣaṭ prajñāprativedanīyāni jñātavyāni antar nidhir bahir nidhir antarbahir nidhir vṛkṣāgre nidhiḥ parvatāgre nidhir udakānte nidhiḥ / ādarśamukhaḥ saṃlakṣayati / antar nidhir iti kim* / antar nidhir dehalyā abhyantaranidhiḥ / bahir nidhir iti kim* / bahir nidhir dehalyā bahir nidhiḥ / antarbahir nidhir iti kim* / antarbahir nidhir dehalyā madhye nidhiḥ / vṛkṣāgre nidhir iti kim* / vṛkṣasyāgre nidhiḥ / tasya rājñaḥ saṃsthānavṛkṣas tasya madhyāhne yatra chāyā sphuritvā tiṣṭhati tatra nidhiḥ / parvatāgre nidhiḥ / tasya rājñaḥ krīḍāpuṣkariṇī tatra snānaśilā tasyādhastān nidhiḥ / udakasyānte (msv i 116) nidhir iti / yatra gṛhasyodakaṃ nirgacchati grāmānte nidhiḥ / tair amātyaiḥ sarvāṇi pratyavekṣyāhṛtāni / sa tai rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ / rājā saṃvṛttaḥ / ādarśamukho nāma rājā prābhāvyaḥ /

anyatamasmin karvaṭake daṇḍī nāma brāhmaṇaḥ prativasati / tena gṛhapatisakāśād balīvardān yācitvā divā vāhayitvā tān balīvardān ādāya tasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ gataḥ / yāvat sa gṛhapatir bhuṃkte / daṇḍinā te balīvardāḥ praveśitāḥ / anyena dvāreṇa prakrāntāḥ / sa gṛhapatir bhuktvā vyutthitaḥ / yāvad balīvardān na paśyati / tena daṇḍī gṛhītaḥ / kutra balīvardāḥ / sa kathayati / gṛhaṃ praveśitāḥ / tvayā mama balīvardā hāritāḥ / anuprayaccha me balīvardān* / sa kathayati nāhaṃ hārayiṣye / sa kathayati / ayam ādarśamukho rājā prājñas tasya sakāśaṃ gacchāvaḥ / sa etam arthaṃ nitīrayitvā asmākaṃ yuktam ayuktaṃ vakṣyati / tau saṃprasthitau /

anyatamasya puruṣasya niṣpalāyate baḍavā / tena daṇḍī ucyate dhāraya me etāṃ baḍavām* / kathaṃ dhārayāmi / yathā śaknoṣi / tena pāṣāṇaṃ gṛhītvā śirasi prahāro dattaḥ / sā kālagatā / sa puruṣaḥ kathayati / tvayā me baḍavā praghātitā / prayaccha māṃ baḍavām* / (fol. 172v1 = gbm 6.1013) kasyārthaṃ baḍavāṃ dadāmi / sa kathayati / āgacchādarśamukhasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gacchāvaḥ / so 'smākaṃ vyavahāraṃ gopayiṣyati / te tatra saṃprasthitāḥ /

sa daṇḍī niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ / tena prākārasyopariṣṭād ātmā muktaḥ / tasyādhastāt kuvindo vastraṃ sūyamānas tasyopari (msv i 117) patitaḥ / kuvindaḥ praghātitaḥ / daṇḍī kuvindapatnyā gṛhītaḥ / tvayā mama svāmī praghātitaḥ / anuprayaccha me svāminam* / kuto 'haṃ tava svāminaṃ dadāmi / āgacchādarśamukhasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gacchāmaḥ / so 'smākaṃ saṃśayaṃ chetsyate / te saṃprasthitāḥ /

antarmārge nadī gambhīrā / tatra takṣāṇo mukhena vāsīm ādāya pārāt pāram āgacchati / sa daṇḍinā ucyate / kiyat prabhūtaṃ pānīyam* / sa vāsīṃ muktvā kathayati / gambhīram udakam* / vāsī udake nipatitā / tena sa daṇḍī gṛhītaḥ / tvayā mama vāsī udake parihāritā / nāhaṃ hārayiṣye / āgacchādarśamukhasya sakāśaṃ gacchāmaḥ / so 'smākaṃ saṃśayaṃ chetsyati /

te śrāntakāyāḥ kallapālyāpaṇaṃ {dutt kalapālyāpaṇaṃ; cf. kalyapālyā p. 120.4} daṇḍinam ādāya praviṣṭāḥ / tasyāḥ kallapālyāḥ {dutt kalapālyāḥ} putro jātaḥ / sa tayā dārako vastreṇa pracchādya śāyāpitako 'bhūt* / daṇḍī tatra niṣaṇṇaḥ / sa kathayati / dārako dāraka iti / yāvat paśyati praghātitaḥ / sa tayā daṇḍī gṛhītaḥ / tvayā mama putraḥ praghātitaḥ / anuprayaccha me putram* / sa kathayati / kuto 'haṃ tava putraṃ dāsye / nāhaṃ praghātayiṣye / sā kathayati / āgacchādarśamukhasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gacchāmaḥ / te saṃprasthitāḥ /

yāvad anyatasmin pradeśe śākhoṭakavṛkṣe vāyasas tiṣṭhati / tena daṇḍī dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / kva yāsyasi / nāhaṃ yāsye / ete māṃ nayanti / kutra / ādarśamukhasya sakāśam* / madīyam api sandeśaṃ naya / vaktavyas te ādarśamukho rājā / amuṣmin pradeśe śākhoṭakavṛkṣaḥ / (msv i 118) tatra vāyasas tiṣṭhati / sa kathayati / santy anye vṛkṣā haritasnigdhapalāśāḥ / tatrāhaṃ dhṛtiṃ na labhe / atra sthitasya me svāsthyam* / ko yogaḥ / te saṃprasthitāḥ /

adrākṣīn mṛgo daṇḍinam* / sa kathayati / daṇḍin kva gacchasi / nāhaṃ gacchāmi / ete māṃ nayanti ādarśamukhasakāśam* / madīyam api sandeśaṃ naya / santy anyeṣu sthāneṣu haritaśādvalāni tṛṇāni / te mama na rocante / kiṃ kāraṇam* / te saṃprasthitāḥ /

yāvat tittireṇa dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / kva yāsyasi / pūrvavat* / madīyam api sandeśaṃ naya / aham ekasmin pradeśe tittireti vāśitaṃ karomi / aparasmin utittireti / kim atra kāraṇam* /

aparasmin pradeśe sarpeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ / pūrvavan mamāpi sandeśaṃ naya / aham āśayāt sukhena nirgacchāmi duḥkhena praviśāmi / kim atra kāraṇam* /

anyasmin pradeśe ahinakulau parasparaviruddhau kaliṃ kurvataḥ / pūrvavad yāvad asmākam api sandeśaṃ naya / āvāṃ divānyonyaṃ kaliṃ kurvāṇau dhṛtiṃ na labhāvaḥ / kim atra kāraṇam* /

anyatamā vadhūkumārī pūrvavad yāvat sā kathayati / mamāpi sandeśaṃ naya / (fol. 173r1 = gbm 6.1014) yadāhaṃ paitṛke gṛhe tiṣṭhāmi tadāhaṃ śvaśuragṛhasyārthe utkaṇṭhāmi / yadā śvaśuragṛhe tiṣṭhāmi tadā paitṛgṛhe utkaṇṭhāmi / kim atra kāraṇam* / te saṃprasthitāḥ /

jayena yenādarśamukho rājā tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya daṇḍī rājānaṃ jayenāyuṣā ca vardhayitvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / te 'py amī pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / rājā daṇḍinaṃ pṛcchati / kim āgato 'si / devānīto 'smīti / kena kāraṇena / daṇḍinā gṛhapatinā saha vivādas tat sarvam ārocitam* /

rājā gṛhapatiṃ pṛcchati / dṛṣṭas tvayā balīvadaḥ / dṛṣṭaḥ / daṇḍin tvayā balīvardā praveśitāḥ / deva praveśitāḥ / rājā kathayati / asya daṇḍino jihvāṃ chindata yena nārocitam* / asyāpi netroddharaṇaṃ kuruta yena balīvardā nopanibaddhāḥ / gṛhapatiḥ kathayati / ekadā me balīvardā hṛtā aparaṃ netroddharaṇaṃ kriyate / daṇḍinā jitaṃ bhavatu /

sa puruṣaḥ kathayati / deva anena daṇḍinā mama baḍavā praghātitā / yathākathaṃ tena vistareṇārocitam* / rājā kathayati / asya puruṣasya jihvāṃ chindata yenoktaṃ yathā śaknoṣi tathā vārayeti / asyāpi daṇḍino hastau ardhāpayata yenānyena śakyaṃ tāṃ dhārayituṃ nānyatra śilāprahārayā / sa puruṣaḥ kathayati / ekadā me baḍavā praghātitā dvitīyaṃ ye jihvācchedaḥ / daṇḍinā jitaṃ bhavatu /

kuvindapatnyā vistareṇārocitam* / rājā kathayati / gaccha eṣa eva te bhartā bhavatu / sā kathayati / ekadā anena mama bhartā praghātito 'para eṣa me svāmī bhaviṣyati / daṇḍinā jitaṃ bhavatu /

vardhakinā vistareṇārocitam* / rājā kathayati / asya takṣāṇasya jihvāṃ chindata yo vāsīṃ muktvodakamadhye vācaṃ niścārayati / (msv i 120) asyāpi daṇḍino netroddharaṇaṃ kuruta paśyann api gambhīram udakaṃ takṣāṇaṃ pṛcchati / takṣāṇaḥ kathayati / ekadā me vāsy apahṛtā dvitīyo me jihvācchedaḥ / daṇḍinā jitaṃ bhavatu /

kalyapālyā vistareṇārocitam* / rājā kathayati / asyāḥ kalyapālyā hastāv ardhāpayata yad anyā dārakaḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ pracchādya śāyitaḥ / daṇḍino 'pi netroddharaṇaṃ kuruta yo 'pratyavekṣya parakīye āsane niṣetsyati / sā kathayati / ekadā me putraḥ praghātito dvitīyo me hastacchedaḥ / daṇḍinā jitaṃ bhavatu /

daṇḍinā kākasandeśam ārocitam* / rājā kathayati / daṇḍin sa kāko vaktavyaḥ / tvam āsīr grāmarāṭ* / atra pradeśe śākhoṭaka āsīt* / asmiṃś ca śākhoṭakavṛkṣe nidhānas tiṣṭhati / taṃ kasyacid datvā gacchā / svastho bhaviṣyasi /

mṛgasandeśam ārocitam* / sa kathayati / mṛgas tvayā vaktavyaḥ / atra vṛkṣasyopariṣṭān madhubindyā nipataṃtyā tṛṇaśādvalāni madhurīkṛtāni tāni tvayā bhakṣitāni / sa ca madhu prakrāntaḥ / rasagṛdhyāṃ tyaja / mānayena vyasanam āpatsyase iti /

tittirisandeśam (fol. 173v1 = gbm 6.1015) ārocitam* / rājā kathayati / yatra sa tittiri tittiri vāśitaṃ karoti sa pradeśo niṣkāṃcanaḥ / yatrotittireti tatra nidhānas tiṣṭhati / sa taṃ nidhānaṃ kasyacid ārocayitvānyatra gaccha / mānayena vyasanam āpatsyasi /

ahinakulasandeśam ārocitam* / rājā kathayati / tau vaktavyau / yuvāṃ manuṣyabhūtau dvau bhrātarau / tatraikaḥ kathayati svāpateyaṃ bhājayāvaḥ / dvitīyena mātsaryābhibhūtena na bhājitam* / tatraiko 'dhyavasānaṃ kṛtvā āśīviṣeṣūpapannaḥ / dvitīyo 'pi svāpateyam avaṣṭabhyādhyavasānaṃ kṛtvā nakulaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tena yūyam etat svāpateyaṃ śramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyo datvā tasmāt sthānād apakramata / svasthā bhaviṣyatha /

sarpasya sandeśam ārocitam* / rājā kathayati / vaktavyas te sa sarpaḥ / tvaṃ jighatsādaurbalyaparīta āśayān nirgacchasi / mukhena prabhūtam āhāraṃ bhuktvā duḥkhenāśayaṃ praviśasi / sa tvam āhāre mātrāṃ jānīyāḥ / yatheṣṭacārī sukhaṃ vihariṣyasi /

vadhūkumāryāḥ sandeśam ārocitam* / rājā kathayati / vaktavyā vadhūkumārī tvayā / tava paitṛke gṛhe sapremakas tiṣṭhati / sā tvaṃ yadā śvaśuragṛhe tiṣṭhasi tadā sapremakasyārthe utkaṇṭhayasi / yadā paitṛkagṛhe tiṣṭhasi tadā svāmino 'rthe utkaṇṭhayasi / sā tvam ekaṃ sthānaṃ parityajya ekaṃ sugṛhītaṃ kuru / mānayena vyasanam āpatsyase /

vadhūkumārī āśīviṣaś ca yathānuśiṣṭaḥ pratipannaḥ / ahinakulau daṇḍinaḥ svāpateyam anupradattaḥ / kākenāpi avaśiṣṭā yathānuśiṣṭāḥ pratipannāḥ /

amātyāḥ kathayanti / aho devasya īdṛśo 'pi pratibhānaḥ / rājā āttamanasā caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpitā / dānādhiṣṭhāyikāḥ puruṣāḥ sthāpitāḥ /

tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam atra dvādaśavārṣikam* / tena dvādaśavārṣike durbhikṣe vartamāne anekeṣāṃ prāṇiśatasahasrāṇāṃ piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kṛtam* / sa ātmano yajñasampadaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

dhanaṃ hi labdhvā dharmeṇa na kuryāt saṃcayaṃ budhaḥ / dadyāt saṃpannaśīleṣu dakṣiṇīyeṣu dakṣiṇām* //

śramaṇān brāhmaṇān sādhūn tarpayitvā vanīpakān* /
kāyasya bhedāt sa tadā prājño deveṣūpapadyate //

evaṃ jñātvā tu medhāvī śrāddho muktena cetasā /
dānaśūrān praśaṃsanti dakṣiṇīyeṣv amatsarāḥ //

syāt khalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayenādarśamukho nāma rājā prābhāvyaḥ / yena taddvādaśavārṣike durbhikṣe vartamāne anekeṣāṃ prāṇiśatasahasrāṇāṃ piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kṛtam* / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv aham eva tena kālena tena samayenādarśamukho nāma rājābhūvaṃ prābhāvyaḥ / mayaiva dvādaśavārṣike durbhikṣe vartamāne anekeṣāṃ prāṇiśatasahasrāṇāṃ piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kṛtam* / syāt khalu te mahārāja tena mayā dānena vā dānasaṃvibhāgena vānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddheti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu me tad dānaṃ hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ (fol. 174r1 = gbm 6.1016) saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar api mahārāja yan mayānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayitā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja sudhano nāma rājābhuc cakravartī / tena caturaśītiṣu nagarasahasreṣu yajñavāṭāni māpayitvā bahūni varṣāṇi bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni (msv i 123) varṣasahasrāṇi bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni / sa ātmano yajñasampadaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

samṛddhim ātmano dṛṣṭvā deveṣu manujeṣu ca /
na prayacched dhi ko dānaṃ saṃpattir yena labhyate //

pratyūhya yo 'yaṃ śatāni puṃsāṃ mātsaryam ākramya sapatnabhūtam* /
dadāti dānaṃ paralokabhīruḥ śūreṣv asau śūrataro mato me //

na taṃ hi śūraṃ munayo vadanti yaḥ śastrapāṇir vicaraty anīke /
dānaṃ prayacchanti viśāradā ye śūrāṃs tu tān sarvavido vadanti //

syāt khalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena rājābhūc cakravartī yena tac caturaśītiṣu nagarasahasreṣu yajñavāṭaṃ māpayitvā bahūni varṣāṇi bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tu tad dānaṃ saṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

punar api mahārāja yan mayānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ prārthayitā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni vīryapāramitā ca paripūritā na cānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigateti tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ mahārāja paṃcālaviṣaye dvau rājānau babhūvatuḥ / uttarapaṃcālo dakṣiṇapaṃcālaś ca /

tatrottarapaṃcālo dhano nāmnā hastināpure nagare rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ (msv i 124) ca / praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamaraṃ taskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsaṃpannam* / dhārmiko dharmarājā dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati / tasmiṃś ca nagare mahān hrada utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃcchanno haṃsakāraṇḍavacakravākopaśobhito ramaṇīyaḥ / tatra hrade janmacitro nāma nāgapotaḥ prativasati / sa kālena kālaṃ samyagvāridhārām anuprayacchatīti atīva śasyasaṃpattir bhavati / śasyavatī vasumatī subhikṣānnapāno deśaḥ / dānamānasatkāravāṃś ca lokaḥ śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavanīpakopabhojyaḥ /

dakṣiṇapaṃcālas tu rājā adharmabhūyiṣṭhaś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ adharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati / nityaṃ daṇḍanatāḍanaghātanadhāraṇabandhanahaḍinigaḍoparodhaiḥ rāṣṭranivāsinaṃ trāsayati / adharmabhūyiṣṭhatayā cāsya devo na kālena kālaṃ samyagvāridhārām anuprayacchati / tato 'sau janakāyaḥ saṃtrastaḥ saṃvegam āpannaḥ svajīvitāpekṣayā rāṣṭraparityāgaṃ kṛtvottarapaṃcālasya rājño viṣayaṃ gatvā prativasati / yāvad (fol. 174v1 = gbm 6.1017) apareṇa samayena dakṣiṇapaṃcālo rājā mṛgayāvyapadeśena janapadān vyavalokanāya nirgato yāvat paśyati grāmanagarāṇi śūnyāni udyānadevakulāni bhinnaprabhagnāni / dṛṣṭvā ca punar amātyān āmantrayate / kasmād bhavanta imāni grāmanagarāṇi śūnyāni udyānadevakulāni ca bhinnaprabhagnāni / sa janakāyaḥ kva gata iti / amātyāḥ kathayanti / deva uttarapaṃcālasya (msv i 125) rājño dhanasya viṣayaṃ gatāḥ / kimartham* / devābhayaṃ prayaccha kathayāmaḥ / dattaṃ bhavatu / tatas te kathayanti / deva uttarapaṃcālo rājā dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati / tasya janapadā ṛddhāś ca sphītāś ca kṣemāś ca subhikṣāś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarās taskararogāpagatāḥ / śālīkṣugomahiṣīsaṃpanno dānamānasatkāravāṃś ca lokaḥ / śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavanīpakopabhojyaḥ / devas tu caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśo nityaṃ daṇḍanatāḍanaghātanadhāraṇabandhanahaḍinigaḍoparodhaiḥ rāṣṭraṃ trāsayati yato 'sau janakāyaḥ saṃtrastaḥ saṃvegam āpannaḥ uttarapaṃcālasya rājño viṣayaṃ gataḥ / dakṣiṇapaṃcālo rāja kathayati / bhavantaḥ ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yenāsau janakāyaḥ punar āgatyaiṣu grāmanagareṣu prativaset* / amātyāḥ kathayanti / yadi devaḥ uttarapaṃcālarājavad dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati maitracitto hitacitto 'nukaṃpācittaḥ svarāṣṭraṃ pālayati nacirād asau janakāyaḥ punar āgatyaiṣu grāmanagareṣu prativaset* / dakṣiṇapaṃcālo rājā kathayati / bhavanto yady evam aham apy uttarapaṃcālavad dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayāmi maitracitto hitacitto 'nukampācittaḥ rāṣṭraṃ paripālayāmi / yūyaṃ tathā kuruta yathāsau janakāyaḥ punar āgatyaiṣu grāmanagareṣu prativasatīti / devāparo 'pi tatrānuśaṃso 'sti / tasmin nagare mahān hradaḥ utpalakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃcchanno haṃsakāraṇḍavacakravākopaśobhitaḥ / tatra janmacitro nāgapotaḥ prativasati / sa kalena kālaṃ samyagvāridhārām anuprayacchati / atīva śasyasaṃpattir bhavati / tena tatra śasyavatī vasumatī subhikṣānnapānaś ca deśaḥ / ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yenāsau (msv i 126) nāgapota ihānīyeta / deva vidyāmantradhāriṇas tam ānayanti / te samanviṣyantām* / tato rājñā suvarṇapiṭakaṃ dhvajāgre baddhvā sarvavijite ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / ya uttarapaṃcālaviṣayāj janmacitraṃ nāgapotam ānayet tasyemaṃ suvarṇapiṭakaṃ dāsyāmi mahatā ca satkāreṇa satkariṣyāmīti / yāvad anyatama āhituṇḍikaḥ amātyānāṃ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati / mamaitat suvarṇapiṭakam anuprayacchata ahaṃ janmacitraṃ nāgapotam apahṛtyānayāmīti / (fol. 175r1 = gbm 6.1018) amātyāḥ kathayanti / eṣa gṛhāṇa / sa kathayati / yo yuṣmākaṃ śraddhitaḥ pratyayitaś ca tasya haste tiṣṭhatu / ānīte janmacitre nāgapote grahīṣyāmīti / evaṃ kuruṣveti / tato 'sāv āhituṇḍikaḥ pratyayitasya puruṣasya haste suvarṇapiṭakaṃ sthāpayitvā hastināpuraṃ nagaraṃ gataḥ / tatas tenāsau hradaḥ samantato vyavalokitaḥ / nimittīkṛtaṃ cāsau janmacitro nāgapota etasmin deśe pratiṣṭhatīti / tato balyupahāranimittaṃ tataḥ punaḥ pratyāgataḥ / amātyānāṃ kathayati balyupahāraṃ me prayacchata saptame divase taṃ nāgapotam apahṛtyānayāmīti / sa cāhituṇḍikas tena saṃlakṣito mamāsāv apaharaṇāyāgataḥ / saptame divase mām apahariṣyati / mātāpitṛviyogajaṃ mahad duḥkhaṃ bhaviṣyati / kiṃ karomi kaṃ śaraṇaṃ prapadye iti / tasya ca hradasya nātidūre dvau lubdhakau prativasataḥ sārakaḥ phalakaś ca / tau taṃ hradam āśritya jīvikāṃ kalpayataḥ / yaḥ sthalagataḥ prāṇino mṛgaśaśaśarabhasūkarādayas tad hradam upasarpanti tān praghātayati ye 'pi jalagatā matsyakacchapamaṇḍūkādayaḥ / tatra ca sārakaḥ kālagataḥ / (msv i 127) phalako jīvati / janmacitro nāgapotaḥ saṃlakṣayati / nānyo 'sti mama śaraṇamṛte phalakāl lubdhakāt* / tato manuṣyaveśam āsthāya phalakasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / gatvā kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa kiṃ tvaṃ jānīṣe kasyānubhāvād dhanasya rājño janapadā ṛddhāś ca sphītāś ca kṣemāś ca subhikṣāś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca pūrvavad yāvac chālīkṣugomahiṣīsaṃpannā iti / sa kathayati / jāne / sa rājā dhārmiko dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati maitracitto hitacitto 'nukampācittaś ca rāṣṭraṃ pālayatīti / sa kathayati / kim etad evāsti / anyad apīti / lubdhakaḥ kathayati / asty anyo 'py anuśaṃsaḥ / yaḥ asmin hrade janmacitro nāma nāgapotaḥ prativasati sa kālena kālaṃ samyagvāridhārām anuprayacchati / atīva śasyasaṃpattir bhavati śasyavatī vasumatī subhikṣānnapānaś ca deśaḥ iti / janmacitraḥ kathayati / yadi kaścit taṃ nāgapotam ito viṣayād apaharet tasya nāgapotasya kiṃ syān mātāpitṛviyogajam asya duḥkhaṃ syād rājño rāṣṭrasya ca / yo 'paharati tasya tvaṃ kiṃ kuryāḥ / jīvitād vyavaropayeyam* / jānīṣe tvaṃ kataro 'sau nāgapota iti / na jāne / aham asau dakṣiṇapaṃcālaviṣayikenāpahriye / sa balyupahāravidhānārthaṃ gataḥ saptame divase āgamiṣyati / āgatyāsya hradasya catasṛṣu dikṣu khadirakīlakān nikhanya nānāraṃgaiḥ sūtrair veṣṭayitvā mantrān āvartayiṣyati / tatra tvayā pracchannaṃ saṃnikṛṣṭe sthāne sthātavyam* / yadā tenāyam evaṃrūpaḥ (msv i 128) prayogaḥ kṛto bhavati tadā hradamadhyāt kvathamānaṃ pānīyam utthāsyati / ahaṃ cotthāsyāmi / (fol. 175v1 = gbm 6.1019) tadā tvayāsāv āhituṇḍikaḥ śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍayitavyaḥ / āśu copasaṃkramya vaktavyo mantrān upasaṃhara / mā te utkṛttamūlaṃ śiraḥ kṛtvā pṛthivyāṃ nipātayiṣyāmīti / yady asau mantrān anupasaṃhṛtya prāṇair viyokṣyate mṛte 'haṃ yāvajjīvam eva mantrapāśabaddhaḥ syām iti / lubdhakaḥ prāha / yadi tavaikasyaivaṃ guṇaḥ syāt tathāpy aham evaṃ kuryāṃ prāg eva sakalasya rāṣṭrasya / gacchāmy ahaṃ tatra sthāna iti / tatas tena nāgapotena tasyaikapārśve guptaṃ sthānam upadarśitam* / yāvad asau lubdhakaḥ saptame divase pratigupte pradeśe ātmānaṃ gopayitvāvasthitaḥ / sa cāhituṇḍika āgatya balyupahāraṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / tena catasṛṣu dikṣu catvāraḥ khadirakīlakāḥ nikhātāḥ / nānāraṃgaiḥ sūtrakair veṣṭayitvā mantrair āvartitaḥ / tatas tat pānīyam utkvathitum ārabdham* / lubdhakena śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍito niṣkośaṃ cāsiṃ kṛtvābhihitaḥ / tvam asmin viṣayanivāsinaṃ nāgapotakaṃ mantreṇāpaharasi / mantrān upasaṃhara / mā te utkṛttamūlaṃ śiraḥ kṛtvā pṛthivyāṃ nipātayiṣyāmīti / tata ahituṇḍikena duḥkhavedanābhibhūtena mantrā vyāvartitāḥ / tena ca samanantaraṃ lubdhakena jīvitād vyavaropitaḥ / tato nāgapoto mantrapāśabandhanād vinirmukto hradād abhyudgatya taṃ lubdhakaṃ pariṣvaktavān evaṃ cāha / tvaṃ me mātā tvaṃ pitā yan mama tvam āgamya mātāpitṛviyogajaṃ duḥkhaṃ notpannam* / āgaccha bhuvanaṃ gacchāvaḥ / tenāsau svabhuvanaṃ nīto nānāvidhena cānnapānena saṃtarpito ratnāni copadarśitāni / mātāpitroś ca niveditam* / amba tāta eṣa me suhṛccharaṇyaṃ (msv i 129) bāndhavo 'syānubhāvān mama yuṣmābhiḥ saha viyogo na jāta iti / tābhyām apy asau vareṇa pravārito vividhāni ratnāni dattāni / sa tāny ādāya tasmād hradād vyutthitaḥ /

tasya hradasya nātidūre puṣpaphalasampannaṃ nānāśakunibhir nikūjitam āśramapadam* / tatra ṛṣiḥ prativasati maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ satvavatsalaḥ / tato 'sau lubdhakas tasya ṛṣes triṣkālam upasaṃkramitum ārabdhaḥ / yac cāsya janmacitreṇa nāgapotena sārdhaṃ vṛttaṃ tat sarvaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / tato 'sāv ṛṣiḥ kathayati / kiṃ ratnaiḥ kiṃ vā te suvarṇena tasya bhuvane amogho nāma pāśas tiṣṭhati taṃ yācasveti / tato lubdhako 'moghapāśe jātatṛṣṇaḥ ṛṣivacanam upaśrutya punar api nāgabhuvanaṃ gato yāvat paśyati nāgabhuvanadvāre tam amoghaṃ pāśam* / tasyaitad abhavat* / eṣa sa pāśo yo mayā prārthanīya iti viditvā nāgabhuvanaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / tato janmacitreṇa nāgapotenānyaiś ca nāgapotaiḥ sasaṃbhramaṃ pratisaṃmodito ratnaiś ca pravāritaḥ kathayati / alaṃ me ratnaiḥ kiṃ tv etad amoghaṃ pāśaṃ mamānuprayaccheti / janmacitraḥ kathayati / tavānena kiṃ prayojanam* / asmākaṃ (fol. 176r1 = gbm 6.1020) tu mahat prayojanam* / yadā garuḍabhayopadrutā bhavāmas tadānenātmānaṃ rakṣāmaḥ / lubdhakaḥ kathayati / yuṣmākam eṣa garuḍabhayopadrutānām upayogaṃ gacchati mama tv anena satatam eva prayojanam* / yady asti kṛtam upakṛtaṃ vā prayaccheti / janmacitrasya nāgapotasyaitad abhavat* / mamānena bahūpakṛtaṃ mātāpitarāv avalokya dadāmīti / tena mātāpitarāv (msv i 130) avalokya sa pāśo dattaḥ / tato 'sau lubdhakaḥ pṛthivīlabdhaprakhyena sukhasaumanasyenāpyāyitamanā amoghaṃ pāśam ādāya nāgabhuvanād abhyudgamya svagṛhaṃ gataḥ /

yāvad apareṇa samayena dhano rājā devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricāryati / tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayato na putro na duhitā / sa kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / anekadhanasamuditaṃ me gṛhaṃ na me putro na duhitā / mamātyayāt svakulavaṃśacchede rāṣṭrāpahāraḥ / sarvaṃ ca svāpateyam aputrakam iti kṛtvā rājavidheyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / sa śramaṇabrāhmaṇasuhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavair ucyate / deva kim asi cintāpara iti / sa etat prakaraṇaṃ teṣāṃ vistareṇārocayati / te kathayanti / devatārādhanaṃ kuru putras te bhaviṣyatīti / so 'putraḥ putrābhinandī śivavaruṇakuberaśakrabrahmādīn anyāṃś ca devatāviśeṣān āyācate tadyathā ārāmadevatā vanadevatāś catvaradevatāḥ śṛṅgāṭakadevatā balipratigrāhikā devatāḥ sahajāḥ sahadharmikā nityānubaddhā api devatā āyācate / asti caiṣa loke pravādo yadāyācanahetoḥ putrā jāyante duhitaraś ca / tac ca naivam* / yady evam abhaviṣyad ekaikasya putrasahasram abhaviṣyat tadyathā rājñaś cakravartinaḥ / api tu trayāṇāṃ sthānānāṃ saṃmukhībhāvāt putrā jāyante duhitaraś ca / katameṣāṃ trayāṇām* / mātāpitarau raktau bhavataḥ / saṃnipatitau / mātā ca kalyā bhavati ritumatī / gandharvaś ca pratyupasthito bhavati / eṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ sthānānāṃ saṃmukhībhāvāt putrā jāyante duhitaraś ca / sa caivam āyācanaparas tiṣṭhati / anyatamaś ca bhadrakalpiko (msv i 131) bodhisatvas tasyā agramahiṣyāḥ kukṣim avakrāntaḥ / paṃcāveṇikā dharmāḥ ekataḥ paṇḍitajātīye mātṛgrāme / katame paṃca / raktaṃ puruṣaṃ jānāti / kālaṃ jānāti / ṛtuṃ jānāti / garbham avakrāntaṃ jānāti / yasya sakāśād garbho 'vakrāmati taṃ jānāti / dārakaṃ jānāti / dārikāṃ jānāti / saced dārako bhavati dakṣiṇaṃ kukṣiṃ niśritya tiṣṭhati / saced dārikā bhavati vāmaṃ kukṣiṃ niśritya tiṣṭhati / sā āttamanāttamanāḥ svāminārocayati / diṣṭyā āryaputra vardhase / āpannasatvāsmi saṃvṛttā / yathā ca me dakṣiṇakukṣiṃ niśritya tiṣṭhati niyataṃ dārako bhaviṣyatīti (fol. 176v1 = gbm 6.1021) / so 'py āttamanāttamanāḥ pūrvaṃ kāyam abhyunnamayya dakṣiṇabāhum abhiprasāryodānam udānayati /

apy evāhaṃ cirakālābhilaṣitaṃ putramukhaṃ paśyeyam* / samajāto me syān nāvajātaḥ / kṛtyāni me kurvīta / bhṛtaḥ pratibibhṛyāt* / dāyādyaṃ pratipadyeta / kulavaṃśo me cirasthitikaḥ syāt* / asmākaṃ cāpy atītakālagatānām alpaṃ vā prabhūtaṃ vā dānāni datvā puṇyāni kṛtvā asmākaṃ nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādekṣyate / idaṃ tayor yatra tatropapannayor gacchator anugacchatv iti /

āpannasatvāṃ caināṃ viditvā upari prāsādatalagatām ayantritāṃ dhārayati śīte śītopakaraṇair uṣṇe uṣṇopakaraṇair vaidyaprajñaptair (msv i 132) āhārair nātitiktair nātyamlair nātilavaṇair nātimadhurakair nātikaṭukair nātikaṣāyais tiktāmlalavaṇamadhurakaṭukakaṣāyavivarjitair āhārair hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātrīm apsarasam iva nandanavanavihāriṇīṃ mañcān mañcaṃ pīṭhāt pīṭham avatarantīm adharimāṃ bhūmim* / na cāsyāḥ kiṃcid amanojñaśabdaśravaṇaṃ yāvad eva garbhasya paripākāya / sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā / dārako jātaḥ / abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaś chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ uccaghoṣaḥ saṃgatabrūs tuṅganāsaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ / tasya jātāv ānandabheryas tāḍitāḥ / śrutvā rājā kathayati / kim etad iti / antaḥpurikābhiḥ rājñe niveditam* / deva diṣṭyā vardhase putras te jāta iti / tato rājñā sarvaṃ tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / candanavāripariṣiktam ucchritadhvajapatākaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyam* / ājñā ca dattā / śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavanīpakebhyo dānaṃ prayacchata / sarvabandhanamokṣaṃ kuruteti / tasyaivaṃ trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate / kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti / amātyāḥ kathayanti / ayaṃ dārako dhanasya rājñaḥ putraḥ / bhavatu dārakasya sudhana iti nāmeti / tasya sudhana iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / sudhano dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ / dvābhyām aṃsadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyām* / so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā (msv i 133) sarpirmaṇḍenānyaiś cottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam* / sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ / pūrvavad yāvad aṣṭāsu parīkṣāsūddhāṭako vācakaḥ paṇḍitaḥ paṭupracāraḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / sa yāni tāni bhavanti mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ (fol. 177r1 = gbm 6.1022) pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjityādhyāvasatāṃ pūrvavad yāvat paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ / tasya pitrā trīṇy antaḥpurāṇi vyavasthāpitāni jyeṣṭhaṃ madhyaṃ kanīyaḥ / trīṇi vāsagṛhāṇi māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikam* / trīṇy udyānāni māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikam* / tataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāraḥ upari prāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati /

yāvad apareṇa samayena phalako lubdhako mṛgān anveṣamāṇas tena tenānuvicarann anyatamaṃ parvatam anuprāptaḥ / tasya ca parvatasyādhastād riṣer āśramapadaṃ paśyati puṣpaphalasaṃpannaṃ nānāpakṣigaṇavicaritam* / mahāntaṃ ca hradam utpalakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃchannaṃ haṃsakāraṇḍavacakravākopaśobhitam* (msv i 134) / tadāśramapadaṃ paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvat tam ṛṣiṃ paśyati dīrghakeśaśmaśrunakharomāṇaṃ vātātapakarṣitaśarīraṃ cīvaravalkaladhāriṇam anyatamad vṛkṣamūlāśrayaṃ tṛṇakuṭikākṛtanilayam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā kṛtāṃjalipuṭaḥ papraccha / bhagavan kiyac ciram asmin pradeśe tava prativasataḥ / catvāriṃśadvarṣāṇi / asti tvayā iyatā kālenāsmin pradeśe kaścid āścaryādbhuto dharmo dṛṣṭaḥ śruto vā kasyacit sakāśāt* / sa ṛṣir mandamandam uvāca / bhadramukha dṛṣṭas te ayaṃ hradaḥ / dṛṣṭo bhagavan* / eṣā brahmasabhā nāma puṣkariṇī utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃchannā nānāpakṣigaṇaniṣevitā himarajatatuṣāragaurāmbupūrṇā surabhikusumaparivāsitatoyā / asyāṃ puṣkariṇyāṃ paṃcadaśyāṃ paṃcadaśyāṃ manoharā nāma drumakinnararājasya duhitā paṃcakinnarīśataparivṛtā nānāvidhaśiraḥsnānodvartanair āgatya snāti / snānakāle cāsya madhuranṛtyagītavāditaśabdena mṛgapakṣiṇo 'pahriyante / aham api taṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā mahatā prītisaumanasyena saptāham adhināmayāmi / etad āścaryaṃ bhadramukha mayā dṛṣṭam iti /

atha phalakasya lubdhakasyaitad abhavat* / śobhano mayā amoghaḥ pāśo nāgāl labdhaḥ / taṃ manoharāyā kinnaryāḥ kṣepsyāmīti / so 'pareṇa samayena pūrṇapaṃcadaśyāṃ pāśam ādāya hradatīrthasamīpe puṣpaphalaviṭapavṛkṣagahanam āśrityāvadhānatatparo 'vasthitaḥ / yāvan manoharā kinnarī paṃcakinnarīśataparivṛtā mahatyā vibhūtyā brahmasabhāṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrṇā snātuṃ tatsamanantaraṃ ca phalakena (msv i 135) lubdhakenāmoghaḥ pāśaḥ kṣipto yena manoharā kinnarī baddhā / tayā amoghapāśapāśitayā hrade mahānupamardaḥ kṛto vibhīṣaṇaś ca śabdo niścāritaḥ / yaṃ śrutvā pariśiṣṭaḥ kinnarīgaṇaḥ itaś cāmutaś ca saṃbhrānto manoharāṃ (fol. 177v1 = gbm 6.1023) kinnarīṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ / paśyati baddhām* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhīto niṣpalāyitaḥ / adrākṣīt sa ludhakas tāṃ paramarūpadarśanīyām* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar upaśliṣṭo grahīṣyāmīti / sā kathayati /

mā naiṣīs tvaṃ hi mā sprākṣīr naitat tava suceṣṭitam* / rājabhogyā surūpāhaṃ na sādhu grahaṇaṃ tava // iti /

lubdhakaḥ prāha / yadi tvāṃ nā gṛhṇāmi niṣpalāyase / sā kathayati / nāhaṃ niṣpalāye / yadi na śraddadhāsi ayaṃ cūḍāmaṇiṃ gṛhṇa / asyānubhāvenāham upari vihāyasā gacchāmīti / lubdhakaḥ kathayati / kathaṃ jāne / tayā śiras taś cūḍāmaṇir dattaḥ uktaś ca / etac cūḍāmaṇir yasya hastasthas tasyāhaṃ vaśā bhavāmi / tato lubdhakenāsau maṇir gṛhītaḥ / pāśabaddhāṃ caināṃ gṛhītvā saṃprasthitaḥ /

tena khalu samayena sudhanaḥ kumāro mṛgayānirgataḥ / adrākṣīt sa lubdhakaḥ sudhanaṃ kumāram abhirūpaṃ darśanīyaṃ prāsādikam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat* / ayaṃ ca rājakumāra iyaṃ ca paramarūpadarśanīyā / yady etāṃ drakṣyati balād grahīṣyatīti / yanv aham etāṃ prābhṛtanyāyena svayam evopanayeyam* / tatas taṃ pāśam ādāya yena sudhano rājakumāras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayati / idaṃ mayā (msv i 136) devasya strīratnaṃ prābhṛtam ānītaṃ pratigṛhyatām iti / adrākṣīt sudhano rājakumārīṃ manoharāṃ kinnarīm abhirūpāṃ darśanīyāṃ prāsādikāṃ paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatāṃ sarvaguṇasamuditām aṣṭādaśabhiḥ strīlakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtāṃ janapadakalyāṇīṃ kāṃcanakalaśakūrmapīnonnatakaṭhinasaṃhatasujātavṛttapragalamānastanīm abhinīlaraktāṃśukavisṛtāyatanavakamalasadṛśanayanāṃ subhruvamāyatatuṃganāsāṃ vidrumamaṇiratnabimbaphalasaṃsthānasadṛśādharoṣṭhīm ādṛḍhaparipūrṇagaṇḍapārśvām atyartharatikaraviśoṣakarakapolatilakām anupūrvaracitasaṃhatabhruvamaravindavikacasadṛśaparipūrṇavimalaśaśivapuṣīṃ pralambabāhuṃ gambhīratrivalīkasannatamadhyāṃs tanabhārāvanāmyamānapūrvārdhaṃ rathāṃgasaṃsthitasujātajaghanāṃ kadalīgarbhasadṛśakarāṃ pūrvānuvartitasaṃhatasujātakarabhoruṃ sunigūḍhasuracitasarvāṃgasundarasirāṃ saṃhitamaṇicūḍām āraktakaratalāṃ praharṣanūpuravalayahārārdhahāranirghoṣavilasitagatimāyatanīlasūkṣmakeśīṃ śacīm iva bhraṣṭakāṃcīṃ nūpurāvacchāditapādāṃ chātodarīṃ tāṃ prakīrṇahārām uttaptajāmbūnadacāruvarṇāṃ dṛṣṭvā kumāraḥ sahasā papāta baddho dṛḍhaṃ (msv i 137) rāgapāśena / tatra sa rāgavahṇau dahanapataṃgasadṛśena jalacaṃcalacandravimalojjvalasvabhāvena durgrāhyatareṇa nadītaraṃgajhaṣamakaraduradhigamena garuḍapavanajavasamagatinā tulaparivartanalaghuvānarāvasthitacapalodbhrāntatareṇa (fol. 178r1 = gbm 6.1024) satatābhyāsakleśaśaniṣevaṇarāgasukhāsvādalolena sarvakleśaviṣamadurgaprapātaniḥsaṃgena paramalīnena cittena sadbhūtānurāgatayā ayoniśomanaskāradhanurvisṛtena saṃyogābhilaṣitaparamarahasyaśabdena kāmaśareṇa hṛdaye viddhaḥ āha ca /

dṛṣṭvātha tāṃ sa sudhana indusamānavaktrāṃ
prāvṛṅghanāntaraviniścaratīva vidyut* /
tatsnehamanmathavilāsasamudbhavena
sadyaḥ sa cetasi tu rāgaśareṇa viddhaḥ //

sa tām atimanoharāṃ manoharāṃ gṛhītvā hastināpuraṃ gataḥ / sa ca lubdhako grāmavareṇācchāditaḥ / tataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāro manoharayā sārdham upari prāsādatalagataḥ krīḍati ramate paricārayati / manoharayā rūpayauvanaguṇena sudhanaḥ kumāro 'nekaiś copacāraśatais tathāpahṛto yathā sudhanaḥ kumāro muhūrtam api tāṃ na jahāti /

yāvad apareṇa samayena janapadād dvau brāhmaṇāv abhyāgatau / tatraiko rājānaṃ saṃśrito dvitīyaḥ sudhanaṃ kumāram* / yo rājānaṃ saṃśritaḥ sa rājñā purohitaḥ sthāpito bhogaiś ca saṃvibhaktaḥ / yas tu sudhanaṃ kumāraṃ sa bhogamātreṇa saṃvibhaktaḥ / (msv i 138) sa kathayati / kumāra yadā tvaṃ pitur atyayād rājye pratiṣṭhāsyasi tadā me kiṃ kariṣyasīti / sudhanaḥ kumāraḥ kathayati / yathā tava sahāyo brāhmaṇo mama pitrā paurohitye sthāpitaḥ evam ahaṃ tvām api paurohitye sthāpayāmīti / eṣa ca vṛttāntas tena brāhmaṇena karṇaparaṃparayā śrutaḥ / tasyaitad abhavat* / ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā kumāro rājyam eva nāsādayiṣyati / kutas taṃ purohitaṃ sthāpayiṣyatīti /

yāvad apareṇa samayena tasya rājño vijite anyatamaḥ kārvaṭiko viruddhaḥ / tasya samucchittaye rājñā eko daṇḍaḥ preṣitaḥ / sa hatavihatavidhvastaḥ {ed. 1984: -viddhastaḥ} pratyāgataḥ / evaṃ yāvat sapta daṇḍāḥ preṣitāḥ / te 'pi hatavihatavidhvastāḥ {ed. 1984: -viddhastaḥ} pratyāgatāḥ / amātyaiḥ rājā vijñaptaḥ / deva kimarthaṃ svabalaṃ hāpyate parabalaṃ vardhyate / yāvat kaścid devavijite śastrabalopajīvī sarvo 'sāv āhūyatām iti / brāhmaṇaḥ purohitaḥ saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ kumārasya vadhopāyakāla iti / tena rājā vijñaptaḥ / deva naivam asau śakyaḥ sannāmayitum* / rājā kathayati / kiṃ mayā svayaṃ gantavyam* / purohitaḥ kathayati / kimarthaṃ devaḥ svayaṃ gacchati / ayaṃ sudhanaḥ kumāro baladarpayuktaḥ / eṣa daṇḍasahīyaḥ preṣyatām iti / rājā kathayati / evam astv iti / tato rājā kumāram āhūya kathayati / gaccha kumāra daṇḍasahīyaḥ kārvaṭikaṃ sannāmaya / evaṃ deveti sudhanaḥ kumāro rājñaḥ pratiśrutyāntaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ / manoharādarśanāc cāsya sarvaṃ vismṛtam* / punar api rājñābhihitaḥ / (fol. 178v1 = gbm 6.1025) punar api taddarśanāt sarvaṃ vismṛtam* / tataḥ purohitena (msv i 139) rājābhihitaḥ / deva sudhanaḥ kumāro manoharayā atīva sakto na śakyate preṣayitum* / sādhanaṃ sajjīkriyatām* / nirgataḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpurāt preṣayitavyo yayā manoharāyāḥ sakāśaṃ na praviśatīti / rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavantaḥ evaṃ kurudhvam iti / amātyaiḥ rājñaḥ pratiśrutya balaugho hastyaśvarathapadātisaṃpanno 'nekapraharaṇopakaraṇayuktaḥ sajjīkṛtaḥ / tataḥ kumāro nirgataḥ ukto gaccha kumāra sajjo balaugha iti / sa kathayati / deva gamiṣyāmīti manoharāṃ dṛṣṭvā / rājā kathayati / kumāra na draṣṭavyā kālo 'tivartate / tāta yady evaṃ mātāraṃ dṛṣṭvā gacchāmi / gaccha kumārāvalokaya jananīm* / sa manoharāsantakaṃ cūḍāmaṇim ādāya mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati / amba ahaṃ kārvaṭikaṃ sannāmanāya gacchāmi / ayaṃ cūḍāmaṇiḥ suguptaḥ sthāpayitavyo na kathaṃcin manoharāyā deyo 'nyatra prāṇaviyogād iti / sa evaṃ mātaraṃ sandiśyābhivādya ca nānāyodhabalaudhatūryaninādaiḥ saṃprasthitaḥ / anupūrveṇa janapadān atikramya tasya karvaṭakasya nātidūre 'nyatamad vṛkṣamūkaṃ niśritya vāsam upagataḥ /

tena khalu samayena vaiśravaṇo mahārājo 'nekayakṣaparivāro 'nekayakṣaśataparivāro 'nekayakṣasahasraparivāro 'nekayakṣaśatasahasraparivāras tena pathā yakṣāṇāṃ yakṣasamitaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ / tena tasya pathā (msv i 140) gacchatha khagapathe yānam avasthitam* / tasyaitad abhavat* / bahuśo 'ham anena pathā samatikrānto na ca me kadācid yānaṃ pratihatam* / ko 'tra hetur yena yānaṃ pratihatam iti / sa paśyati sudhanaṃ kumāram* / tasyaitad abhavat* / ayaṃ bhadrakalpiko bodhisatvaḥ khedam āpadyate yuddhāyābhisaṃprasthitaḥ / sāhāyyam asya karaṇīyam* / ayaṃ karvaṭakaḥ sannāmayitavyaḥ / na ca kasyacit prāṇinaḥ pīḍā kartavyeti viditvā pāṃcikaṃ mahāyakṣasenāpatim āmantrayate / ehi tvaṃ pāṃcika sudhanasya kumārasya karvaṭakam ayuddhena sannāmaya / na ca te kasyacit prāṇinaḥ pīḍā kartavyeti / tatheti pāṃcikena mahāyakṣasenāpatinā vaiśravaṇasya mahārājasya pratiśrutya divyaś caturaṃgo balakāyo nirmitaḥ / tālamātrapramāṇāḥ puruṣāḥ parvatapramāṇā hastino {ed. 1984: hastinaḥ} hastipramāṇā aśvāḥ / tato nānākhaḍgamusalatomaraprāsacakraśaktiśaraparaśvadhaḥ śastraviśeṣeṇa nānāvāditrasaṃkṣobheṇa ca mahābhayam upadarśayan mahatā balaughena pāṃcikaḥ karvaṭakam anuprāptaḥ /

hastyaśvarathanirghoṣanānāvāditranisvanāt* / yakṣāṇāṃ svaprabhāvāc ca prākāraḥ prapapāta vai //

tatas tena karvaṭakanivāsinaṃ (fol. 179r1 = gbm 6.1026) balaughaṃ dṛṣṭvā tac ca prākārapatanaṃ paraṃ viṣādam āpannāḥ papracchuḥ / kuta eṣa balaugha āgacchatīti / te kathayanti / śīghraṃ dvārāṇi muṃcata / eṣa pṛṣṭhataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāra āgacchati / tasyaiṣa balaughaḥ / yadi ciraṃ dhārayiṣyatha / sarvathā svasthā na bhaviṣyatheti / te kathayanti /

vyutpannā na vayaṃ rājño na kumārasya dhīmataḥ /
nṛpapauruṣakebhyo 'smi bhītāḥ santrāsam āgatāḥ //

tair dvārāṇi muktāni / tataḥ ucchritadhvajapatākāḥ pūrṇakalaśair nānāvidhatūryaninādaiḥ sudhanaṃ kumāraṃ pratyudgatāḥ / tena ca samāśvāsitās tad abhiprāyāś ca rājabhaṭāḥ sthāpitā nipakāś ca gṛhītāḥ karapratyayāś ca nibaddhāḥ / tatas taṃ karvaṭakaṃ sphītīkṛtya sudhanaḥ kumāro nivṛttaḥ /

dhanena ca rājñā tām eva rātriṃ svapno dṛṣṭaḥ / gṛdhreṇāgatya rājña udaraṃ sphoṭayitvā antrāṇy ākṛṣya sarvaṃ tan nagaram antrair veṣṭitaṃ sapta ca ratnāni gṛhaṃ praveśyamānāni dṛṣṭāni / tato rājā bhītas trastaḥ āhṛṣṭaromakūpo laghu laghv evotthāya mahārhaśayane niṣadya kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / mā haiva me atonidānaṃ rājyāc cyutir bhaviṣyati jīvitasya vā antarāya iti / sa prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ taṃ svapnaṃ brāhmaṇāya purohitāya nivedayāmāsa / sa saṃlakṣayati / yādṛśo devena svapno dṛṣṭo niyataṃ kumāreṇa karvaṭako nirjitaḥ / vitathanirdeśaḥ karaṇīya iti viditvā kathayati / deva na śobhanaḥ svapnaḥ / niyatam atonidānaṃ devasya rājyāc cyutir bhaviṣyati jīvitasya vāntarāyaḥ / kevalaṃ tv atrāsti pratīkāraḥ / sa ca brāhmaṇakeṣu mantreṣu dṛṣṭaḥ / ko 'sau pratīkāraḥ / deva udyāne puṣkariṇī (msv i 142) surūpā prāmāṇikā kartavyā / tataḥ sudhayā praleptavyā / susaṃmṛṣṭāṃ kṛtvā kṣudramṛgāṇāṃ rudhireṇa pūrayitavyā / tato devena snānaprayatena tāṃ puṣkariṇīm ekena sopānenāvataritavyam* / ekenāvatīrya dvitīyenottaritavyam* / dvitīyenottīrya tṛtīyenāvataritavyam* / tṛtīyenāvatīrya caturthenottaritavyam* / tataś caturbhir brāhmaṇair vedavedāṅgapāragair devasya pādau jihvayā nirleḍhavyau / kinnaramedasā sa dhūpo deyaḥ / evaṃ devo vidhūtapāpaś ciraṃ rājyaṃ pālayiṣyatīti / rājā kathayati / sarvam etac chakyam* / yad idaṃ kinnaramedam atīva durlabham* / purohitaḥ kathayati / deva yad eva sulabhaṃ tad eva durlabham* / rājā kathayati / yathā katham* / purohitaḥ kathayati / deva nanv iyaṃ manoharā kinnarī / rājā kathayati / purohita maiva vada / kumārasyātra prāṇāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ / sa kathayati / nanu devena śrutam* /

tyajed ekaṃ kulasyārthe grāmasyātha {ed. 1984: grāmasyārthe} kulaṃ tyajet* / grāmaṃ janapadasyārthe ātmārthe pṛthivīṃ tyajet* //

dṛḍhena hy ātmanā rājan kumārasyāsya dhīmataḥ / śakyasi hy aparāṃ kartuṃ dhātayaināṃ manoharām* // iti /

ātmābhinandino na kiṃcin na pratipadyante / iti tenādhivāsitam* / tato yathādiṣṭaṃ purohitena kārayitum ārabdham* / puṣkariṇī snātā sudhayā liptā saṃmṛṣṭā kṣudramṛgāṇāṃ ca rudhiram upāvartitam* / sudhanasyāntaḥpurajanenopalabdham* {ed. 1984: -labdhaḥ} / tāḥ prītamanasaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / vayaṃ rūpayauvanasaṃpannā idānīm asmākaṃ sudhanaḥ kumāraḥ paricārayiṣyatīti / tāḥ pramuditā dṛṣṭvā manoharā pṛcchati / kiṃ yūyam atīva praharṣitā iti / yāvad aparayā sa vṛttānto manoharāyai niveditaḥ / tato manoharā sañjātaduḥkhadaurmanasyā yena sudhanasya kumārasya jananī tenopasaṃkrāntā / pādayor nipatya karuṇadīnavilambitair akṣarair {ed. 1984: -vilambitarakṣarair} etam arthaṃ nivedayāmāsa / sā kathayati / yady evaṃ svāgamitaṃ kuru / vicārayiṣyāmīti / manoharayā āgamayya punar api samākhyātam* / tayāpi vicāritam* / paśyati bhūtam* / tatas tayā sa cūḍāmaṇir vastrāṇi ca manoharāyai dattāni uktā ca / putrike prāpte te kāle āgantavyam eva mamopālambho na bhaviṣyatīti / tato rājā yathānirdiṣṭena krameṇa snānaprayato rudhirapūrṇāṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrṇottīrṇaḥ / tato 'sya brāhmaṇair jihvayā pādau līḍhau / aciram ānīyatāṃ kinnarīti ca samādiṣṭaḥ / tatsamanantaram eva manoharā gaganatalam utplutya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

sparśasaṃgamane mahyaṃ hasitaṃ ramitaṃ ca me / nāgīva bandhanān muktā eṣā gacchāmi sāṃpratam* // iti /

rājñā ca dṛṣṭā vāyupathena gacchantī / sa bhītaḥ purohitam āmantrayate / yad arthaṃ kṛto yatnaḥ sa na saṃpanno manoharā kinnarī palāyata (msv i 144) iti / purohitaḥ kathayati / deva siddho 'rthaḥ apagatapāpo devaḥ sāṃpratam iti / {ed. 1984: devaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ sāṃpratam}

tato manoharāyāḥ khagapathena gacchantyā etad abhavat* / yad aham etām avasthāṃ prāptā tat tasya ṛṣer vyapadeśāt* / yadi tena nākhyātam abhaviṣyan nāhaṃ grahaṇaṃ gatābhaviṣyam* / tena hi yāsyāmi tāvat tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam iti / sā tasyāśramapadaṃ gatā / pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā tam ṛṣim uvāca / maharṣe tvadvyapadeśād ahaṃ grahaṇaṃ gatā manuṣyasaṃsparśañ ca saṃprāptā / jīvitāntarāyaś ca me saṃvṛttaḥ / {ed. 1984: me nāsti saṃvṛttaḥ /} tad vijñāpayāmi / yadi kadācit sudhanaḥ kumāra āgacchen māṃ samanveṣamāṇas tasyemām aṅgulimudrāṃ dātum arhasi / evaṃ ca vaktum* / kumāra viṣamāḥ panthāno durgamāḥ / khedam āpatsyase nivartasveti / yadi ca nivāryamāṇo no tiṣṭhet tasya mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭum arhasi / kumāra manoharayā samākhyātam* / uttare digbhāge trayaḥ kālaparvatās tān atikramya apare trayas tān atikramya apare trayas tān atikramya apare trayas tān atikramya himavān parvatarājaḥ / tasyottareṇotkīlakaparvataḥ / tataḥ kūjako jalapathaḥ khadiraka (fol. 180r1 = gbm 6.1028) ekadhārako vajrakaḥ kāmarūpī utkīlakaḥ airāvatakaḥ adhunānaḥ pramokṣaṇaḥ / ete te parvatāḥ samatikramaṇīyāḥ / tatra khadirake parvate guhāpraveśaḥ ekadhārake ca (msv i 145) utkīlake / vajrake tu pakṣirājena praveśaḥ / ebhir upāyais te parvatā atikramaṇīyāḥ / yantrāṇi ca bhaṃktavyāni / ajavaktro meṇḍhakaḥ puruṣo rākṣasarūpī piṅgalo hantavyaḥ / guhāyāṃ lālāsrotasā mahatā ajagaro vegena pradhāvati / sa te vikrameṇa hantavyaḥ /

ardhāntaragataṃ nāgaṃ yatra paśyet kirīṭakam* /{ms: arāntaragatāṃ nābhī yatra paśyeta tatra kirīṭaḥ} cāpamuktena bāṇena hantavyo mama kāraṇāt* //

yatra paśyeta dvau meṣau saṃghaṭṭantu parasparam* /
tayoḥ śṛṅgam ekaṃ bhaṃktvā mārgaṃ pratilapsyase //

āyasau puruṣau dṛṣṭvā śastrapāṇī mahābhayau /
tayor ekaṃ tāḍayitvā mārgaṃ pratilapsyase //

saṃkocayantīṃ prasārayantīṃ rākṣasīm āyasaṃ mukham* /
yadā paśyet tadā kīlaṃ lalāṭe tasyā nikhānayet* //

śilāvartas tathā kūpo vilaṃghyas te ṣaṣṭihastakaḥ /
haripiṅgalakeśākṣo dāruṇo yakṣarākasaḥ //

kārmukaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā hantavyaś ca durāsadaḥ /
nadyaś ca balatastāryā nakragrāhasamākulāḥ //

naṅgā pataṅgā tapanī citrā rudanī hasanī āśīviṣā vetravatī ca /
naṅgāyāṃ rākṣasīkopā pataṅgāyām amanuṣyakāḥ /
tapanyāṃ grāhabahulatvaṃ citrāyāṃ kāmarūpiṇaḥ //

rudanyāṃ kinnarīceṭyo hasanyāṃ kinnarīsnuṣā /
āśīviṣāyāṃ nānāvidhāḥ sarpā vetranadyāṃ tu śālmaliḥ //

naṅgāyāṃ dhairyakaraṇaṃ pataṅgāyāṃ parākramaḥ /
tapanyāṃ grāhamukhabandhaś citrāyāṃ vividhaṃ gītam //

rudanyāṃ saumanasyena samuttāraḥ / hasanyāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvayogena / āśīviṣāyāṃ sarpaviṣamaṃtraprayogena / vetravatyāṃ tīkṣṇaśastrasaṃpātayogena samuttāraḥ / nadīḥ samatikramya paṃcayakṣaśatānāṃ gulmakasthānam* / tad dhairyam āsthāya vidrāvyam* / tataḥ kinnararājasya bhavanam iti / tato manoharā tam ṛṣim evam uktvā pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā prakrāntā /

yāvat sudhanaḥ kumāras taṃ karvaṭakaṃ sannāmya gṛhītaprābhṛto hastināpuram anuprāptaḥ / śrutvā rājā parāṃ prītim upagataḥ / tataḥ kumāro mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya pituḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā purastān niṣaṇṇaḥ / rājñā parayā saṃbhāṣaṇayā saṃbhāṣitaḥ / uktaś ca / kumāra śivena (msv i 147) tvam āgataḥ / deva tava prasādāt karvaṭakaḥ saṃnāmitaḥ / nīpakā gṛhītāḥ / citrakaḥ sthāpitaḥ / ime tu karapratyayāḥ / paṇyāgāraś ca sthāpita iti / rājā kathayati / putra śobhanaṃ pratigṛhītam* / tataḥ pituḥ praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā saṃprasthitaḥ / rājā kathayati / kumāra tiṣṭha prābhṛtaṃ sahitāv eva bhokṣyāmaḥ / deva gacchāmi ciradṛṣṭā me manoharā / alaṃ kumāra adya gamanena / tiṣṭha śvo gamiṣyasīti / so 'nurudhyamāna evam āha / tāta adyaiva mayāvaśyaṃ gantavyam* / rājā tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / tataḥ (fol. 180v1 = gbm 6.1029) kumāraḥ svagṛhaṃ gataḥ / paśyati śrīvivarjitam antaḥpuradvāram* / sa cintāparaḥ praviṣṭo manoharāṃ na paśyati / itaś cāmutaś ca saṃbhrāntaḥ śūnyahṛdayaḥ śabdaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ manoharā manohareti / yāvad antaḥpuraṃ sannipatitam* / bhoḥ striyaḥ kṣepaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / viddho 'sau hṛdayaśalyena sutarāṃ praṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / tābhir yathābhūtaṃ samākhyātam* / sa śokena saṃmuhyate / tā striyaḥ kathayanti / deva antaḥpure tatprativiśiṣṭatarāḥ striyaḥ santi / kimarthaṃ śokaḥ kriyate / sa pitur nairguṇyam upaśrutya kṛtaghnatāṃ ca mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / pādayor nipatya kathayati / amba

manoharāṃ na paśyāmi manorathaguṇair yutām* /
sādhurūpasamāyuktā kva gatā me manoharā //

manasā saṃpradhāvāmi mano me saṃpramuhyati /
hṛdayaṃ dahyate caiva rahitasya tayā bhṛśam* //

mano 'bhirāmā ca manoharā ca sā mano 'nukūlā ca manoratiś ca me / santaptadeho 'smi manoharāṃ vinā kuto mamedaṃ vyasanaṃ samāgatam // iti /

sā kathayati / putra kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptā manoharā iti mayā pramuktā / amba yathākatham* / tayā yathāvṛttaṃ sarvaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / sa pitur nairguṇyam akṛtajñatāṃ coktā kathayati / amba kutra gatā katareṇa patheneti / sā kathayati / putra

eṣaḥ asau pathā śaila ṛṣisaṃghaniṣevitaḥ / uṣito dharmarājena yatra yātā manoharā // iti /

sa manoharāviyogaduḥkhārtaḥ kṛcchraṃ vilalāpa karuṇaṃ paridevamānaḥ /

manoharāṃ na paśyāmi manorathaguṇair yutām* / pūrvavad yāvat* / kuto mamedaṃ vyasanaṃ samāgatam // iti /

tato mātrābhihitaḥ / putra santy asminn antaḥpure tatprativiśiṣṭatarāḥ striyaḥ / kimarthaṃ śokaḥ kriyate iti / kumāraḥ kathayati / amba kuto me ratiḥ prāpyatām iti / sa tayā samāśvāsyamāno 'pi śokasantaptas tasyāḥ pravṛttiṃ samanveṣamāṇa itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ / tasya buddhir utpannā / yata eva labdhā tam eva tāvat pṛcchāmīti / sa phalakasya lubdhakasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / pṛcchati / manoharā kutas tvayā labdhā iti / amuṣmin parvatapārśve ṛṣiḥ prativasati / tasyāśramapade brahmasabhā nāma puṣkariṇī / tasyāṃ snātum avatīrṇā / ṛṣivyapadeśena (msv i 149) labdhā iti / sa saṃlakṣyati / ṛṣir idānīm abhigantavyaḥ / tasmāt pravṛttir bhaviṣyatīti / eṣa ca vṛttānto rājñā śrutaḥ / manoharāviyogāt kumāro 'tīva viklava iti / tato rājñābhihitaḥ / kumāra kim asi viklavaḥ / idānīṃ tatprativiśiṣṭam antaḥpuraṃ vyavasthāpayāmīti / sa kathayati / tāta na śakyaṃ mayā tām anānīyāntaḥpurasthena bhavitum* / sa rājñā bahv apy ucyamāno

[folios 181-198 are missing; the remaining portion has been taken from divy 453-461]

na nivartate / tato rājñā nagaraprākāraśṛṅgāṭakeṣv ārakṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ sthāpitā yathā kumāro na niṣkāsatīti / kumāraḥ kṛtsnāṃ rātriṃ jāgartukāmaḥ / uktaṃ ca / paṃceme rātryām alpaṃ svapanti bahu jāgrati / katame paṃca / puruṣāḥ striyam apekṣamāṇāḥ / pratibaddhacittaḥ strīpuruṣaḥ / utkruśaprāṇī / caurasenāpatiḥ / bhikṣuś cālabdhavīrya iti / atha kumārasyaitad abhavat* / yadi dvāreṇa yāsyāmi rājā dvārapālakān rakṣakāṃś ca daṇḍenotsādayiṣyati yanv aham arakṣitena pathā gaccheyam iti / sa rātryāṃ vyutthāya nīlotpalamālābaddhaśirā yena rakṣiṇaḥ puruṣā na santi tena tāṃ mālāṃ dhvaje baddhvāvatīrṇaḥ / candraś ca coditaḥ /

tato 'sau candram avekṣya manoharāvirahita evaṃ vilalāpa / bhoḥ pūrṇacandra rajanīkara tārarāja tvaṃ rohiṇīnayanakānta susārthavāha / (divy 454) kaccit priyā mama manoharaṇaikadakṣā dṛṣṭā tvayā bhuvi manoharanāmadheyā // iti /

(msv i 150)

anubhūtapūrvaratim anusmaran jagāma / dadarśa mṛgīm* / tām apy uvācā /

he tvaṃ kuraṅgi tṛṇavāripalāśabhakṣe svasty astu te cara sukhaṃ na mṛgārir asmi /
dīrghekṣaṇā mṛgavadhūkamanīyarūpā dṛṣṭā tvayā mama manoharanāmadheyā //

sa tām atikramyānyatamaṃ pradeśaṃ gato dadarśa vanaṃ nānāpuṣpaphalopaśobhitaṃ bhramarair upabhujyamānasāram* / tato 'nyatamaṃ bhramaram uvāca /

nīlāñjanācalasuvarṇa madhudvirepha vaṃśāntarāmburuhamadhyakṛtādhivāsa /
varṇādhimātrasadṛśāyatakeśahastā dṛṣṭā tvayā mama manoharanāmadheyā //

tasmād api pradeśād atikrāntaḥ paśyaty āśīviṣam* / dṛṣṭvā cāha //

bhoḥ kṛṣṇasarpa tanupallavalolajihvā vaktrāntarotpatitadhūmakalāpavaktra /
rāgāgninā tava samo na viṣāgnir ugro drṣṭā tvayā mama manoharanāmadheyā //

tam api pradeśaṃ samatikrānto dadarśāparaṃ kokilābhināditam* / drṣṭvā ca punas taṃ kokilam uvāca /

bhoḥ kokilottama vanāntaravṛkṣavāsin nārīmanohara patat trigaṇasya rājan / (msv i 151) nīlotpalāmalasamāyatacārūnetrā dṛṣṭā tvayā mama manoharanāmadheyā //

tam api pradeśaṃ samatikrānto dadarśāśokavṛkṣaṃ sarvapariphullam* /

maṅgalyanāmāntaranāmayuktaḥ sarvadrumāṇām adhirājatulyaḥ /
manoharāśokavimūrcchitaṃ mām* eṣo 'ñjalis te kuru vītaśokam* //

(divy 455)

sa evaṃ viklavo 'nupūrveṇa tasya ṛṣer āśramapadam anuprāptaḥ / sa tam ṛṣiṃ savinayaṃ praṇipatyovāca / 
cīrājināmbaradhara kṣamayā viśiṣṭa mūlāṅkurāmalakavilvakapitthabhaktaḥ /
vande ṛṣe nataśirā vada me laghu tvaṃ dṛṣṭā tvayā mama manoharanāmadheyā //
  

tataḥ sa ṛṣiḥ sudhanaṃ kumāraṃ svāgatavacanāsanadānakriyādipuraḥsaraḥ pratisaṃmodyovāca /

dṛṣṭā sā paripūrṇacandravadanā nīlotpalābhāsvarā
rūpeṇa priyadarśanā suvadanā nīlāñcitabhrūlatā /
tvaṃ svastho bhuvi bhujyatāṃ hi vividhaṃ mūlaṃ phalaṃ ca prabho
paścāt svasti gamiṣyasīti manasā nātrāsti me saṃśayaḥ //

idaṃ hy avocad vacanaṃ ca subhrūḥ kumāra tṛṣṇā tvayi bādhate me / (msv i 152) mahac ca duḥkhaṃ vasatāṃ vaneṣu yātāṃ ca māṃ {divy: ramāṃ} drakṣyasi niścayena // iti /

iyaṃ ca tayāṃgulimudrikā dattā / kathayati ca / kumāra viṣamāḥ panthāno durgamāḥ khedam āpatsyase nivartasveti / yadi ca nivāryamāṇo na tiṣṭhet tasya mārgam upadeṣṭum arhasi / kumāra idaṃ ca tayā samākhyātam* / uttare digbhāge trayaḥ kālaparvatās tān atikramyāpare trayas tān apy atikramya himavān parvatarājaḥ / tatpraveśena tvayā imāni bhaiṣajyāni samudānetavyāni / tadyathā sudhā {divy: sūdayā} nāmauṣadhis tayā ghṛtaṃ paktvā pātavyaṃ tena ca te na tṛṣā na bubhukṣā smṛtibalaṃ ca vardhayati / vānaraḥ samudānetavyo mantram adhyetavyaṃ saśaraṃ dhanur grahītavyaṃ maṇayo 'vabhāsātmakāḥ agado viṣaghātako 'yaskīlās trayo vīṇā ca / himavataḥ parvatarājasyottareṇotkīlakaḥ parvataḥ / tataḥ kūjako {divy: kūlako} jalapathaḥ khadirakaḥ ekadhārako vajrakaḥ kāmarūpī utkīlaka airāvatako 'dhunānaḥ {divy: 'dhovāṇaḥ} pramokṣaṇa {divy: -ka} ete parvatāḥ / sarve te samatikramaṇīyāḥ / (divy 456) tatra khadirake parvate guhāpraveśa ekadhārake ca utkīlake / vajrake tu pakṣirājena praveśaḥ / ebhir upāyais te sarve parvatāḥ samatikramaṇīyāḥ / yantrāṇi ca bhaṃktavyāni / ajavaktro meṇḍhakaḥ puruṣo rākṣasarūpī piṅgalo hantavyaḥ / guhāyāṃ lālāsrotasā mahatājagaro vegena pradhāvati / sa te vikrameṇa hantavyaḥ /

(msv i 153)

ardhāntaragataṃ nāgaṃ yatra paśyet kirīṭakam* /{divy: kiṭibhakaś ca} cāpamuktena bāṇena hantavyo mama kāraṇāt* //

yatra paśyeta dvau meṣau saṃghaṭṭantau parasparam* /
tayoḥ śṛṅgam ekaṃ bhaṃktvā mārgaṃ pratilapsyase //

āyasau puruṣau dṛṣṭvā śastrapāṇī mahābhayau /
tayor ekaṃ tāḍayitvā mārgaṃ pratilapsyase //

saṅkocayantīṃ prasārayantīṃ rākṣasīm āyasaṃ mukham* /
yadā paśyet tadā kīlaṃ lalāṭe tasyā nikhānayet* //

śilāvartas tathā kūpo vilaṃghyas te ṣaṣṭihastakaḥ /
haripiṅgalakeśākṣo dāruṇo yakṣarākṣasaḥ //

kārmukaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā hantavyaś ca durāsadaḥ /
nadyaś ca balatas tāryā nakragrāhasamākulāḥ //

naṅgā pataṅgā tapanī citrā rudanī hasanī āśīviṣā vetravatī ca /

nāngāyāṃ rākṣasīkopaḥ pataṅgāyām amanuṣyakāḥ /
tapanyāṃ grāhabahulatvaṃ citrāyāṃ kāmarūpiṇaḥ //

rudanyāṃ kinnarīceṭyo hasanyāṃ kinnarīsnuṣā /
āśīviṣāyāṃ nānāvidhāḥ sarpā vetranadyāṃ tu śālmaliḥ /
naṅgāyāṃ dhairyakaraṇaṃ pataṅgāyāṃ parākramaḥ /
tapanyāṃ grāhamukhabandhaś citrāyāṃ vividhaṃ gītam* //

(msv i 154)

rudanyāṃ saumanasyena samuttāraḥ / hasanyāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / āśīviṣāyāṃ sarpaviṣamantraprayogena samuttāro vetranadyāṃ (divy 457) tīkṣṇaśastrasaṃpātayogena samuttāraḥ / nadīm atikramya pañcayakṣaśatānāṃ gulmakasthānam* / tad dhairyam āsthāya vidrāvyam* / tato drumasya kinnararājasya bhavanam iti /

tataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāro yathopadiṣṭān oṣadhamantrāgadaprayogān samudānīya tasya ṛṣeḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ / tatas tena yathopadiṣṭāḥ sarve samudānītāḥ sthāpayitvā vānaram* / tatas tān ādāya punar api tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / uktaś ca / alaṃ kumāra kim anena vyavasāyena kiṃ manoharayā / tvam ekākī asahāyaḥ śārīrasaṃśayam avāpsyasīti / kumāraḥ prāha / maharṣe 'vaśyam evāhaṃ prayāsyāmīti / kutaḥ

candrasya khe vicarataḥ kva sahāyabhāvaḥ daṃṣṭrābalena balinaś ca mṛgādhipasya /
agneś ca dāvadahena kva sahāyabhāvaḥ asmadvidhasya ca sahāyabalena kiṃ syāt* //

kiṃ bho mahārṇavajalaṃ na vigāhitavyaṃ kiṃ sarpaduṣṭa iti naiva cikitsanīyaḥ / vīryaṃ bhajeta sumahadūrjitasatvadṛṣṭaṃ yatne kṛto yadi na sidhyati ko 'tra doṣaḥ // iti /

tataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāro manoharopadiṣṭena vidhinā saṃprasthito 'nupūrveṇa parvatanadīguhāprapātādīni bhaiṣajyamantrāgadaprayogena vinirjitya (msv i 155) drumasya kinnararājasya bhavanasamīpaṃ gataḥ / kumāro 'pasyat

tan nagaram adūraṃ śrīmadudyānopaśobhitam* /
nānāpuṣpaphalopetaṃ nānāvihagasevitam* //

taḍāgadīrghikāvāpīkinnaraiḥ samupāvṛtam* /
kinnarīs tatra cāpaśyat pānīyārtham upāgatāḥ //

tatas tāḥ sudhanakumāreṇābhihitāḥ / kim anena bahunā pānīyena kriyata iti / tāḥ kathayati / asti drumasya kinnararājasya duhitā manoharā nāma / sā manuṣyahastagatā babhūva / tasyāḥ sa manuṣyagandho naśyati / sudhanaḥ kumāraḥ pṛcchati / kim ete ghaṭāḥ samastāḥ sarve tasyā upari nipātyante āhosvid ānupūrveṇeti / tāḥ kathayanti / ānupūrvyā / sa saṃlakṣayati / śobhano 'yam (divy 458) upāya imām aṃgulimudrām ekasmin ghaṭe prakṣipāmīti / tenaikasyāḥ kinnaryā ghaṭe 'nālakṣitaṃ prakṣiptā / sā ca kinnarī abhihitā / anena tvayā ghaṭena manoharā tatprathamataraṃ snāpayitavyā / sā saṃlakṣayati / nūnam atra kāryeṇa bhavitavyam* / tatas tayāsau ghaṭaḥ prathamataraṃ manoharāyā mūrdhni nipātito yāvad aṃgulimudrā utsaṅge nipatitā / sā manoharayā pratyabhijñātā / tataḥ kinnarīṃ pṛcchati / mā tatra kaścin manuṣyo 'bhyāgataḥ / sāha / abhyāgataḥ / gacchainaṃ pracchannaṃ praveśaya / tayā praveśitaḥ sugupte pradeśe sthāpitaḥ /

tato manoharā pituḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati / tāta yady asau sudhanaḥ kumāra āgacched yenāhaṃ hṛtā tasya tvaṃ kiṃ kuryāḥ / sa kathayati / tam ahaṃ khaṇḍaśataṃ kṛtvā catasṛṣu dikṣu kṣipeyaṃ manuṣyaḥ (msv i 156) asau kiṃ teneti / manoharā kathayati / tāta manuṣyabhūtasya kuta ihāgamanam* / aham eva bravīmīti / tato drumasya kinnararājasya paryavasthāno vigataḥ / tato vigataparyavasthānaḥ kathayati / yady asau kumāra āgacchet tasya hi tvāṃ sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitāṃ prabhūtacittopakaraṇaiḥ kinnarīsahasraparivṛtāṃ bhāryāratnaṃ dadyām iti / tato manoharayā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditayā sudhanaḥ kumāro divyālaṅkāravibhūṣito drumasya kinnararājasyopadarśitaḥ / tato drumaḥ kinnararājaḥ sudhanaṃ kumāraṃ dadarśābhirūpaṃ darśanīyaṃ prāsādikaṃ paramayā śubhavarṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ / tatas tasya vijñāsāṃ kartukāmena sauvarṇāstambhā ucchritāḥ sapta tālāḥ sapta bheryaḥ sapta śūkarāḥ / āha ca /

cf. kavk 64.313-316
tvayā kāntyā jitās tāvad ete kinnaradārakāḥ /
saṃdarśitaprabhāvas tu divyasaṃbandham arhasi //

atyāyataṃ śaravaṇaṃ kṛtvoddhṛtya śaraṃ kṣaṇāt* /
vyuptam anyūnam uccitya punar dehi tilāḍhakam* /
saṃdarśaya dhanurvede dṛḍhalakṣyādikauśalam* /
tataḥ kīrtipatākeyaṃ tavāyattā manoharā //

(divy 459)

sudhanaḥ kumāro bodhisatvaḥ / kuśalāś ca bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu devatāś caiṣām autsukyam āpatsyante avighnabhāvāya / tato bodhisatvo nṛtyagītavīṇāpaṇavasughoṣakavallarīmṛdaṅgādinānāvidhena (msv i 157) daivatyopasaṃhatena vāditraviśeṣeṇa samantād āpūryamāṇo 'nekaiḥ kinnarasahasraiḥ parivṛtāḥ /

cf. kavk 64.320-321
śatakratusamādiṣṭair yakṣaiḥ śūkararūpibhiḥ /
utpāṭite śaravaṇe same vyuptaṃ tilāḍhakam* //

ekīkṛtaṃ samuccitya śakrasṛṣṭaiḥ pipīlakaiḥ /
kumāraḥ kinnarendrāya vismitāya nyavedayat* //

nīlotpaladalābhenāsinā gṛhītena paśyato drumasya kinnararājasya sauvarṇastambhasamīpaṃ gatvā tān stambhān kadalīcchedena khaṇḍakhaṇḍaṃ chettum ārabdhaḥ / tatas tān tilaśo 'vakīrya sapta tālān sapta bherīḥ sapta ca śūkarān bāṇena vidhya sumeruvad akampyo 'vasthitaḥ / tato gaganatalasthābhir devatābhiś ca kinnaraśatasahasrair hāhākārakilikilāprakṣveḍoccair nādo mukto yaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca kinnararājaḥ paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ / tataḥ kinnarīsahasrasya manoharāsamānarūpasya madhye manoharāṃ sthāpayitvā sudhanaḥ kumāro 'bhihitaḥ / ehi kumāra pratyabhijānāsi manoharām iti / tataḥ sudhanaḥ kumāras tāṃ pratyabhijñāya gāthābhigītenoktavān* /

yathā drumasya duhitā mameha tvaṃ manoharā /
śīghram etena satyena padaṃ vraja manohare //

tataḥ sā drutapadam abhikrāntā / kinnarāḥ kathayanti / devāyaṃ sudhanaḥ kumāro balavīryaparākramasamanvito manoharāyāḥ pratirūpaḥ / kimarthaṃ vipralabhya / dīyatām asya manohareti / tato drumaḥ kinnararājaḥ kinnaragaṇena saṃvarṇitaḥ sudhanaṃ kinnarābhimatena mahatā (msv i 158) satkāreṇa puraskṛtya manoharāṃ divyālaṅkāravibhūṣitāṃ vāmena pāṇinā gṛhītvā dakṣiṇena sauvarṇabhṛṅgāraṃ (divy 460) sudhanaḥ kumāro 'bhihitaḥ / kumāra eṣā te manoharā kinnarīparivṛtā bhāryārthāya dattā / aparicitā mānuṣāḥ / yathaināṃ na parityakṣyasīti / paraṃ tāteti sudhanaḥ kumāro drumasya kinnararājasya pratiśrutya kinnarabhavanastho manoharayā sārdhaṃ niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa kṛīḍate ramate paricārayati /

so 'pareṇa samayena svadeśam anusmṛtya mātāpitṛviyogajena duḥkhenātyāhato manoharāyā nivedayati / mātāpitṛviyogajaṃ me duḥkhaṃ bādhata iti / tato manoharayā eṣa vṛttānto vistareṇa pitur niveditaḥ / sa kathayati / gaccha kumāreṇa sārdham apakrāntayā te bhavitavyaṃ vipralambhakā manuṣyāḥ / tato drumeṇa kinnararājena prabhūtaṃ maṇimuktāsuvarṇādīn datvānupreṣitaḥ / sa manoharayā sārdham uparivihāyasā kinnarakhagapathena saṃprasthito 'nupūrveṇa hastināpuranagaram anuprāptaḥ / tato hastināpuraṃ nagaraṃ nānāmanohareṇa surabhiṇā gandhaviśeṣeṇa sarvadig āmoditam* / śrutvā dhanena rājñānandabheryaś ca tāḍitāḥ / sarvaṃ ca tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ kāritaṃ candanavārisiktam āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpasamucchritadhvajapatākaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaramaṇīyam* / tataḥ kumāro 'nekanaravarasahasraparivṛto manoharayā sārdhaṃ hastināpuraṃ (msv i 159) nagaraṃ praviṣṭaḥ / tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya vividhāni ratnāny ādāya pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / pitrā kaṇṭhe pariṣvaktaḥ pārśve rājāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / kinnaranagaragamanāgamanaṃ ca vistareṇa samākhyātam* /

tato dhanena rājñātibalavīryaparākrama iti viditvā rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ / sudhanaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati / yan mama manoharayā sārdhaṃ samāgamaḥ saṃvṛtto rājyābhiṣekaś cānuprāptas tat pūrvakṛtahetuviśeṣād yanv aham idānīṃ dānāni dadyāṃ puṇyāni kuryām iti / tena hastināpure nagare dvādaśavarṣāṇi nirargalo yajña iṣṭaḥ /

syāt kalu te mahārājānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena samayena sudhanaḥ kumāro veti / na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam* / api tv aham eva tena (divy 461) kālena tena samayena bodhisatvacaryāyāṃ vartamānaḥ sudhano nāma rājā babhūva / yan mayā manoharānimittaṃ balavīryaparākramo darśito dvādaśavarṣāṇi nirargalo yajña iṣṭo na tena mayānuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir adhigatā kin tu tad dānaṃ tac ca vīryam anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher hetumātrakaṃ pratyayamātrakaṃ saṃbhāramātrakam* /

[folios 181-198 are missing]

(fol. 199r1; msv,wi 69; msv i 161) darśanīyā prāsādikā / caṃcā māṇavikā / tāṃ protsāhayāmaḥ sā tair dūtair āhūyoktā / yat khalu bhagini pūrvaṃ no lābhasatkāra evam evāsīt* idānīṃ lokāḥ śramaṇasya gautamasya sakāśaṃ gacchanti / tasya satkāraṃ kurvanti / asmākaṃ lābhasatkāraḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ samucchinnaḥ sā tvam adhyupekṣase | caṃcā māṇavikā kathayati / āryakā mayā kiṃ karaṇīyam* bhagini tava jñātīnāṃ kṛte śramaṇena gautamena saha abrahmacaryaṃ caritavyam* / apavādaś ca tasya dātavyaḥ / etena naḥ pūrvavat* lābhasatkāro bhaved ity evam ukte caṃcā māṇavikā parivrājikā saṃbahulānām anyatīrthikaparivrājakānām evam āha / āryakāḥ śramaṇasya gautamasyāpavādam ahaṃ na utsahe / bhagini yāvat tvaṃ śramaṇasya gautamasyāpavādaṃ notsahase tāvad vayaṃ tvayā saha nālapiṣyāmo na saṃlapiṣyāmo nālokayiṣyāmo na vyavalokayiṣyāmo na ca te sarvāvāseṣu prajñapayiṣyasi āsanāni / athānuśocantī tvaṃ narakagatim avāpsyasi / alpaprajñāḥ striyaḥ / sā bhītā kathayaty eṣāham āryakā yan mayā karaṇīyam ehi tvaṃ bhagini jetavanam abhīkṣṇaṃ gaccha kaṃcit kālaṃ gatvā śramaṇasya gautamasya apavādaṃ dāpaya / sā pratyaham utthāya jetavanaṃ gatā / yāvat sā bhājanam ekaṃ baddhvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / tena khalu samayena bhagavān anekaśatānāṃ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaṃ deśayati | adrakṣīḍ bhagavān dūrataś caṃcā māṇavikām* / dṛṣṭvā tasyaitad abhavat* / adya mama karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni (msv i 162) labdhasaṃbhārāṇī pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyatīti / tataś caṃcā māṇavikā parivrājikā bhagavataḥ purataḥ sthitvāha /

aham āpannasatvāsmi tvayā kāmopasevanāt* / ratir labdhā yaśo ghuṣṭaṃ dharmaṃ vadasi sāmpratam iti /

bhagavān āha // abhūtavādī narakān upaiti / caṃcā māṇavikā prāha / yaś cāpi kṛtvā na karomīti cāha // bhagavān āha /

hīno hi dharmair ubhayatra loke tulyām avasthāṃ samupaiti martyaḥ //

atha śakro devendraḥ aho vateyaṃ caṃcā māṇavikā bhagavantaṃ viheṭhayiṣyati | bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ceti viditvā tad bhājanam ṛddhyā pṛthivyāṃ nipātitavān* // tataś caṃcā māṇavikā lajjitā dūram apasṛtā / atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavo bhagavantam evam āhuḥ / kṛtā (msv,wi 70) bhadanta rājñaḥ prasenajitasya dharmādhikārikī kathā vyākṛtaṃ taṃ ca yatrānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau tatprathamataraṃ cittam utpāditaṃ yāvat samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ lābhasatkārakathā / vayam anavatapte mahāsarasi bhagavataḥ purastāt svakasvakānāṃ (fol. 199v1) karmaṇāṃ (msv i 163) plotiṃ vyākuryāma ity adhivāsayati bhagavāṃ sthavirasthavirāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena /

dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ jīvatāṃ tiṣṭhatāṃ dhriyamāṇānāṃ yāpayatāṃ yaduta daśāvaśyakaraṇīyāni bhavanti / na tāvad buddhā bhagavantaḥ parinirvānti yāvad buddho na vyākṛto bhavati | satvenāvaivartyam anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittam utpāditaṃ bhavati sarvabuddhavineyā vinītā bhavanti / tribhāga āyuṣaḥ utsṛṣṭo bhavati / sīmābandhaḥ kṛto bhavati / śrāvakayugam agratāyām utsṛṣṭo bhavati / śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ bhavati / sāṃkāśye nagare devāvatāraṇaṃ vidarśitaṃ bhavati / mātāpitarau satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitau bhavataḥ / anavatapte mahāsarasi śrāvakasaṃghena sārdhaṃ pūrvikā karmaplotideśanā vyākṛtā bhavati /

atha buddho bhagavāṃ śrāvakasaṃghena sārdhaṃ anavatapte mahāsarasi pūrvikāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākartukāmo bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma | āgamayata bhikṣavo yenānavataptaṃ mahāsaras tena svakasvakānāṃ pūrvikāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākuryāma / bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ bhadanta iti bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣuḥ atha bhagavān ekonaiḥ pañcabhir arhacchataiḥ sārdhaṃ śrāvastyām antarhitaḥ anavatapte mahāsarasi caṇḍayakṣarākṣasaniṣevite nānāpuṣpavṛkṣopaśobhite prādurbhūtaḥ /

yaṃ vyāḍayakṣācaritaṃ manoramaṃ vicitrapuṣpais tarubhiḥ suśobhitam / ito yato jalavahasāgaraṃgamā nadyaś catasraḥ prasṛtāś caturdiśaṃ //

gaṅgā ca sindhuś ca tathaiva vakṣuḥ sītā ca yan na prataranti mānuṣāḥ nānyatra ye riddhibalasya lābhī hanteha gacchāmi saro mahodadhim* //

dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavanto laukikaṃ cittam utpādayanti tasmin samaye kuntapipīlakādayo 'pi prāṇino bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājānanti / atha nandopanandayor nāgarājayor etad abhavat* / kimarthaṃ bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam* / paśyato 'navatapte mahāsarasi karmaplotiṃ vyākartukāmaḥ tatas tasyānavataptasya mahāsaraso madhye sarvasuvarṇakhacitaratnamayakāṇḍakiñjalkakarmakṛtarathacakropamasahasradalakamalaparivṛto bhagavān bhikṣusaṃghena saha padmakarṇikāyāṃ niṣaṇṇaḥ sthavirasthavirā api bhikṣavo 'nyāsu padmakarṇikāsu niṣaṇṇāḥ tena khalu samayena śāriputro gṛdhrakūṭaparvate saṃghāṭikāṃ sīvyati sma / atha bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āha / gaccha maudgalyāyana pravrajyāsahāyakam ānayety evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmāṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ anavatapte mahāsarasy antarhito gṛdhrakūṭe parvate āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya purataḥ sthitvā evam āha / āyuṣman śāriputra pañcaśatārhadbhiḥ saha śāstā ekaikaśaḥ (fol. 200r1) pūrvikāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākartukāmas tvatpratīkṣaṇaparaḥ āgaccha gacchāmaḥ sa kathayaty āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana saṃghāṭī tāvat sīvyāmi / paścād āgamiṣyāmīti / sa kathayati / tathāstu sahāya / atha (msv i 165) mahāmaudgalyāyana ṛddhyā pañcabhir aṅgulībhiḥ sīvitum ārabdhaḥ āyuṣmāñ cchāriputraḥ kathayati āyuṣmaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyana syūtā bhavatu | sa kathayaty āyuṣmañ cchāriputra sacet tvaṃ na gaccher balāt tvāṃ grahīṣyāmi / athāyuṣmān śāriputras tasya kāñcīm ākṛṣya kathayati / mahāmaudgalyāyana nanu tvaṃ bhagavatā ṛddhimatāṃ agro nirdiṣṭaḥ sa tvam etat tāvan naya paścān māṃ neṣyasīti | tata āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena te tatra nītāḥ / atha āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ maharddhikaḥ / sacet sthānam idaṃ sarvaṃ neṣyatīti / sa tena gṛdhrakūṭe parvate upanibaddha āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanenākṛṣṭo gṛdhrakūtaḥ parvataḥ kampitum ārabdhaḥ / athāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati / anena gṛdhrakūṭaparvataś cālita iti ... yanv ahaṃ sumerau upanibadhnīyām (msv,wi 72) iti sa tena sumerau parvatarāje upanibaddhaḥ punar āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanenākṛṣṭaḥ sumeruḥ parvato nandopanandau nāgarājau ca cālitau / anavataptaṃ mahāsaraś ca / sarvaṃ kṣubdham* / atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaś calitum ārabdhāḥ padmakarṇikeṣu niṣaṇṇās te bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ kimarthaṃ bhagavaṃ nandopanandau nāgarājau cālitau / bhagavān āha / bhikṣavaḥ nandopanandayor nāgarājayor nāsti kampanam iti śrutvā tau ṛddhivikurvitaṃ kuruta iti āyuṣmāñ cchāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati yanv ahaṃ bhagavataḥ padmanāḍe upanibaddhnīyām iti | tena bhagavataḥ padmanāḍe upanibaddho niṣkampaṃ sthitaḥ / yadā tasya ṛddhi ṛddhyā parābhūtā tadā (msv i 166) āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram evam āha / gaccha āyuṣmañ cchāriputra riddhivikurvitam āgaccha gacchāvaḥ gacchāyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana eṣo 'ham āgata eva yāvad āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano na pratyāgatas tāvad āryāyuṣmān śāriputro gataḥ / bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte padmakarṇikāyāṃ niṣaṇṇaḥ tataḥ paścād āyuṣmān mahamaudgalyāyano gataḥ paśyaty āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputraṃ sa kathayaty āgato 'si āyuṣmaṃ śāriputra āvām āgatau /

saṃśayajātā bhikṣavaḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmāṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ riddhimatām agro nirdiṣṭo 'tha ca punar āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa riddhyā parājita iti / bhagavān āha // na bhikṣava etarhi atīte 'dhvany api śilpakuśalena parājitaḥ /

bhūtapūrvaṃ (fol. 200v1) madhyadeśe 'nyataraś citrakarācāryo 'bhūt sa kenacid arthakaraṇīyena madhyadeśād yavanaviṣayaṃ gataḥ sa tatra yantrācāryasya niveśane 'vatīrṇaḥ tena tasya yantrapuṭṭalikāṃ kṛtvā praveśitā / sā tasya pādau dhāvitvā sthitā / atha sa tasyā gamanasamaye kathayati / sā tūṣṇīm avasthitā / sa saṃlakṣayati nūnaṃ mamaiṣā paricārikā preṣitā sa tāṃ haste gṛhītvā ākraṣṭum ārabdhaḥ yāvac chaṅkalikāpuṃjo vyavasthitaḥ / sa lajjitaḥ saṃlakṣayati / aham anena lajjāpitaḥ / aham apy enaṃ sarājaparijanaṃ (msv i 167) lajjayiṣyāmīti tena dvārābhimukham ātmapratibimbakam udbandhakaṃ likhitaṃ kavāṭasandhau ca nilīyāvasthitaḥ tasya yo vyutthānakālaḥ so 'tikrāntaḥ / atha yantrācāryaḥ saṃlakṣayati / dūrāgata eṣaḥ / kasmād dvāram idam anavaruddham* / sa praviśya paśyati yāvad udbadhya mṛtaṃ sa saṃlakṣayati kiṃkāraṇaṃ anenātmā jīvitād vyavaropitaḥ paśyati tāṃ dāruputrikāṃ śaṃkalikāṃ puñjībhūtām* / sa saṃlakṣayati / eṣa lajjāpitaḥ / samayocitam ācāram anuṣṭhāya (msv,wi 73) atithiḥ kālaṃ karoti sa taṃ tāvan na satkaroti yāvad rajñe niveditam iti | tatas tena rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā niveditam* deva āsīd yavanaviṣaye citrācāryaḥ / sa matsakāśam āgataḥ / tasya paricaryārthāya mayā dāruputrikā praveśitā / tena tasyā hastau gṛhītvā ākṛṣṭā śaṃkalikāpuñjo 'vasthitaḥ tena prabhinnenātmā udbaddhaḥ tad arhati devas taṃ pratyavekṣituṃ tato 'haṃ satkaromi / atha rājñā rājapuruṣāḥ preṣitāḥ / bhavanto yūyam adya prāk pratyavekṣadhvam* / atha te tatra gatvā pratyavekṣante / teṣām etad abhavat* / asmābhiḥ katham asmān nāgadantakād avatārayitavyam iti | apare kathayanti pāśaś chettavya iti te kuṭhāraṃ gṛhītvā chettum ārabdhāḥ / yāvat paśyanti citrācāryam* / atha citrakalācāryaḥ kavāṭāntarikāyā nirgatya kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa tvayāham ekākī prabhinnas tvaṃ punaḥ sarājikāyāṃ parṣado madhye (msv i 168) mayā prabhedita / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavas tena kālena tena samayena yo 'sau yantrakalācārya eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena yo 'sau citrakarācārya eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena tadāpy anenaiṣa śilpena parājitaḥ etarhy apy anenaiṣa ṛddhyā parājitaḥ /

bhūyo 'pi yo 'nena śilpakuśalena parājitas tac chrūyatām* / bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvayoś citrakalācāryayor vivādo 'bhūt* ekaḥ kathayaty ahaṃ śobhanaṃ śilpaṃ jānāmīti dvitīyo 'pi kathayaty ahaṃ śobhanataraṃ jānāmīti parasparaṃ spardhayā rājasakāśaṃ gatau / tasya pādayor nipatitau / ekaḥ kathayati / ahaṃ śobhanaṃ śilpaṃ darśayiṣyāmi / dvitīyo 'pi kathayati / ahaṃ śobhanataraṃ śilpaṃ darśayiṣyāmi / atha (fol. 201r1) rājñā tayor dvārakoṣṭhako darśitaḥ bhavanto nāhaṃ jāne ko yuvayoḥ śobhanataraṃ śilpaṃ jānīta ity api tv eka ekāṃ bhittiṃ citrayatu dvitīyo aparāṃ* / + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (gbm 6.1066a) citrayitum ārabdhau | tatraikena ṣaḍbhir māsaiś citrakarma kṛtaṃ dvitīyena ṣaḍbhir māsair bhittiḥ parikarmitā / yasya citrakarma parisamāptaṃ sa rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ upasaṃkramya kathayati deva mama citrakarma parisamāptaṃ draṣṭum arhasi / atha (msv i 169) rājā sahāyena nirgatya dṛṣṭaṃ parituṣṭaḥ śobhanaṃ citrakarmeti / dvitīyaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati idānīṃ madīyaṃ citrakarma draṣṭum arhasi / tena yavanikāpanītā cchāyā tatra nipatitā (msv,wi 74) rājñā tad dṛṣṭvā vismayam āpanna idaṃ śobhanataraṃ citrakarmeti yavanikām ākṛṣya pādayor nipatya kathayati deva naitac citrakarmāpi tu bhittīparikarmaivam iti / tato rājñā bhūyasyā mātrayā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati ayaṃ śobhanataraḥ śilpika iti | kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yenā + + ṣaḍbhir māsair bhittiparikarma kṛtaṃ eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣuḥ yena tu ṣaḍbhir māsaiś citrakarma kṛtaṃ eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena tadāpy eṣo 'nena śilpena parājitaḥ etarhy apy anenaiṣa riddhyā parājitaḥ //

bhūyo 'py. + + + ṛddhyā parājitaḥ tac chrūyatāṃ / bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasīṃ nagaraṃ upaniśṛtya dvau ṛṣī prativasataḥ śaṃkhāś ca likhitaś ca / yāvad apareṇa samayena devo vṛṣṭaḥ kardamo jātaḥ śaṃkhaḥ skhalitaḥ kardame patitaḥ kuṇḍikā bhagnā tatas tena śāpo dattaḥ tasmāt tvayā durācāra na varṣitavyam iti / rājñā brahmadattena vārāṇasīnivāsinā ca janakāyena śrutaṃ tatas tair asau gatvā vijñaptaḥ maharṣe maivaṃ kriyatām iti / sa kathayati na śakyaṃ mayā durācārasya kṣamituṃ dvādaśa varṣāṇy anena parābhūtena na varṣitavyam iti | tato rājñā brahmadattena tena ca janakāyena likhito vijñaptas tenāyācanaṃ (msv i 170) kṛtaṃ devo vṛṣṭaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena ṛṣiḥ śaṃkhaḥ eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano yas tv asau likhita eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena tadāpy anena riddhyā parājitaḥ //

punar api yathaiṣo 'nena riddhyā parājitas tac chrūyatāṃ / likhitaḥ śaṃkhasya kasmiṃścit prayojane pādayor nipatitaḥ śaṃkhena padbhyāṃ jaṭā + .. likhitenābhihitaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye tava mūrdhā sphaliṣyatīti | śaṃkhaḥ kathayati / tasmāt sūryo nābhyudeṣyatīti / andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtaṃ / tato rājñā brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhiś ca śaṃkho vijñaptaḥ maharṣe maivaṃ kriyatāṃ iti / sa kathayati (msv,wi 75) sūryo 'bhyudeṣyati niyataṃ mama śiraḥ sphaliṣyati / sa likhitenābhihitaḥ (fol. 201v1) yady evaṃ mṛnmayaṃ śiraḥ kriyatāṃ / yā + + + + mṛnmayaṃ śiraḥ kṛtaṃ sūryasyābhyudayena sphuṭitam* kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau śaṃkhaḥ (gbm 6.1066b) eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano bhikṣuḥ yo 'sau likhita eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣuḥ //

yathā punar apy anena śilpena parājitas tac chrūyatāṃ / madhyadeśād dantakalācāryo dantataṇḍulānāṃ prastham ādāya yavanaviṣayaṃ gataḥ sa citrakarācāryagṛhe 'vatīrṇaḥ sa ca śūnyaḥ sa tasya bhāryām uvāca / vayasyabhārye taṇḍulaprasthā .. (msv i 171) sādhayitvānuprayaccheti / sa sthāpayitvā prakrāntaḥ sā sādhayitum ārabdhā / kāṣṭhakṣayaḥ saṃvṛtto na ca siddhās tato 'syāḥ svāmī āgataḥ kathayati bhadre kim etat* tayā vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ sa vyavalokayitum ārabdhaḥ / paśyati dantataṇḍulāṃ sa tāṃ vipralaṃbhayaṃ kathayati bhadre kṣāram etat pānīyaṃ anyad ghaṭam ānaya tenaite taṇḍulāḥ sādhayiṣyantīti / tayāsau dantakalācāryo 'bhihitaḥ mṛṣṭaṃ pānīyam ānayeti / tena tām uktvā anyatamasmin pradeśe vāpī likhitā tasyāṃ ca kukkuro vyādhmātako likhitaḥ / tato dantakarācāryo ghaṭaṃ gṛhītvā taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ / paśyati kukkuraṃ mṛtaṃ vyādhmātakaṃ / sa ghrāṇaṃ pidhāya nirīkṣitum ārabdho yāvat tasya tad udakabhājanaṃ bhagnaṃ + dantakarācāryaḥ pratibhinnaḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau dantakarācārya eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano bhikṣuḥ yo 'sau citrakarācārya eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣuḥ / api tu yāsāṃ dhyānavimokṣasamādhisamāpattīnāṃ lābhī tathāgatas tāsāṃ pratyekabuddhā nāmāpi na jānanti / yāsāṃ pratyekabuddhā lābhinas tāsāṃ śāriputro bhikṣur nāmāpi na jānīte / yāsāṃ lābhī śāriputro bhikṣus tāsāṃ maudgalyāyano bhikṣur nāmāpi na jānīte / yāsāṃ maudgalyāyano bhikṣur lābhī tāsāṃ tadanye śrāvakā nāmāpi na jānate / maharddhikaḥ śāriputro mahāmaudgalyāyanāt* kin tu tadbahulavihāritāṃ sandhāya mayā ṛddhimatām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ // // śāriputramaudgalyāyanavargaḥ // //

athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ svāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti / kathayati

sa tatra gatvā giram abhyudīray. pūrvaṃnivāsācaritānulomikām* / tad drutam ekaṃ smarati parīttaṃ yat kṛtvānubhavati phalaṃ mahat* 1 siṃho yathā parvataśailadhārī viśārado gacchati gocarāya / sa kāśyapo .. + + + + + kaḥ pūrvenivā + + + + + + + 2 śyāmākaprastha + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + dakṣiṇam* vimuktacitte akhile anāsrave 'raṇe vihāriṇy anavadyamānase | 3  tasmiṃś ca saṃbhāvayed dharmam uttamaṃ tasmin dharme praṇidhāya mānasam* + + + + + .. ś ca samāga .. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + sahasrakṛtvaḥ kuruṣūpapannavāṃ dīrghāyuṣkeṣv amameṣu + + + (fol. 202r1) viśeṣagāmiṣv anihīnavṛttiṣu 5 tasyaiva caikasya phalena karmaṇaḥ sahasrakṛtvas tridaśān upāgamam* vicitramālyābharaṇānulepanaḥ praṇītakāyo .. .. + + + + + 6 + + + + + + + + + + + (gbm 6.1061a) .* punaś ca deveṣu śubheṣu nandane punar manuṣyeṣu śubheṣv ahaṃ punaḥ upasaṃpannaś cetasaḥ praṇidhānakāraṇāt* 7 tasyaiva caikasya phalena karmaṇo jāto mahāśālakule dvijo hy aham* prabhūtavitto naranārisaṃmataḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + 8  + + + + + + mayā kadācin naivāpaśyaṃ hy apratimanyaśrāvakān* kṛtvā paṭaplotikakanthikām ahaṃ loke 'rhadbhyaḥ praṇipatya prāvrajam* 9 so 'haṃ tathā pravrajito hy apaśyaṃ jinaṃ niṣaṇṇaṃ bahuputracaitye / praṇamya pādau ca muner avocaṃ śāstā me bhagavāṃ śrāvakas te 'haṃ 10 + + + + + + + + + + .. śāstā te 'haṃ tvaṃ punaḥ śrāvako me / śṛṇutvaṃ dharmaṃ madhuraṃ praṇītaṃ yadīcchase sarvaduḥkhād vimoktuṃ / 11 ye cāpi me puruṣavareṇa tāyinā dharmā mahākāruṇikena deśitāḥ dhyānāni catvāri balendriyāṇy a + + + + + + + + + + 12 + + + .ā dharmanikāmalābhī kṣīṇāsravo hy antimadehadhārī ebhiś ca me paścimadehadhāribhiḥ samāgamo 'yaṃ rijubhir nīrajaskaiḥ 13 saṃpannavādī hi jinas tathāgataḥ saṃpadyate śīlavato yadīcchasi |  yathā yathā me manasā + + + + + + + + + + + . antimo bhavaḥ 14 kṣīṇā ca me jātir athāpi tṛṣṇā + + + tā bandhanam eva cchinnaṃ / putro 'ham asmy oraso dharmarājño nirvāsyāmi kleśagaṇakṣayāc ca / 15 dhūtavāsānām aham agro nirdiṣṭaḥ sarvadarśinā | kṣīṇāsravo vāntadoṣaḥ prāpto + + + + padam* 16 evaṃ hi kāśyapaḥ sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // //

kāśyapavargaḥ prathamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocan* kim āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena mahāprajño mahāpratibhānaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ / sa kathayaty

araṇye 'ham ṛṣiṃ śāntam apaśyaṃ śramaṇaṃ tadā | pratyekabuddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ lūhacīvaradhāriṇam* 18 tasmiṃś cittaṃ prasādyāhaṃ dhāvayitvā ca cīvaram* syūtvā raṃktvā ca tathā vandya cainaṃ punaḥ punaḥ 19 tato mamānukaṃpārthaṃ so 'ntarikṣaṃ samudgataḥ prajvalaṃs tejasā svena tato vaihāyasaṃ + + 20 añjaliṃ saṃpragṛhyāham akārṣaṃ praṇidhiṃ tataḥ tīkṣṇendriyo mahāprajña īdṛśaḥ syām ahaṃ yathā | 21  nāḍhye kule 'bhijāyeyaṃ mā cāhaṃ nīcavṛttiṣu | madhye kule 'bhijāyeyaṃ pravrajyābahulaḥ sadā | 22 tenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena paṃca jātiśatāny ahaṃ | manuṣyalābhaṃ labdhvā ca prāvrajaṃ cānagārikām* 23 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 24 pravrajyā ca mayā labdhā śākyasiṃhasya śāsane | arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ ardhamāsād bhadantāhaṃ gatipāramitāṃ gataḥ 25  saṃmukhaṃ caiva śāstā māṃ bhikṣusaṃgh. + + + + vyākaroti prajñayā śreṣṭhaṃ dharmacakrānuvartakam* 26 śāriputro mahāprajño bhikṣusaṃghāgrataḥ sthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte (gbm 6.1061b) mahāhrade // // 27

śāriputravargo dvitīyaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocan* vyākṛtā āyuṣmaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyana āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa svakakarmaplotir idānīṃ tvam api svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākuru | evam ukta āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ sthavirasthavirān bhikṣūn idam avocat*

.. .. .. ham ṛṣiḥ pūrvaṃ vanaprastham upāśṛtaḥ puruṣas tatra cāgamya pravrajyāṃ mām ayācata | 28 keśāṃs tasyāvaropyāhaṃ dhāvayitvā ca cīvaram* rañjayitvā tataḥ prādāt so 'bhūd āttamanāḥ tadā | 29  ekāntam upasaṃkramya paryaṅkena niṣaṇṇavān* pratyekabodhiṃ spṛṣṭvā sa sta .. + + + saṃgataḥ 30 prāmodyam upagamyāhaṃ saṃpragṛhyāñjaliṃ tataḥ akārṣaṃ praṇidhiṃ tatra prārthayaṃ riddhim uttamāṃ | īdṛśā mama riddhiḥ syād yathaivāsya mahāṛṣeḥ 31 tenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yatra yatropapannavān* devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo vyarocayam* 32 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 33 pravrajyā ca mayā labdhā śākyasiṃhasya śāsane | arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 34 aham ṛddhimatām agryo nirdiṣṭaḥ sarvadarśinā .. + parīttaṃ kuśalam anubhūtaṃ sukhaṃ bahu | 35 yac cāpy akuśalaṃ karma śṛṇuta vyākaromy aham* purottame rājagṛhe cābhūvaṃ śreṣṭhidārakaḥ 36 bahir gṛhasya krīḍitvā praviśaṃ bhaktakarāṇāt* + + + mātāpitarāv ubhau tatra rahogatau | 37 dṛṣṭvā t. .. .. .. + + 'vadhyāyante ca lajjitāḥ manaḥpradoṣaṃ cākārṣaṃ pitur mātur athāntike | yadā pumāṃ bhaviṣyāmi haṃmy evaṃ naḍaghātyayā | 38 manaḥpradoṣaṃ kṛtvāhaṃ kāyena na parākṛtaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + duḥkham uttamam* 39 tataḥ karmāvaśeṣeṇa .. .. + paścime bhave | naḍaghātyayā haniṣyanti śramaṇā anyatīrthikāḥ 40 sa eva hi mamābādho bhavitā maraṇāntikaḥ karmāvaśeṣaṃ caramaṃ tataḥ kṣīṇaṃ bhaviṣyati | 41 tasmāt prasādya + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + hetor hi satvā gacchanti sadgatim* 42 ity evaṃ kolitaḥ sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 43

kolitavargas tṛtīyaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ śobhitam + + + + + + + + + + + + .. kolitena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api śobhitaḥ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu / athāyuṣmāñ cchobhitaḥ bhikṣusaṃghasya purastāt svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu /

saṃghārāmam ahaṃ gatvā dṛṣṭvācokṣaṃ tad aṅgaṇaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 44 tataś cittaṃ prasādyāhaṃ cokṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā tad aṅgaṇam* niṣkleśaḥ syām ity avocaṃ yathedaṃ cokṣam aṅgaṇaṃ / 45  tena kuśalamūlena yatra yatropapannavān* prāsādiko darśanīyaś cābhirūpo bhavāmy aham* 46 tataḥ karmāvaśeṣeṇa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (gbm 6.1062a) śobhitam eva me | 47 śobhamāno hy ahaṃ jāto jñātisaṃghāgratas tadā | priyo manāpaḥ sarveṣāṃ jñātīnāṃ satkṛtaḥ sadā | 48 ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ | arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 49 yo me ca praṇidhiḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + kṛtakṛtyo nirāsravaḥ 50 sarvaṃ jambudvīpam api kāśivastreṇa śodhayet* vītarāgasya yaś caikaṃ caṃkramaṃ śodhayed ṛṣeḥ 51 jambudvīpe ca sarvasmiṃ śodhayed ṛṣicaṃkramāṃ / yaś ca cāturdiśe saṃghe kaṭāmātraṃ viśodhayet* 52 jambudvīpe + + + + + + + + + + + yaś cāpy ekaṃ pāṇimātraṃ jina .. .. .. + + + 53 etāṃ viśeṣitaṃ jñātvā yā mayā veditā svayaṃ / saṃmārjya sugatastūpaṃ prasādayata mānasaṃ | 54 tasmāt prajānatāṃ samyak saṃbuddhasya guṇān bahūn* kāryaḥ stūpeṣu satkāro + + + + + + + + 55 etad bhadantāḥ smarāmi yan mayā kuśalaṃ kṛtam* .. .. + + phalaṃ tasya kāntam iṣṭaṃ manoramam* 56  tasmāj jinasya stūpeṣu pūjāṃ kurvīta śobhanām* etad bhadantāḥ paramaṃ puṇyakṣetram anuttamam* 57 na hi cittaprasādasya bhavaty alpā + + + + + + + + + saṃbuddhe buddhānāṃ śrāvakeṣu vā | 58 śobhitaḥ sthaviraś + bhikṣusaṃghāgrataḥ sthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 59

śobhitavargaś caturthaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ sumanasam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ sumana āyuṣmatā śobhitena + + + + idānīm āyuṣmān api svakaṃ karma vyākarotu //

karṇe sumanasaṃ kṛtvā kṛtvā mālāṃ ca mūrdhani | udyānabhūmiṃ niryāmi vayasyaiḥ parivāritaḥ 60 vipaśyinaḥ stūpam ahaṃ tatrāpaśyaṃ mahāmuneḥ saṃpūjyamānaṃ mahatā janakāyena sarvataḥ 61 vayasyakā gṛhītvā + + + mālāṃ svakāṃ svakāṃ / tasminn āropayaṃ stūpe suprasannena cetasā | 62 tān ahaṃ tatra dṛṣṭvātha janam anyaṃ tathā bahu | karṇād gṛhītvā kusumaṃ stūpe āropaye tadā | 63 tenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yatra yatropapannavān* devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 64 ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 65 ekapuṣpaṃ parityajya varṣakoṭiśatāny aham* deveṣu paricary'; eva śeṣeṇa parinirvṛtaḥ 66 saced bhadanta ājñāsye saṃbuddhasya guṇān bahūn* bhūyo 'kariṣye satkārāṃ suprasannena cetasā | 67 tasmāt prajānatām asya + + + + guṇān bahūn* kāryaḥ stūpeṣu satkāro bhaviṣyati mahāphalaḥ 68 na hi cittaprasādasya svalpā bhavati dakṣiṇā tathāgate vā saṃbuddhe buddhānāṃ śrāvakeṣu vā | 69 etad bhadantāḥ smarāmi yan mayā kuśalaṃ kṛtaṃ* anubhūtaṃ phalaṃ tasya (fol. 203v1) kāntam iṣṭaṃ manoramaṃ 70  tena karm. + + + + + + jātiḥ punarbhavaḥ arhann asmi hatakleśaḥ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 71 nāhaṃ punarbhavaśayyāṃ saṃsāre śayitaḥ kvacit* iyaṃ me bhavitā jātir (gbm 6.1062b) anupādāya paścimā : 72 tenaiva hetunā cedaṃ nāma me sumanā iti / mukto 'smi sarvaduḥkhebhya uttīrṇo bhavasāgarāt* 73 ity evaṃ sumanā sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgrataḥ sthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 74

sumanovargaḥ pañcamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ koṭīviṃśam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ koṭīviṃsa āyuṣmatā sumanasā svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu kim āyuṣmatā koṭīviṃśena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavatā ārabdhavīryāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ sa kathayati

cāturdiśasya saṃghasya mayaikaṃ layanaṃ kṛtam* bandhumatyāṃ pravacane rājadhānyāṃ vipaśyinaḥ 75 saṃstīrya layanasyāhaṃ dūṣyair bhuvam avāsṛjam* prahṛṣṭacittaḥ sumanā akārṣaṃ praṇidhiṃ tadā 76 ārādhayeyaṃ saṃbuddhaṃ labheyaṃ upasampadam* parāṃ śāntiṃ ca nirvāṇaṃ + + + ajaraṃ padam* 77 aham etena puṇyena kalpāṃ navati saṃsṛtaḥ devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 78 tataḥ karmāvaśeṣeṇa paścime 'smiṃ samucchraye | śreṣṭhino 'grasya + + + + + + + .. putrakaḥ 79 jātamātraṃ ca māṃ śrutvā chandaḥ pitur abhūd ayam* + + ahaṃ kumārasya koṭīdravyasya viṃśatiṃ 80 romābhūt pādatalayor jātābhūc caturaṅgulāḥ susūkṣmā mṛdusaṃsparśāḥ śubhās tūlapicūpamāḥ 81 atītā navatiḥ kalpāḥ kalpo caik. + + + + + + + + asaṃstīrṇe pādaṃ nyastaṃ mahītale | 82 ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 83  agryo 'smy ārabdhavīryāṇāṃ nirdiṣṭaḥ sarvadarśinā | kṣīṇāsravo vāntadoṣaḥ prāpto 'ham acalaṃ + + 84 + + + + + + + + bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 85

koṭīviṃśavargaṣ ṣaṣṭhaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ vāgīśam idam avocan* vyākṛtā āyuṣmaṃ vāgīśa āyuṣmatā + + + + + + + + + + + idānīm āyuṣmān api vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / sa kathayati

navaty atītāḥ kalpā me nābhijānāmi durgatim* devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 86 ajānānaḥ kuśalam ahaṃ kevalānyonyadarśanāt* tato vipaśyinaḥ + + + + + + + + + + 87 + + + kākinīnāṃ vai gandhamālyavilepanaiḥ .. + + tvā stūpe ca na vinipātam ahaṃ gataḥ 88 kṛtvālpakaṃ tu kuśalam anubhūtaṃ sukhaṃ bahu | arhatvaṃ ca mayā + + śītībhuto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 89 saced dhi nāma sambuddhaṃ jñatvā mā .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bhavet* 90 tasmāt prajānatāṃ samyak saṃbuddhasya .. + + +  stūpeṣu kāryaḥ satkāro bhaviṣyati mahāphalaḥ 91 agro 'smi gāthākārāṇāṃ nirdiṣṭaḥ sarvadarśinā | bahuśrutaś ca vāgīśaḥ kalyāṇapratibhānavān* 92 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (gbm 6.1063a) mahāhrade // // 93

vāgīśavargaḥ saptamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ piṇḍolabharadvājam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣman bharadvāja āyuṣmatā vāgīśena svakā karmaplotir + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + piṇḍolabharadvājaḥ kathayati

abhūvaṃ śreṣṭhiputro 'ham īśvaraḥ paitṛke gṛhe / anurakṣayā pitur ahaṃ mithyā mātary avarttiṣam* 94 pitaraṃ bhaginīṃ bhrātṝṃ dāsakarmakarān api | tarpayāmy annapānena mātaraṃ paryabhāṣiṣam* 95 mātsaryenā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + uktavāṃ vācam upalāṃ bhuṃkṣva bhojanam* 96 tena karmavipākena narake kṣepitaṃ bahu | pratāpane kālasūtre duḥkhaṃ prāptam analpakam* 97 narakebhyas tataś cyutvā labdhvā vai mānuṣaṃ bhavam* tena karmavipākena pāṣāṇaṃ bhu .. + + + 98 + + + + + + + + tāsu tasūpapattiṣu | tathā ca kṣutpipāsābhyāṃ + + kālaṃ karomy aham* 99 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 100 pravrajyā ca mayā labdhā śākyasiṃhasya śāsane | arhatvaṃ + + + + + + + + + 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 101 siṃhanādinām agraś ca nirdiṣṭaḥ sarvadarśinā | sarve me vāhitāḥ kleśā vītakleśo 'smy anāsravaḥ 102 idānīm api bhadantāham evam ṛddhimataḥ sataḥ bhaviṣyanty upalā eva guhāyāṃ mama bhojanam* 103 etad bhadantāḥ + + + + + + + + kṛtaṃ mayā | anubhūtaṃ phalaṃ tasya na hi karma praṇaśyati 104 piṇḍolabharadvājaḥ sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 105

piṇḍolabharadvājavargo 'ṣṭamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ svāgatam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ svāgata āyuṣmatā piṇḍolabharadvājena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api svāgataḥ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu | athāyuṣmāṃ svāgatas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti |

bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyām abhūvaṃ śreṣṭhidārakaḥ prabhūtadhanadhānyo 'haṃ janakāyasya saṃmataḥ 106  + + + satkṛto 'bhūvam atha naigamamantriṇām* .. + + + darśanīyo rūpadarśanamūrcchitaḥ 107 {rūpayauvanamūrcchitaḥ: j.w. de jong; iij 7 (1964), pp. 232-235} tato 'haṃ ratham āruhya janakāyapuraskṛtaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ niryāmi sarvakāmasamarpitaḥ 108 tatra cāpaśyam udyāne śramaṇaṃ saṃvṛtendriyam* śāntendriyasamācāraṃ lūhacīvaradhāriṇam* 109 taṃ cāhaṃ śramaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā daurmanasya + + + + nirdoṣakaṃ vāṅmanas taṃ jugupsann avasādaye : 110 ayaṃ pravrajitaḥ kasya durvarṇo ghoradarśanaḥ kuṣṭhī gātreṣv arurgātraḥ kṛśo dhamanisantataḥ 111 tena karmavipākena vacoduścaritena ca / tataś cyutaḥ kālagato narakeṣūpapannavān* 112  durvarṇo duḥkhito 'haṃ ca bhavāmi narak. + + + + gātreṣv arurgātraḥ kṛśo dhamanisantataḥ 113 kapālapāṇir vyāhāraṃ śaṇaśāṭīnivāsitaḥ saṃkārakūṭaśayano 'layano 'thāparāyaṇaḥ 114 yena (gbm 6.1063b) yena ca gacchāmi bhikṣām āhārakāraṇāt* daṇḍino vārayante māṃ bhavāmi ca jugupsitaḥ 115 paṃca jātiśatāny evaṃ yatra yatropapannavān* tatraiva ca kṣutpipāsābhyāṃ duḥkhī kālaṃ karomy aham* 116  durāgataś ca me nāma sarvanāmajugupsitaḥ amanāpaś ca sarveṣāṃ tadaivāsaṃ jugupsitaḥ 117 so 'haṃ saṃbuddhaṃ adrākṣaṃ bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtam* mahato janakāyasya deśayantaṃ paraṃ padam* 118 dṛṣṭvā ca janakāyaṃ taṃ pradhāvaṃ tvaritaṃ gataḥ apy evānnasya pānasya labheyaṃ yāvadarthikaṃ / 119 dṛṣṭvā ca janakāyaṃ taṃ dharmārthāya niṣaṇṇakam* nirāśaḥ pratyapakrāmaṃ nāsti bhaktasya dāyakaḥ 120 pratyabhāṣe tato nātho mahākāruṇiko muniḥ + + svāgata bhadraṃ te niṣīdedaṃ tavāsanam* 121 so 'haṃ prāmodyam āgamya saṃpragṛhyāñjaliṃ tataḥ śāstuḥ pādau namasyāham ekānte sanniṣaṇṇavān* 122 tataḥ kāruṇikaḥ śāstā gautamo hy anukampayā | katha + + ānupūrvā so 'haṃ satyāni dṛṣṭavān* 123 yācet tato 'haṃ pravrajyāṃ dṛṣṭasatyo mahāmunim* pravrājayat kāruṇiko gautamo me 'nukaṃpayā 124 svāgataś ceti me nāma kṛtavān lokanāyakaḥ tejodhātusamāpattyām agryaṃ mām abhyanirdiśet* 125 ity evaṃ svāgatasthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 126

svāgatavargo navamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣava āyuṣmantaṃ nandikam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣman nandika āyuṣmatā svāgatena svakā karmaplotir idānīṃ tvam api nandika svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu athāyuṣmān nandikas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

purottame rājagṛhe śreṣṭhy abhūvaṃ mahādhanaḥ durbhikṣe vartamāne ca ṛṣayas tatra bhojitāḥ 127 + + + + + + + + + + + ṛṣir āgataḥ pratyekabuddho bhagavāṃ vaśībhūto + + sravaḥ 128 cintāmātsaryadoṣeṇa pāpikāṃ cintayāmy aham* ko 'dhunemaṃ śramaṇakaṃ sapta varṣāṇi bhojayet* 129 kvāthayitvāśvamūtreṇa tato bhaktam apācayet* abhojayaṃ ṛṣiṃ ta .. + + + + + + + 130 + + + + + + + + narakapakvavāṃś ciram* saṃghāte raurave + + tapane 'tha pratāpane | 131 narakāt pracyutaś cāhaṃ labdhvā vai mānuṣaṃ bhavam* glānakaḥ paravaśyaś ca duḥkhī kālaṃ karomy aham* 132 pañca jātiśatāny evaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 133 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 134 pravrajyā ca mayā labdhā śākyasiṃhasya śāsane arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 135 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + glānakaḥ parivartakaḥ 136 ity evaṃ nandikaḥ sthaviro (fol. 205r1) bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 137

nandikasyāniruddha + + vargo daśamaḥ // //

uddānam* // + (27 akṣaras lost) (gbm 6.1064a) piṇḍolasvāgatanandikāḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ yaśasam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ yaśa āyuṣmatā nandikena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān + svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti |

purāraṇye muni + + grāmaṃ piṇḍārtham āvrajam* nārīkuṇapam adrākṣaṃ vyādhmātakavinīlakam* 138 yoniśaḥ pratyavekṣyāhaṃ paryaṅkena niṣaṇṇavān* aśubhāṃ tatra bhāvayāmy ekāgraḥ susamāhitaḥ 139 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bhīṣaṇaṃ śabdaṃ samādher aham utthitaḥ 140 tasyāḥ kukṣistham adrākṣaṃ purīṣam atha śoṇitaṃ / taṃ pūtigandham aśuciṃ pragharantaṃ samantataḥ 141 āntram antraguṇā vṛkkā hṛdayaṃ klomakaṃ tathā | khādyamānaṃ kṛmiśataiḥ punaś + + + + + 142 + + + + + + dṛṣṭvā sve śarīre nibaddhavān* yathaivedaṃ + + + + yathaivaitad idaṃ tathā 143 tataḥ samādher vyutthāya prakrānto 'smy āśramaṃ prati / na piṇḍāya tadācārṣaṃ bhuktavān naiva bhojanam* 144 yadā cāhaṃ punar grāmaṃ praviṣaṃ bhojanārthikaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + tatra bhāvayam* 145 sarvam idaṃ rūpagataṃ ya + + kuṇapaṃ tathā | antaḥ pūrṇam amedhyasya sarvam eva jugupsitam* 146 evaṃ bhāvayato 'bhīkṣṇaṃ prāpta me vītarāgatā | brāhmān vihārāṃś catvāra apramāṇāḥ subhāvitāḥ 147 {brāhmā vihārāś} ta + + + + + + + brahmalokaparāyaṇaḥ brahmalokād ahaṃ cyutvā jāto vārāṇasīpure // 148 jāto 'graśreṣṭhinaḥ śrīmāṃ ahaṃ tatraikaputrakaḥ priyo manāpaḥ sarveṣāṃ niṣṭhāprāptaś ca sampadām* 149 divā samparicaryāhaṃ rātrau śayyām akalpayam* laghv eva tata utthāya tatrāpaśyaṃ bahūḥ striyaḥ 150  kṛtvā mrdaṅgāṃ śirasi bherīpaṇavavallarīḥ + + + pralapantīs tāḥ suptā vikṣiptabāhavaḥ 151 tato me purvako hetur udapādi mahārthikaḥ śmaśānasaṃjñāśubhatā āsīd antaḥpure mama | 152 tataḥ saṃvegam āpanno visvaraṃ kṛtavān aham* upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭaḥ samantataḥ 153 {māriṣā} śayanāt tata utthāya prāsādāt + + + + vivṛṇvanti mama dvāraṃ devatā anukampayā 154 nagarād abhiniṣkramya nadītīram upāgataḥ apaśyaṃ pārime tīre śramaṇaṃ saṃvṛtendriyam* 155 taṃ cāhaṃ śramaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā śabdam uccam udīrayan* upadruto 'smi śramaṇa upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣa | 156 {māriṣa} ālapta + + + + .. māṃ vācāmṛtayā tadā | ehi kumāra nirbhītam idaṃ te nirupadrutam* 157  nadīpāram ahaṃ tīrṇa utsṛjya maṇipāduke | upasaṃkrāntaḥ kāruṇikaṃ buddham apratipudgalam* 158 tato māṃ tṛṣitaṃ jñātvā sa śāstāpratipudgalaḥ dharmaṃ madhuraṃ ācaṣṭe taṃ cāhaṃ pratibuddhavān* 159  yacet tato 'haṃ pravrajyāṃ dṛṣṭasatyo mahāmuniṃ prāvrājayat kāruṇiko gautamo me 'nukampayā | 160 rātrīnivāsena tata udite 'smin divākare | sarve mamāśravāḥ kṣīnāḥ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ ity evaṃ (gbm 6.1064a) yaśāḥsthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgrataḥ sthitaḥ | vyākaroti svakaṃ karmaṃ anavatapte mahāhrade // // 162

yaśāḥsthavirasya varga ekādaśaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ śaivalam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ śaivala āyuṣmatā yaśasā svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmāṃ śaivalo vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ | athāyuṣmān śaivalas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ vai nirvṛte kāśyape jine | mahatstūpaṃ kāritavāṃ rājā ratnamayaṃ kṛkiḥ 163 *{mahāstūpaṃ} abhūvaṃ jyeṣṭhaputro 'haṃ kṛke rājño yaśasvinaḥ prathamaṃ ca mayā cchatraṃ jinastūpe pratiṣṭhitam* 164  tat karma kuśalaṃ kṛtvā yatra yatropapannavān* devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 165 bhavāmy āḍhyo mahābhogas tāsu tāsūpapattiṣu | mahādānapatiś cāhaṃ bhavāmi dhanadhānyavān* 166 dattaṃ dānaṃ analpaṃ ca paṃca jātiśatāni me | santarpitā yācanakāḥ śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ pṛthak* 167 pratyekabuddhā akhilā + + + anāsravāḥ santarpitāḥ pañcaśatāḥ suprasannena cetasā | 168 tat karma kṛtvā kuśalam iha paścimake bhave | āḍhye śākyakule jātamātro vācam abhāṣi yat* 169 kaccid dhanaṃ vā dhānyaṃ + + + + + + .i .. maḥ dānaṃ yato 'haṃ dāsyāmi tarpayiṣye vanīpakān* 170 + + tṛptiṃ na gacchāmi tarpayiṣye vanīpakān* sādhu me kṣipram ākhyātuṃ kaccid astīha vo dhanam* 171 saṃvignamanaso 'bhūvaṃs te śrutvā mama bhāṣitam* diśo diśaṃ vidhāvanti sthāpayitvā ca + + + 172 + + + + + + + + lapanam ālapate tadā | devo manuṣyo yakṣo + + + tvaṃ brūhi me laghu | 173 tava putro 'ham asmy amba mānuṣo 'smi na rākṣasaḥ jātismaro dānapatir dānaṃ dātuṃ sadotsahe | 174 abhūd āttamanā mātā śrutvā tad vacanaṃ mama | sā smāśv + + + + + + + + + + + + 175 parivāreṇa janetrī mām apoṣayat + + + + manāpaḥ sarveṣāṃ nātṛpyaṃ darśanena me | 176 jātamātrasya me nityam abhyavardhata tat kulam* dhanadhānyasuvarṇena dāsakarmakarair api | 177  śaivalo dārako jāto jātamātro 'bhyabhāṣata | śaivalo + + + + + + + + + + + + + 178 + + tato 'haṃ dānāni tarpayitvā vanīpakān* ārādhayitvā sambuddhaṃ pravrajitvānagārikām* 179 nāham ṛṇāt pravrajito nāpi cājīvikābhayāt* ṣaḍ abhijñā mayā prāptāḥ pravrajya śraddhayā tadā | 180 .. .. .. rājabhiś cā .. .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + nasya ca | 181 ity evaṃ śaivalaḥ sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 182

śaivalavargo dvādaśaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ bakkulam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ bakkula āyuṣmatā śaivalena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api bakkulaḥ svakāṃ (fol. 206r1) karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu | athāyuṣmān bakkulas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ gāndhiko 'haṃ purābhavam* vipaśyinaḥ pravacane bhikṣusaṃghaṃ nyamantrayam* 183 dadāmi glānabhaiṣajyaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 184 + + (gbm 6.1065a) nimantritaḥ saṃgho na ca kaścid ayācata | + + + śramaṇo tv eka ekām eva harītakīṃ | 185 kalpāni tv ekanavatiṃ vinipāto na me 'bhavat* paśya bhaiṣajyadānasya vipāko 'yaṃ mahārthikaḥ 186 anubhūtaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + moditam* 187 tataḥ karmāvaśeṣeṇa labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ nābhijānāmy aśaikṣo hi grahituṃ rāṣṭrapiṇḍakam* 188 trirātreṇaiva tisro 'pi vidyāḥ sākṣātkṛtā mayā | yāpayel lūhalūhena pāṃsukūlaṃ ca cīvaram* 189 asaṃkīrṇo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + varṣaśatam āyur asmiṃ bhave mama | 190  na glānam abhijānāmi tāvatkālikam apy aham* etad bhadantāḥ smarāmi parīttaṃ kuśalaṃ kṛtam* anubhūtaṃ phalan tasya kāntam iṣṭaṃ sukhodayam* 191 ity evaṃ bakkulaḥ sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 192

bakkulavargas trayodaśaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ sthaviraṃ sthaviranāmānaṃ idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ sthavira āyuṣmatā bakkulena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api sthaviro vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ | atha sthaviraḥ sthaviranāmā tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti /

carmakāro 'ham abhavaṃ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu | durbhikṣe carmakhaṇḍāni tataḥ sve + + + + + 193 + + + + + + + + āhārasyaiva kāraṇāt* piṇḍāya śramaṇaś cānya + + + bhojanārthikaḥ 194 tasmai cittaṃ prasādyāhaṃ dattavāṃś carmamiśrikām* śramaṇaḥ paribhujyāsau tata ākāśam utthitaḥ 195 prāmodyam upagamyāhaṃ saṃpragṛhyāñjaliṃ tataḥ .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. | 196 prītiṃ ca labdhvā vipulāṃ akārṣaṃ praṇidhiṃ + + sthavirair īdṛśair eva bhaven mama samāgamaḥ 197 bhikṣuṇānena yo dharmaḥ spṛṣṭaḥ kāyena nirmalaḥ spṛśeyaṃ tam ahaṃ dharmaṃ praṇidhir me tadābhavat* 198 anupetaṃ ca varṇena gandhena ca + + + + + + + + rasāpannaṃ dattaṃ dānaṃ tadā mayā | 199 anubhūtaṃ bahu sukhaṃ kṛtvā kuśalam + + devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 200 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ ārādhitaḥ sārthavāhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 201 yaś ca praṇidhir uttamā sa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 202 iti tatra mahāsthaviraḥ sthaviranāmā + + + + vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 203

sthaviranāmā sthaviravargaś caturdaśamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ uruvilvākāśyapam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣman kāśyapa sthavireṇa sthaviranāmnā svakā karmaplotir idānīṃ (fol. 206v1) āyuṣmanto 'pi vyākurvantu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ + + + vyākartum ārabdhāḥ

āsaṃs trayaḥ sārthavāhā bhrātaraḥ sahitā vayam* dṛṣṭvā stūpaṃ kāśyapasya vibhagnaṃ śakalīkṛtam* 204 sārtha .. + + + + + (gbm 6.1065b) tatrākārṣīt punar navam* bhrātaraḥ sahitās trīṇi cchatrāṇy āropayāmahe 205 tat karma kuśalaṃ kṛtvā ciraṃ svargeṣu moditāḥ mānuṣyaṃ + + āgamya āḍhye jātā mahākule | 206 apaśyantaś ca sambuddhaṃ pravrajāmo 'nyatīrthikāḥ akārṣīt prātihāryāṇi nadīṃ nairañjanāṃ prati 207 + + + + + + + .. muniṃ yācāmahe vayam* pravrājaye kāruṇikas tato 'smān anukampayā 208 gayaśīrṣaṃ vayaṃ gatvā gautamaṃ śāsanaṃ tataḥ ārabdhavīryair asmābhiḥ prāptaṃ nirvāṇam uttamam* 209 kṛtveha śāstuḥ satkāraṃ stūpaṃ tad abhivandya ca | sarve vayaṃ pravrajitāḥ śītibhūtāś ca nirvṛtāḥ 210 uruvilvānadīgayākāśyapāḥ sthavirās trayaḥ vyākurvaṃti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 211

uruvilvānadīgayākāśyapānāṃ vargaḥ paṃcadaśamaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ yaśasam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣman + + + + + + + uruvilvānadīgayākāśyapaiḥ svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api yaśāḥ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākarotu |

gāndhiko 'haṃ purābhūvaṃ gandhapaṇyeṣu kovidaḥ kumāryaś ca striyas tatra tadā paṇyārtham āgatāḥ 212  dṛṣṭvā ca rūpadhāriṇyaḥ striyas tatrā .. + + + + + + + + + + + rāgacittāś ca dṛṣṭavān* 213 na cotsahe vitarituṃ saṃhasaṃ saṃ .. + + + kṛtavān pāṇisaṃsparśaṃ parastrīṣv aparīkṣakaḥ 214 tena karmavipākena narakeṣūpapannavān* mānuṣyaṃ punar āgamya pāṇiḥ śuṣyati dakṣiṇaḥ 215 paṃca jātiśatāny + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pāṇiḥ saṃmlāyati viśuṣyati | 216 ārādhito + + + + prāvrajaṃ cānagārikām* arhatvaṃ ca mayā prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 217 etad bhadantāḥ smarāmi yan mayākuśalaṃ kṛtam* anubhūtaṃ phalaṃ tasya na hi karma praṇaśyati 218 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + dakṣiṇakaḥ pāṇir na yathā vāmakas tathā 219 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + puruṣo vāpi duḥkhāṃ vindati vedanām* 220 visarjayet pāradāram agniṃ prajvalitaṃ yathā | sveṣu dāreṣu santuṣyed buddhimān paṇḍito naraḥ 221 paśyataḥ paradāreṣu yaḥ pumān + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 222 + + kṛtaṃ mayā pāpaṃ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu anubhūtaṃ phalaṃ tasya analpaṃ narake ciram* 223 iyaṃ me paścimā jātiḥ prāptaṃ padam anuttaram* mukto 'smi sarvaduḥkhebhyaḥ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 224 tasmād vimukhak. .. .. .. ..ṃ .ī .. .. .i + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 225 + + + + yathā sthaviro bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 226

sthavirayaśaso vargaḥ ṣoḍaśaḥ // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ jyotiṣkam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ jyotiṣka āyuṣmatā yaśasā svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api jyotiṣkaḥ vyākarotu (fol. 207r1) svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / athāyuṣmān jyotiṣkas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 227 + + + + mahīpālo nararṣabham ahaṃ tadā | uttarottarabhaktena sagaṇaṃ tarpayāmahe | 228 traimāsyaṃ bhojito buddho + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 229 + + + + + sahasraṃ bhojanācchādanaṃ tathā | ekaikasya tadā bhikṣor dānaṃ dattam analpakam* 230 hemajālapraticchannā hastinaś ca svalaṃkṛtāḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. + + /// 231 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ḥ paścimaḥ kṛtaḥ 233 saṃtarpito mahārājñā ṛṣiśreṣṭho vināyakaḥ tato 'smi cintām āpanno dṛṣṭvā āsanasaṃpadaḥ 234 syān me khādyaṃ ca bhojyaṃ ca na tv etādṛśam āsanam* + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 235 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mām abravīc chakraḥ sahāyas te bhavāmy aham* 236 tena nirmitam udyānaṃ śubhaṃ divyaṃ manoramam* prajñaptam āsanaṃ divyaṃ divyāny ācchādanāni ca | 237 tato vipaśyī .. myā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 238 + + + + + + + + + + + + svalaṃkṛtāḥ bhikṣoś chatraṃ dhārayanti tadaikaikasya mūrdhnani | 239 tato divyena bhaktena tarpitaḥ sa vināyakaḥ divyair ācchādito vastrair muniḥ saśrāvako + + /// 240  kṛtapuṇyo viroceyaṃ deveṣu manujeṣu ca | 241 kṛtvā maharṣeḥ satkāraṃ śrīmato vai vipaśyinaḥ 242 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir jātā rājagṛhe vayam* biṃbisārasya + + + + + + + + + + + 243 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + amātyānāṃ naigamānāṃ ca sarvaśaḥ 244 divyaiḥ kāmair ahaṃ nityam asmiṃ saṃtarpito 'bhavat* manuṣyabhūto 'nvabhavaṃ divyān kāmān manoramān* 245 anuttaraḥ sārthavāhas tato buddho mahāmuniḥ vināyakaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + 246 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + saḥ prāyāṃ yenāsau bhagavān muniḥ 247 + + + + + + dyotam ulkādhāraṃ prabhākaram* avatīrya rathāt padbhyāṃ upasaṃkrāntavān munim* 248 vanditvā śirasā pādau mudito 'haṃ mahāmuneḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 249 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sārthavāhaṃ narādityaṃ chinnaṃ mārasya bandhanam* 250 lokasyānuttaraḥ śāstā mamāsāv anukampayā | āryasatyāny upadiśe pratyavidhyam ahaṃ tadā | 251 ahaṃ tadā kāruṇikaṃ saṃbuddham + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 252 + + + + + + + + + + (fol. 207v1) 'pratipudgalaḥ ehi bhikṣo ity avad. + + + upasaṃpadā | 253 tenāpramattamanasā dṛḍhavīryasamādhinā | śivaṃ nirvāṇam amṛtaṃ spṛṣṭaṃ sthānam anuttaram* 254 ārādhitaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 255  + + + + + + + rāj jātyā ca maraṇena ca | śokai .. + + + + + + + mukto 'smi sarvataḥ 256 jyotiṣka evaṃ sthaviraḥ bhikṣusaṃghāgratasthitaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 257

/// idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ rāṣṭrapāla āyuṣmatā jyotiṣkeṇa svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api rāṣṭrapālo vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / athāyuṣmān rāṣṭrapālas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + vardhanaḥ rājñaḥ kṛker ahaṃ putraḥ kanīyān abhavaṃ tadā | 258 akārayan mahatstūpaṃ śrīmataḥ kāśyapasya vai | {mahāstūpaṃ} tasyaiva ca pituś chatraṃ khuḍḍākam anurakṣ. + /// 259 tat karma kṛtvā kuśalaṃ yatra yatropapannavān* devabhūto manuṣyaś ca kṛtapuṇyo virociṣam* / 261 iyaṃ me paścimā jātir jāto 'haṃ sthūlakoṣṭhake | śreṣṭhi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 262 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pakṣo 'haṃ tathā janapadeṣv api | 263 prasādiko darśanīyaḥ svabhirūpaḥ susaṃsthitaḥ mānuṣyakābhī riddhībhiḥ sarvakāmasamarpitaḥ 264 priyaṃ manāpaḥ śāstā sa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 265 sarvāśayānāṃ kuśalaḥ śāstā me 'pratipudgalaḥ pratyakṣipaṃ me pravrajyāṃ sa viditvāśayaṃ mama | 266 na buddhā ananujñātaṃ mātrā pitrā ca + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 267 + + + + + + + + mātāpitror athābruvaṃ tātāmbāv anujānīta pravrajiṣye 'nagārikām* 268 mātā pitā ca me śrutvā jātau .. .. .. .au .. + + + +ṃ + + + + .. maraṇ. + + + + + 269 (msv,wi 101) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + nānujñāsyatha māṃ yadi | 270 ṣaḍrātraṃ muktim ākāṃkṣaṃ anāhāraḥ sthito 'bhavan* .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 271 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mṛtena kariṣyatha | 272 saced abhirametāyaṃ pravrajyāyāṃ hi vaḥ sutaḥ evaṃ drakṣyatha jīvitaṃ + + + + + + + + 273 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +  nānyatra mātāpitarau kānyasyānyā gatir bhavet* 274 mātā pitā ca me prāha vayasyāḥ priya + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /// 275 mātā pitā ca me prāha sacet pravrajito bhavān* karoti darśanaṃ bhūyo gaccha pravraja putraka : 277 sādhv ity ahaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /// 278 tato 'haṃ pravrajitveha vyāhāraṃ śāstṛśāsane | sarvasaṃyojanaṃ kṣīṇam āsravā nihatā hi me 280 + + + + + + + + + + anubhūtaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 281 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + prāptaṃ śītībhūto 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 282 prasādya mānasaṃ tasmān mahākāruṇike jine / stūpe kuruta satkāraṃ vimokṣyatha mahābhayaṃ /// 283

rāṣṭrapālavargo 'ṣṭādaśamaḥ | // //

atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ svātim idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣman /// āyuṣmatā rāṣṭrapālena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api svātir vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ athāyuṣmān svātis tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

ahaṃ rājagṛhe 'bhūvaṃ agraḥ śreṣṭhī mahādhanaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 285 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ṛṣīn abhojayan sarve hy ekaikaṃ ca kule kule | 286 yādṛśaṃ ca svayaṃ bhaktam ātmārthe pacyate sadā | deyan tādṛśam evaiṣām ekaikasya + + + + 287 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pratirūpakam* | 288 bhaktapaṃcaśataṃ yādṛk karaṇḍān mama sādhyate | bhaktaṃ tādṛśam evāhaṃ tasya bhikṣoḥ pradattavāṃ 289 tato me tatra mātsaryam udapādi sudāruṇam* + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /// 290 kutaḥ punar bhikṣum imaṃ traimās. + + + + +m* bhaviṣyaty atimātro 'yaṃ vyayaḥ paṃca śatāni me 292 yanv ahaṃ śramaṇasyāsya maraṇāya parākramam* ku + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 293 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bhojanena saha prādām ā .. + + + + + + 294 tasmiṃś ca bhuktamātre 'sya vyādhir dāruṇam utthitaḥ antrāṇy āntraguṇā vṛkkā adhobhāgena nirgataḥ 295 k. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 296 + + + + + + (fol. 208v1) śreṣṭhī avadhīd ya imaṃ muniṃ pratyekabuddham + + śītībhūtam anāsravaṃ | 297 samantāj jñātayaḥ kruddhā avadhyāyanti māṃ tataḥ bahv apuṇyaṃ prasūtaṃ te yad ayaṃ ghātito + + 298  + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + prakāśito 'tyayaṃ tataḥ 299 kṣamayitvā punaḥ sarvaṃ pratideśyātyayaṃ tataḥ sahasrārdhena bhaktena tarpayāmi sabhaktitaṃ 300 tat pāpaṃ deśayitvāhaṃ kṣamayitvā ca tān ṛṣīn* + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 301 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + yathā muktā ime sarve tathā mucyeya bandhanāt* 302 mā daridreṣu geheṣu janma me 'bhūt kadācana : mā bhūt kadācin mātsaryaṃ samutpadyeta cetasi | 303 pratyekabuddhaṃ hatavān + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 304 + + + + + + + + vedaye duḥkhavedanāṃ | mānuṣyaṃ punar āgamya kṣipraṃ kālaṃ karomy ahaṃ | 305 mahādhano bhavāmy āḍhyo lokasatkṛtapūjitaḥ patadbhir āṃtrai + + + + + + + + + + + 306 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na rāgaḥ sarvasamuddhṛtaḥ 307 yadā cāpy anupādāya nirvāṇaṃ me bhaviṣyati | antrāṇy antraguṇā vṛkkā caikaṃ ca nipatiṣyati | 308 ya .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 309 + + + + + śrāvastyāṃ svātir bhikṣur maharddhikaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade // // 310

svātivarga ekonaviṃśatimaḥ // // ///

jaṅghākāśyapa svātinā bhikṣuṇā svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api jaṅghākāśyapo vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / athāyuṣmāñ jaṅghākāśyapaḥ tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + kaṃ / grāmeṇa vai samastena durbhikṣe vartamānake | 311 āgato mama bhāgena tatraikaḥ śītalo + + + + + + + bhagavāṃ śītībhūto nirāsravaḥ /// 312 evaṃ vicintayitvāham akārṣaṃ pāpakāṃ matiṃ | kim asyāhaṃ pradāsyāmi bhikṣor bhaktam akarmaṇaḥ 314 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 315 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + saṃghāte tapane caiva duḥkhāṃ vindāmi vedanāṃ* 316 narakāt pracyutaś cāhaṃ yatra yatropapannavān* kṛ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + /// 317  pravrajya śraddhayā caivam āsravā nihatā mayā : abhijñāḥ ṣaṇ mayā spṛṣṭāḥ prāptam arhatvam + + /// 319 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + nto bhavāmy aham* 321 jaṃghā kāśyapagotreṇa karmanāmā maharddhikaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade /// 322

bhikṣavaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ cūḍapanthakam idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ cūḍapanthaka āyuṣmatā jaṃghākāśyapena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api cūḍapanthako vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / athāyuṣmān cūḍapanthakas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

+ + sūkariko 'bhūvaṃ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu : baddhvā mukhe sūkarakān nadītīram atārayam* 323 nadīmadhyam ahaṃ prāp. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 324 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sma ṛṣayo mamāgatyānukampayā : 325 te mām amocayaṃs tatra tataḥ pravrājayanti māṃ āsaṃjñike vāva .. .. + yā .. + + + + + /// 326  ārādhitaś ca saṃbuddhaḥ prāvrajaṃ cānagārikāṃ | saṃmohavāṃś ca dhandhagatir uddeśaṃ nādhyagām aham* 328 tṛbhir māsair bhadantaikā mayā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 329 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sandhāvatemaṃ saṃsāraṃ dīrghaṃ kalpam analpakam* 330 {sandhāvitvemaṃ} saṃmukhaṃ lokanāthasya vyākaroc cūḍapanthakaḥ kṛṣṇaśuklāni karmāṇy anavatapte + + + + /// 331

idam avocan* vyākṛtam āyuṣmaṃ sarpadāsa āyuṣmatā cūḍapanthakena svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api vyākarotu svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ / athāyuṣmān cūḍapanthakas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti

+ + + + + + + + + + śramaṇako 'bhavam* bahuśrutas tṛpiṭakaś cābhūvaṃ .. + + + + 332 .. vācayāmy ahaṃ bhikṣūṃ na dharmaṃ deśayāmi ca | jānīyur bhikṣavo mānye mā bhūvaṃ + + + + + 333 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 334 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. na prakāśayase dharmaṃ na hy etat tava śobhanaṃ | 335 tato maraṇakālo .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 336 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (fol. 209v1) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 337 + + + deśayitvāhaṃ mātsaryaṃ ca vinodya taṃ | parṣatsv adeśayaṃ dharmaṃ saptarātram ahaṃ tadā /// 338 + + + + + + + + saptarātram ahaṃ tadā | devaloke pramoditvā sarvakāmasamarpitaḥ 340  devalokāt tataś cyutvā labdho me mānuṣo bhavaḥ śākyarājakule jāto + + + + + + + + 341 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + priyo manāpaḥ sarveṣāṃ niṣṭhāprāptaś ca saṃpadān* 342 kulāt kulāc ca puruṣaḥ prāvrajad + + + + necchāmy ahaṃ tu pravrajyāṃ kāmabhogasamarpitaḥ 343 mamaiva cānukaṃpārthaṃ saṃbuddho 'pratipudgalaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 344 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + varṣāṇy ahaṃ tāvad dānaṃ dāsyāmy analpakaṃ 345 dānāni datvā saptāhaṃ varṣāṇām aham atyayāt* tataś ca pravrajiṣyāmi varaprajña + + + + /// 346 buddhasya gauraveṇāhaṃ vacanaṃ na pratikṣipet* saptāhena bhadantāhaṃ pravrajiṣye 'nukaṃpaka : 348 datvā ca dānaṃ saptāhaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 349 + + + + + + + + + + + + + uttamam* acintayitvā janatāṃ pravrajyām abhiniṣkramet* 350 śraddhayā pravrajitvā ca yukto 'haṃ jinaśāsane | varṣai .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + 351 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + gacchāmi nāmṛtam* 352 tato me hrīvyapatrāpyam udapādi maharddhikam* garhyo 'haṃ jñātisaṃghasya bhavi + + .. .. + + /// 353 + + + + gṛhītvāhaṃ paryaṅkena niṣaṇṇavān* grīvāyāṃ sthāpitaṃ śastraṃ atha cittaṃ vyamucyata | 355  akhil. .. .. .i .o ..ṃ .. .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 356 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + kṣeṇa mayā prāptā śāntir anuttamā : 357 yataḥ purāham abhavaṃ klīvī saddharmamatsaraḥ phalaṃ ta .. + + + + + + + + + + + + /// 358 + + + + + + + +/ḥ sarpadāso maharddhikaḥ vyākaroti svakaṃ karma anavatapte mahāhrade | // // 360

sarpadāsavargo ///

fol. 211r1 (gbm 6.1069b): akārṣaṃ praṇidhin tadā 403 etādṛśebhi sthavirair bhave mama 211r2: ahaṃ / susaṃsthito mayā bhogo yatra yatropapannavān 406 211r3: tat karma kṛtvā kuśalaṃ jāto vārāṇasīṃ pure 211r4: jentākasya ca snānena tālavilepanena ca / āropaṇena cchatrasya anubhūtaṃ sukhaṃ bahu 411 211r5: .ikā samās triṃśad avarakāḥ 413 pravrajyā ca mayā labdhā 211v6 (gbm 6.1069a): .. pr. gṛ .y. + + + .. .. .. .. y. .u t. dh. tt. .. 211v7: svayaṃ 439 maitreṇa kāyakarmaṇā vacasā manasā tathā 211v8: śayyāsanaṃ prajñāpaya prātihāryaṃ vidarśayaṃ / mame 211v9: cintitam abhūd yaś cāsīt praṇidhir mama / taṃ ṣiddham e 211v10: saptāviṃśaḥ // // atha sthavirasthavirā bhikṣava ayuṣmantam upasenam idam avocan* vyākṛtāyuṣman upasena āyuṣmatā dravyamallaputreṇa svakā karmaplotir idānīm āyuṣmān api 212r1 (gbm 6.1067b): svakāṃ karmaplotiṃ vyākaroti / athāyuṣmān upasenas 212r2: durgeṣu tatra tatra carāmy aham 448 samupasthāpaye 212r3: tadā / ahiṃsakasyātha muneḥ śaraṃ kāye 'nupātayaṃ 451 212r4: narakebhyas tataś cyutvā tiryagyonim upāgataḥ 212v7 (gbm 6.1067a): prārthaya / coccaku 212v8: kṛtapuṇyo virocitaḥ 485 anubhūtaṃ mayā rājyaṃ divyamānuṣa 212v9: mānuṣo bhavaḥ / ārādhitaḥ śākyasiṃhaḥ saṃbuddho 'yam anuttaraḥ 488 212v10: 'smi nirvṛtaḥ 490 rājñāṃ kulāt pravrajito jñātir buddhasya bhadrikaḥ 213r1 (gbm 6.1068b): āyuṣmaṃ lavaṇabhadrika āyuṣmatā bhadrikeṇa śākyarājena 213r2: tāyinaḥ / abhūvaṃ karmakāro 'haṃ bhṛtakaḥ puruṣas tadā 492 213r3: karmavipākena vacoduścaritena ca / tataś cyutaḥ kālagato 213r4: mārge vanaṣaṇḍanivāsitaḥ 497 tatrāsmi lokapradyotaṃ 213v6 (gbm 6.1068a): cyutvā spṛṣṭavān amṛtaṃ padaṃ 523cd 213v7: ity evaṃ madhuvāsiṣṭho bhikṣusaṃghāgrataḥ 213v8: vipaśyinaṃ buddham adrākṣaṃ praviśantaṃ purottamam 527 dṛṣṭvā mahākāruṇikam 213v10: na cāhaṃ dharmam aśrauṣaṃ na cainaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ / cittam eva prasādya

(fol. 218r1; msv i 211) ṣvenodyacchamānena ghaṭamānena vyāyacchamānena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtam* /

bharadvājenāpi paṭhatā svādhyāyavatā trīṇi piṭakāny (gbm 6.1070a) adhītāni / tripiṭaḥ saṃvṛtto dhārmakathiko yuktam uktapratibhānaḥ / yāvat tenānyatamo gṛhapatir anvāvartitaḥ / tena tam uddiśya sarvopakaraṇasaṃpanno vihāraḥ kāritaḥ / tatas tena bhrātur vasiṣṭhasya saṃdiṣṭam* / āgaccha ekadhye prativasāmaḥ / sa śrutvā āgataḥ / tatas tena gṛhapatinā dṛṣṭaḥ śānteryāpathaḥ kāyaprāsādikaś cittaprāsādikaś ca / sa taṃ dṛṣṭvābhiprasannaḥ / tataḥ prasādajātena praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpya mahārheṇa vastrayugenācchāditaḥ / tato bharadvājasya īrṣyā samutpannā / aham asya sarvatra pūrvaṃgamo nāham anena kadācid vastreṇācchāditaḥ / eṣa tv acirābhyāgata eṣa vastreṇācchādita iti sa bhrātur vasiṣṭhasya randhrānveṣī saṃvṛttaḥ / tenāsau saṃlakṣitaś cintayati / īrṣyāprakṛtir iyam* / yady asmai etad vastrayugaṃ na dāsyāmi bhūyasyā mātrayā aprasādaṃ pravedayiṣyatīti / tena tasmai dattam* / tathāpy asau randhrānveṣaṇaparas tiṣṭhaty eva / yāvat tasya gṛhapateḥ preṣyadārikā taṃ vihāram āgaty āgatya karma karoti sā bharadvājenocyate / dārike ahaṃ tavaitad vastrayugam anuprayacchāmi / tvayā mama vacanaṃ kartavyam iti / sā kathayati / ārya kiṃ mayā karaṇīyam* / tvam etad vastrayugaṃ prāvṛtya gṛhe parikarma kuru / yadi gṛhapatiḥ pṛcchet kutas tavaitad vastrayugam iti / vaktavyaḥ ārya vasiṣṭhena me dattam iti / yadi pṛcchet kimartham iti / (msv i 212) vaktavyaḥ ārya etad api praṣṭavyam* / kimarthaṃ puruṣāḥ strīṇāṃ prayacchantīti / tatas tayā yathāsaṃdiṣṭaṃ sarvam anuṣṭhitam* / tatas tena gṛhapatinā vasiṣṭhasyāntike aprasādaḥ praveditaḥ / asatkārabhīravas te mahātmānaḥ / sa utthāya prakrāntaḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau bharadvājaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yan mayārhann asatkṛto 'bhyākhyānenābhyākhyātaḥ tatas tasya karmaṇo vipākena bahūni varṣāṇi pūrvavan narakeṣu pakvaḥ yāvad etarhy apy aham abhisaṃbodhiḥ sundarikayā pravrājikayā abhūtenābhyākhyātaḥ /

kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtam* / yasya karmaṇo vipākena caṃcāmāṇavikayābhūtenābhyākhyātaḥ / bhagavān āha / tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni sādhāraṇāny asādhāraṇāni ca labdhasaṃbhārāṇi / pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* / katamāni sādhāraṇāni /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo brāhmaṇo vedavedāṅgapāragaḥ pañcānāṃ māṇavakaśatānāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ mantrān vācayati vārāṇasīnivāsino janakāyasyātīva satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhan saṃmataḥ / yāvad anyatamaḥ paṃcābhijña ṛṣir janapadacārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ / vārāṇasīnivāsinā janakāyena dṛṣṭaḥ (fol. 218v1) prāsādikaś ca / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sarvajanakāyo 'bhiprasannaḥ / yasya yad dātavyaṃ kartavyaṃ vā pāralaukikaṃ sa tasmai anuprayacchati / tatas tasya lābhasatkāro 'ntarhitaḥ / tasya ṛṣer antike (gbm 6.1070b) īrṣyābhiniviṣṭabuddhir (msv i 213) māṇavakān āmantrayate / māṇavakā api tu kāmabhogy eṣa iti / te 'pi kathayanti / evam etad upādhyāya kāmabhogy evaiṣa nāyam ṛṣir iti / tataḥ sa rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu brāhmaṇagṛhapatikuleṣu cārocayanti / kin tarhi / kāmabhogīti śrutvā mahājanakāyena aprasādaḥ praveditaḥ / asatkārabhīrur asau vārāṇasyāḥ prakrāntaḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau brāhmaṇo 'ham sa tena kālena tena samayena / yāni tāni paṃcamāṇavakaśatāni evaitāni paṃcabhikṣuśatāni / yan mayābhyākhyātas tasya karmaṇo vipākena pūrvavad yāvan narakeṣu pakvaḥ / tenaiva karmāvaśeṣeṇa etarhy apy saṃbuddhabodhiś caṃcāmāṇavikayā abhūtenābhyākhyātaḥ sārdhaṃ paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ / idaṃ sādhāranaṃ karma /

katarad asādhāraṇam* / bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ceti vistareṇa / tena khalu samayena bhadrā nāma rūpājīvinī prativasati / mṛṇālaś ca nāma dhūrtapuruṣaḥ / tena tasyā vastrālaṃkāram anupreṣitaṃ paricāraṇāya / sā tad vastrālaṃkāraṃ prāvṛtā / anyatamaś ca puruṣa paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāny ādāya upasthitaḥ / kathayati / bhadre āgaccha paricārayāva iti / sā saṃlakṣayati / yadi gamiṣyāmi paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni na lapsye / adakṣiṇyaṃ caitat gṛhāgataṃ pratyākhyāya anyatra gamanam iti / tayā preṣyadārikā uktā / gaccha mṛṇālasya kathaya āryā kathayati na tāvad ahaṃ sajjā paścād āgamiṣyāmīti / tayā (msv i 214) tasmai gatvā ārocitam* / so 'pi puruṣo bahukaraṇīyas tāṃ paricārya prathama eva yāme prakrāntaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / mahatī velā vartate / śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti / tayā punar apy asau dārikābhihitā / gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya / āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā / kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti / tayā tasmai gatvā ārocitam* / sa kathayati / kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇena na sajjeti / sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā / tayā samākhyātam* / āryaputra nāsau sajjā / kin tarhi / tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇa anyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti / tasya yat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ tad vigatam* / vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannam* / saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati / dārike bhadrāyā gatvā kathaya amukam udyānaṃ gaccheti / tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitam* / sā tad udyānaṃ gatā / mṛṇālena dhūrtakapuruṣeṇoktā / yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇa anyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricaritum iti / sā kathayati / āryaputra asti eva mamāparādhaḥ / kin tu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti / tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa (fol. 219r1) niṣkoṣam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā / tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ / āryā praghātitā āryā praghātitena śrutvā mahājanakāyaḥ pradhāvito (gbm 6.1071a) yāvat tasminn udyāne surucir nāma pratyekabuddho dhyāyati / tato 'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ suruceḥ pratyekabuddhasya purastāc chorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā anena pravrajitena bhadrā (msv i 215) jīvitād vyaparopitā / tatas taṃ pratyekabuddhaṃ saṃjātāryāḥ kathayanti / bhoḥ pravrajita ṛṣidhvajaṃ dhārayasi / īdṛśaṃ nāma karoṣīti / sa kathayati / kiṃ kṛtam* / te kathayanti / bhadrayā te sārdhaṃ paricāritam* / sā jīvitād vyaparopiteti / sa kathayati / śāntaṃ nāham asya karmaṇaḥ kārīti / sa śāntavādy api tena mahājanakāyena paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho rājña upanāmitaḥ / devānena pravrajitena bhadrayā sārdhaṃ paricaritam* / sā jīvitād vyaparopiteti / aparīkṣakā hi rājānaḥ / kathayati / yady evaṃ gacchata ghātayata / parityakto 'yaṃ mayā pravrajita iti / tato 'sau karavīramālāvasaktakaṇṭhaguṇo nīlāmbaravasanaiḥ puruṣair udyataśastraiḥ saṃparivārito rathyāvīthicatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣv anuśrāvyamāno nagarād udyānābhimukho nīyate / tato mṛṇālasya dhūrtapuruṣasya buddhir utpannā ayaṃ tapasvī pravrajita adūṣyanapakārī abhūtenābhyākhyātaḥ / so 'yam idānīṃ praghātyate / na mama pratirūpaṃ syāt* / yad aham apy upekṣeya / iti viditvā parāvṛtya rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati / deva nāyaṃ pravrajito 'sya karmaṇaḥ kārī mayaitat pāpakaṃ karma kṛtam* / mucyatām ayaṃ pravrajita iti / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau mṛṇālo nāma dhūrtaḥ ahaṃ sa tena kālena tena samayena / yan mayā pratyekabuddho 'bhūtenābhyākhyātas tasyāhaṃ karmaṇo vipākena bahūni varṣāṇi pūrvavad yāvan narakeṣu pakvaḥ / tena ca (msv i 216) karmāvaśeṣeṇa caṃcāmāṇavikayā abhūtenākhyātaḥ / idam asādhāraṇam* /

kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena vairaṃbheṣu yavān paribhuktavān sārdhaṃ bhikṣudvayonaiḥ pañcabhir bhikṣuśatair āyuṣman* śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ divyā sudhā paribhukteti / bhagavān āha / tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni / pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* / yo 'śītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ vipaśyī nāma śāstā loka utpannaḥ / pūrvavad yāvad buddho bhagavān* / sa janapadacārikāṃ caran bandhumatīrājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ / tasyāṃ bandhumatyām anyatamo brāhmaṇaḥ paṇcamāṇavakaśatāni brāhmaṇānāṃ mantrān vācayati /

tena vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ pañcaśataparivāro dṛṣṭaḥ / sa māṇavakān (fol. 219v1) āmantrayate / nārhanti bhavanto 'mī muṇḍakāḥ śramaṇakā divyāṃ sudhām arhanti tu koṭarayavān paribhoktum iti / tair abhyanumoditam* / evam evaitad upādhyāya nārhanty evāmī muṇḍakāḥ śramaṇakā divyāṃ sudhāṃ (gbm 6.1071b) bhoktum arhanti tu koṭarayavān paribhoktum iti / tatra dvau māṇavakau śuklau / tau kathayataḥ / upādhyāya na śobhanam uktam* / arhanty evāmī mahātmāno divyāṃ sudhāṃ paribhoktum iti / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau pañcaśataparivāro brāhmaṇaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yan mayā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya saśrāvakasaṃghasyāntike kharaṃ (msv i 217) vākkarma niścāritaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena mayā bahūni varṣāṇi bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni varṣasahasrāṇi bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi koṭarayavāḥ paribhuktāḥ / tenaiva karmāvaśeṣeṇaitarhy apy abhisaṃbuddhabodhinā vairambheṣu koṭarayavāḥ paribhuktāḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣudvayonaiḥ paṃcabhikṣuśataiḥ / yau tau dvau māṇavakau etau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhikṣū /

kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena duṣkaraṃ caritam iti / bhagavān āha tathāgatenaiva tāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vaibhiḍiṃgyāṃ grāmanigame nandīpālo ghaṭīkāro 'bhūt* / nandīpālasūtraṃ vistareṇa yathā madhyamāgame rājasaṃyuktanikāye {cf. sbv ii 22ff.} / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sāv uttaro nāmo māṇavo 'ham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yan mayā pudgalo 'pavādo dattasya {ms: pudgalo 'vabodhito na boditas tasya /} karmaṇo vipākena bodhimūle ṣaḍvarṣaṃ duṣkaraṃ caritam* / yan mayā bodhir abodhitābhaviṣyat* punar api mayā (msv i 218) parāvṛtya trīṇi kalpāsaṃkhyeyāni bodhinimittam ātmā parikhedito 'bhaviṣyat* /

kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākenābhisaṃbuddhabodhir api bhagavān mandāgninā vyādhinā spṛṣṭa iti / bhagavān āha tathāgatenaiva tāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapurvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nytamasmin karvaṭake vaidyo babhūva / tato 'nyatamasya gṛhapateḥ putraḥ glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tenāsau vaidya āhūya pṛṣṭaḥ / tena tasya bhaiṣajyaṃ dattam* / sa svasthaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tena gṛhapatinā tasyābhisāro na dattaḥ / yāvat trir apy asau gṛhapatiputro glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ yāvat trir api tena svasthīkṛtaḥ / na ca tena tasyābhisāro dattaḥ / tataḥ sa vaidyas tīvreṇa paryavasthānenāmarṣitaḥ saṃlakṣayati / asya gṛhapatiputrasya mayā yāvat trir api cikitsā kṛtā / na cānena kiṃcid apy upakṛtam* / idānīṃ yadi bhūyo glānyaṃ patati tādṛśam asya bhaiṣajyaṃ dadāmi yenāsyāntrāṇi khaṇḍakhaṇḍaṃ śīryante iti / yāvad asau gṛhapatiputro daivayogāt punar glānyaṃ patitaḥ / tena vaidyena saṃjātāmarṣeṇā tādṛśaṃ tasya bhaiṣajyaṃ dattaṃ yenāntrāṇi khaṇḍa ...

[folios 220-221 are missing in the ms]

(fol. 222r1; msv i 220) m ādiśed anukaṃpām anupādāyeti / bhagavān āha / samayenāhaṃ yuṣmāka nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśāmi / yadi yūyam anenaiva varṣeṇa dakṣiṇādeśanākāla upasaṃkrāmateti / te (gbm 6.1072a) kathayanti / jihrīmaḥ katham āgacchāma iti / atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

alajjitavye lajjino lajjitavye alajjinaḥ /
abhaye bhayadarśino bhaye cābhayadarśinaḥ /
mithyādṛṣṭisamādānāt satvā gacchanti durgatim* //

alajjitavye 'lajjino lajjitavye ca lajjinaḥ / abhaye 'bhayadarśino bhaye ca bhayadarśinaḥ / samyagdṛṣṭisamādānāt satvā gacchanti sadgatim* // iti /

te kathayanti / bhagavann adyaivāgamiṣyāma iti /

atha nāgarabindavā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayas tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pūrvavad yāvan nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / tāni ca pañca pretaśatāny upasaṃkrāntāni / tato nāgarabindavā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pretān dṛṣṭvā niṣpalāyitum ārabdhāḥ / bhagavatābhihitāḥ / bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ niṣpalāyanti / te kathayanti / bhagavan ete pretā āgacchanti / bhagavān āha / āgacchantu yuṣmākam evaite jñātayaḥ / yadi yūyam anujānīdhve aham eṣāṃ nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśeyam iti / te kathayanti / bhagavann anujānīmahe {ms: -nīdhvam*} / tato bhagavān pañcāṅgena svareṇa teṣāṃ nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādeṣṭuṃ pravṛttaḥ /

ito dānād dhi yad puṇyaṃ tat pretānupagacchatu /
vyuttiṣṭhantāṃ kṣipram ime pretalokāt sudāruṇāt* // iti

tato '; bhinivṛttaṃ teṣāṃ cīvaraṃ pānabhojanam* /
śayanaṃ vāpi vividham akṣayaṃ sārvakālikam* //

tato nāgarabindavān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ /

tato nāgarabindavānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ kutūhalaśālāyāṃ saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃrūpo 'bhūd antasamudāhāraḥ / maheccho vata bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautamo mahecchā vāsya śrāvakā iti / apare kathayanti / alpeccho bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautamo alpecchā vāsya śrāvakā na yathā tīrthyā iti / tena khalu samayena vairaṭṭasiṃho nāma brāhmaṇas tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ / atha vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇo nāgarabindavān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn idam avocat* / ahaṃ bhavatāṃ pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi / alpeccho vā śramaṇo gautamo maheccho vā alpecchā vāsya śrāvakā mahecchā veti / atha vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān gautamo guḍakhādanikayā sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān vairaṭṭasiṃhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanaṃ viditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate (fol. 222v1) sma / avatāraprekṣiṇā bhikṣavo vairaṭṭasiṃhena (msv i 222) brāhmaṇena buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho guḍakhādanikayā upanimantritaḥ / tad yuṣmākaṃ yo yāvat paribhuṃkte tena tāvad grahītavyam iti / (gbm 6.1072b) vairaṭṭasiṃhabrāhmaṇasya pañcaguḍasthālīśatāni bhavanti / sa pratyekaṃ guḍaśālāyā guḍasthālīṃ gṛhītvā paṃcaguḍasthālīśatāny ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* / niṣīdatu bhagavān gautamaḥ saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ / sajjo guḍaḥ / paribhuṃkṣva / atha bhagavān niṣpāditapāṇipātraḥ purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / tato vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇaḥ ekāṃ guḍasthālīṃ gṛhītvā cārayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvad bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhitā yathā bhikṣusaṃghasya cāritā / avaśiṣṭā pūrṇāvasthitā / tato vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇo 'bhiprasannaḥ / tatas tena prasādajātena sāmantakena śabdo niścāritaḥ / alpeccho bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ / alpecchāś cāsya śrāvakā iti / tatas tena tīrthyā upanimantritāḥ / guḍaṃ paribhuktam* / tair amātrayā guḍo gṛhītaḥ / kaiścit khorakāṃ pūrayitvā tato gṛhītvā ca saṃprasthitam* / tato vairaṭṭasiṃhena brāhmaṇenābhihitāḥ / yūyam eva mohapuruṣā mahecchāḥ / śramaṇas tu gautamaḥ alpecchaḥ / alpecchā vāsya śrāvakāḥ / ity uktvā sa bhūyasyā mātrayā bhagavaty abhiprasanno yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃraṃjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisāryaikānte nyaṣīdat* / atha vairaṭṭasiṃho brāhmaṇo yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye (msv i 223) pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / tato bhagavatā ehibhikṣukayā ābhāṣitaḥ / ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti / pūrvavad yāvan nopasthito buddhamanorathena / {ms: nopacchito; read nepa-; cf. nepacchitā -> pravr-v iii, fol.47r6}

tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / tasmād anujānāmi kālena vākalena vā glānena vāglānena vā guḍaḥ paribhoktavyaḥ / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam iti /

āyuṣmān vairaṭṭasiṃhaḥ kuṇapadaurgandhyena cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayati / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / vairaṭṭasiṃho bhikṣuś caramabhavikaḥ kimarthaṃ satyāni na paśyatīti / saṃlakṣayati / kuṇapadaurgandhyavihāram* / pūrvavad yāvat* / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate sma / gacchānanda vairaṭṭasiṃhasya bhikṣor vihāraṃ gandhair mālyair dhūpaiś cūrṇaiḥ saṃskuru / śayanāsanaṃ ca dhūpaya / surabhikusumopacitaṃ ca puṣpavitānaṃ vitanv iti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yāvad asau piṇḍapātaṃ gatas tāvat tasya vihāraṃ gatvā bhagavatopadiṣṭena vidhinā sarvam anuṣṭhitavān* /

athāyuṣmān vairaṭṭasiṃhaḥ piṇḍapātam aṭitvā vihāram āgataḥ / paśyati divyāṃ vibhūtim* / tataḥ prītamanāḥ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujya kṛtabhaktakṛtyo bahir vihārasya pādau prakṣālya vihāraṃ prāviśat* / praviśya niṣaṇṇaḥ paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya (fol. 223r1) tasya sugandhaṃ ghrātvā cittasamādhānam utpannam* / tatas tena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / pūrvavad yāvad abhivādyaś ca (msv i 224) saṃvṛttaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / eṣo 'gro me (gbm 6.1073a) bhikṣavo bhikṣūṇāṃ mama śrāvakāṇāṃ śubhādhimuktānāṃ yaduta vairaṭṭasiṃho bhikṣuḥ / bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta anye bhikṣavaḥ śubhayādhimuktāḥ / āyuṣmāṃs tu vairaṭṭasiṃhaḥ śubhayādhimukta iti / bhagavān āha /

eṣa bhikṣavaḥ paṃca janmaśatāni nirantaraṃ trayastriṃśebhyo devebhyaś cyutvā teṣv evopapannaḥ / idānīṃ carame bhave manuṣyeṣūpapannaḥ / kuṇapagandhaṃ ghrātvā cittaikāgratāṃ nāsāditavān* / sugandhaṃ tu ghrātvā cittasamādhānaṃ pratilabhya śubhayādhimuktaḥ / yady asyāyam upacāro na kṛto 'bhaviṣyad ūṣmagatam apy anena notpāditam abhaviṣyad iti / tasmād anujānāmi yo 'py anya evaṃ śubhādhimuktas tasyāpy evaṃrūpānupūrvī kartavyā / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

atha bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre kūṭāgāraśālāyām* / aśrauṣur vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre kūṭāgāraśālāyām iti / śrutvā ca punar ekadhye sannipatya kathayati / bhavantaḥ śrūyate bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre kūṭāgāraśālāyām iti / yady asmākam ekaiko bhagavantam upanimantrya bhojayiṣyati bhagavān viprakramiṣyati / anye 'vakāśaṃ na lapsyante / (msv i 225) tat kriyākāraṃ vyavasthāpayāmo yathā gaṇa eva sambhūya bhagavantaṃ bhojayati na tv ekapuruṣa iti / te kriyākāraṃ kṛtvā vyavasthitāḥ /

tena khalu samayena vaiśālyāṃ catvāro mahāpuṇyāḥ prativasanti / dhaniko dhanikapatnī dhanikaputro dhanikasnuṣā ca / teṣāṃ divyamānuṣyaśrīr gṛhe prādurbhūtā / tair asau kriyākāro na śrutaḥ / aśrauṣīd dhaniko gṛhapatir bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre kūṭāgāraśālāyām iti / śrutvā ca punar vaiśālyā niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha dhaniko gṛhapatir utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu bhagavān me śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān dhanikasya gṛhe tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha dhaniko gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ /

atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / pūrvavad yāvad adhivāsayatu asmākaṃ bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / bhagavān āha / nimantrito 'smi vāsiṣṭhās (fol. 223v1) tatprathamataraṃ dhanikena gṛhapatineti / te kathayanti / bhavanto dhanikena gṛhapatinā gaṇasya kriyākāro 'tikrānta ity apare kathayanti / (msv i 226) kim asau vyatikramiṣyati / na tena kriyākāraḥ śrutaḥ / (gbm 6.1073b) puruṣaḥ śvo bhojayatu / vayaṃ paraśvo bhojayiṣyāma iti /

athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kālyam evotthāya pātracīvaram ādāya yena dhanikasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / yāvat paśyati nāsanaprajñaptiṃ na bhaktaṃ sajjīkṛtam* / tato dhanikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat* / gṛhapate tvaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimantryālpotsukaḥ sthita iti / sa kathayati / kim āryānandaiva kathayasi gṛhapate nāsanaprajñaptiṃ paśyāmi nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / ārya katareṇa tvaṃ dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / gṛhapate pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇa / ārya dakṣiṇena praviśa / sa dakṣiṇena praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati divyām āsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtāṃ divyaṃ cāhāram upanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ / atha dhaniko gṛhapatir bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam* / apīdānīṃ pūrvavad bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya /

atha dhanikapatnī utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān dhanikapatnyā tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / adhivāsya ca dhanikasya gṛhapater dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / dhanikapatnyāpi (msv i 227) bhojanaṃ sajjīkṛtam* / athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kālyam evotthāya pātracīvaram ādāya yena dhanikasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya dakṣiṇena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / nāsanaprajñaptiṃ paśyati nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar dhanikapatnīm idam avocat* / gṛhapatipatni buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimantrya kimartham ity alpotsukā tiṣṭhasīti nāsanaprajñaptiṃ nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / ārya katareṇa tvaṃ dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / dakṣiṇena / ārya pūrveṇa dvāreṇa praviśa / sa pūrveṇa praviṣṭaḥ / yāvat paśyati śobhanām āsanaprajñaptiṃ praṇītaṃ cāhāram upanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ / tato dhanikapatnī bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti / pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya /

atha dhanikaputraḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān dhanikaputrasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha bhagavān dhanikapatnyā dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ / dhanikaputreṇāpi śucinā praṇītaṃ khādaniyabhojanīyaṃ samudānītam* / athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kālyam evotthāya (fol. 224r1) pātracīvaram ādāya yena dhanikasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya dakṣiṇena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / nāsanaprajñaptiṃ paśyati nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā (msv i 228) ca punar (gbm 6.1074a) dhanikaputram idam avocat* / gṛhapatiputra tvaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimantrya kim alpotsukas tiṣṭhasīti / sa kathayati / ārya kim eva kathayasi / na paśyāmy āsanaprajñaptiṃ nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / ārya katareṇa tvaṃ dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / dakṣiṇena / ārya paścimena praviśa / yāvad asau praviṣṭaḥ / yāvat paśyati śobhanām āsanaprajñaptiṃ praṇītaṃ cāhāram upanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ / tato dhanikaputro bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya /

atha dhanikasnuṣā utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān / dhanikaputrasya dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ /

atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇān vaiśālakān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn dharmyayā kathayā yāvat samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan* / adhivāsayatu bhagavān tv asmākaṃ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / bhagavān āha / nimintrito 'smi vāsiṣṭhās tatprathamataraṃ dhanikasnuṣayeti / tato vaiśālikā (msv i 229) brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ kṣubdhāḥ kathayanti / bhavantaḥ kiṃ dhanikasyaikasya dhanam asti yena buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratidinaṃ bhojayati vayam avakāśaṃ na labhāmahe / katham atra pratipattavyam iti / apare kathayanti / yadā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho bhuktvā prakrāmati tadāsya gṛhād ekaikāṃ śilām udveṣṭayāma iti /

athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kālyam evotthāya pātracīvaram ādāya yena gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya paścimena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / paśyati nāsanaprajñaptiṃ nāpy āhāraṃ upanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punar dhanikasnuṣām idam avocat* / dhanikasnuṣe buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimantrya kim tvam alpotsukā tiṣṭhasīti / sā kathayati / maiva kathayasi / na paśyāmy āsanaprajñaptiṃ nāpy āhāraṃ sajjīkṛtam* / ārya katareṇa tvaṃ dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / paścimena / ārya uttareṇa praviśa / sa uttareṇa dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / yāvat paśyati divyām āsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtāṃ divyaṃ cāhāram upanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ / tato dhanikasnuṣā bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati / (fol. 224v1) samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktam* / yasyedānīṃ pūrvavad yāvad purastād bhikṣusaṃghaya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ /

atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ sarve saṃbhūya dhanikasya gṛhadvāre sthitāḥ / (gbm 6.1074b) dhanikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocan* / gṛhapate vaiśālako gaṇaḥ kṣuṇṇo dvāre tiṣṭhati / gaccha kṣamayainam* / mā te anarthaṃ kariṣyatīti / (msv i 230) sa nirgatya kṣamāyitum ārabdhaḥ / te kathayanti / gṛhapate kiṃ tavaivaikasya dhanam asti yena tvaṃ pratidivasaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayasi vayam avakāśaṃ na labhāmahe iti / sa kathayati / bhavanto na mayā gaṇasya kriyākāraḥ śrutaḥ / tad arhati gaṇaḥ kṣantum iti / apare kathayanti / bhavantaḥ pradhānapuruṣo 'yaṃ kṣamyatām asyeti / taiḥ kṣāntam* / sa kathayati / yady evaṃ praviśata / te gṛhaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / paśyanti śobhanām āsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtāṃ praṇītaṃ cāhāraṃ samanvāhṛtam* / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannāḥ kathayanti / gṛhapate tvam evaiko 'rhasi buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayituṃ na vayam iti / sa teṣāṃ ratnān anuprayacchati / te na pratigṛhṇanti / bhagavatābhihitāḥ / pratigṛhṇīdhvaṃ durlabhāny etāni ratnānīti / tair gṛhītāni / yena ca yādṛśaṃ gṛhītaṃ tasya tādṛśam eva varṇāvabhāsaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tato dhanikasnuṣā sukhaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya /

tato bhagavatā dhanikasya dhanikapatnyā dhanikaputrasya dhanikasnuṣāyāś cāśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca viditvā caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā / yāṃ śrutvā dhanikena dhanikapatnyā dhanikaputreṇa dhanikasnuṣayā ca viṃśatiśikharaṃ samudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / (msv i 231) te dṛṣṭasatyās trir udānam udānayanti pūrvavad yāvat* / abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / upāsakāṃś cāsmān dhārayantu yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇagatam abhiprasannāḥ / atha bhagavān dhanikaṃ dhanikapatnīṃ dhanikaputraṃ dhanikasnuṣāṃ ca dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta dhanikena dhanikapatnyā dhanikaputreṇa dhanikasnuṣayā ca karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātā divyamānuṣīṃ ca śriyaṃ pratyanubhavanti / bhagavataś cāntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni / pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapurvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo mālākāraḥ (fol. 225r1 = gbm 6.1059; msv,wi 108) prativasati tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalataram ānītaṃ sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati / tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ tenāpy asau sadṛśāt kulāt pariṇītaḥ so (gbm 6.1075a) 'pareṇa samayena daridraḥ saṃvṛttaḥ paramadaridras tena saputrakalatrasnuṣeṇa / mahatā yatnenaikaḥ paṭaḥ saṃpāditas tatas taṃ prāvṛtya mālākāro rājñe puṣpāṇy upanāmayati | tam eva prāvṛtya mālākārapatnī antaḥpurāyopanayati mālākāraputro 'pi tam eva prāvṛtya kumārāṇāṃ upanayati / mālākārasnuṣāpi tam eva prāvṛtya rājñaḥ snuṣāṇāṃ puṣpāṇy upanayati /

asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya / yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caraṃ sūryasyāstaṃgamanakālasamaye vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ / tasya ca mālākārasya (msv,wi 109) nagarasaṃpraveśe gṛhaṃ tasya ca vāṭikāyāṃ rātriṃ vāsam upagatas tejodhātuṃ samāpannaḥ tatas tena mālākāreṇa dṛṣṭo 'gniskandha iva jvalaṃ tena prasādajātena patnyāḥ samākhyātaṃ sābhiprasannā tayā putrasya so 'bhiprasannas tenāpi snuṣāyā ākhyātaṃ sābhiprasannā tatas te saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ alam asmākaṃ śvo bhaktena ayaṃ pravrajitaḥ śāntātmā saṃbhūyainaṃ bhojayāma iti / tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ tair asau piṇḍakena pratipāditaḥ mālākāraḥ kathayati bhadre yo mama paṭapratyaṃśas tam asmai pravrajitāya pratipādayāmi .. sā kathayaty āryaputra mayā dattaḥ putraḥ kathayati mayā dattaḥ snuṣā kathayati mayāpi datta iti | tatas tair asau saṃbhūya paṭenācchāditaḥ kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī | tataḥ sa mahātmā teṣām anukampayā uparivihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ āśu pṛthagjanasya riddhir āvarjanakarī te śastranikṛttā {mūlanikṛttā} iva drumāḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ yad asmābhir evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nena vayaṃ kuśalamūlenāḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyema divyamānuṣī asmākaṃ gṛhe śrīḥ prādurbhaved evaṃvidhānāṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ lābhinaḥ syāma / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayemo mā virāgayema iti | tataḥ pratyekabuddhas teṣāṃ anukampayā riddhiṃ kṛtvā rājakulasyopariṣṭhāt saṃprasthitaḥ / tasya gacchato chāyā (msv,wi 110) rājña upari patitā sa ūrdhvamukho nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ paśyati taṃ mahātmānaṃ sa saṃlakṣayati kasyāpy anena mahātmanā dāridramūlāni samuddhṛtāni | tasya mālākārasya yaḥ kālo rājñe puṣpāṇy upanāmayituṃ so 'tikrāntaḥ / rājāpi puṣpāṇi pratīkṣamāṇas tiṣṭhati / tato mālākāro rājapuruṣair āhūtaḥ sa rājñābhihitaḥ kimarthaṃ tavādya puṣpavelātikrānteti / tena vistareṇa yathābhūtam ākhyātaṃ / tato rājñā yathāprāvṛtenācchāditaḥ evaṃ mālākārapatnī (fol. 225v1) antaḥpureṇa yathāprāvṛtenācchāditā mālākāraputro kumārair (gbm 6.1060) mālākārasnuṣā rājavadhūbhis tasya dṛṣṭa eva dharme dhanaḥ puṣpair abhinirvṛttaḥ adaridraḥ saṃvṛttaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau (gbm 6.1075b) mālākāra evāsau dhanikas tena kālena tena samayena mālākārapatnī dhanikapatnī mālākāraputro dhanikaputro mālākārasnuṣā dhanikasnuṣā yad ebhiḥ pratyekabuddhe kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātā divyamānuṣi śrīḥ gṛhe prādurbhūtā mama cāntike satyāni dṛṣṭāni / ahaṃ caibhiḥ pratyekabuddhakoṭīśatasahasrebhyaḥ prativiśiṣṭataraḥ śāstā ārāgito na virāgita iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇāṃ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīya ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*

atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhūyasyā mātrayābhiprasannā utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan* adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavāṃs traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghenety adhivāsayati bhagavāṃ vaiśālakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / atha vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayas tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya pūrvavad yāvad dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya / atha bhagavān vaiśālakān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / evaṃ dvau trayo vā divasā atikrāntaḥ vaiśālakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo vistīrṇaparivārāḥ sakṛcchraś ca kālo vartate | te teṣāṃ jñātayo bhojanam iti kṛtvā pratyaham upasaṃkrāmanti tair upadrūyamāṇā bhikṣūṇāṃ kathayanti āryāḥ sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate 'smākaṃ jñātaya ākāṃkṣamāṇā upasaṃkrāmanti teṣāṃ vayaṃ pratyaham anuprayacchāmo na ca śaknumo yuṣmākaṃ teṣāṃ ca saṃpādayitum* aho vatāryakāḥ pratijāgṛyur vayam upakaraṇāni prayacchāma iti bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti / bhagavantam avalokayāma iti | etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti | bhagavān āha // tasmād anujānāmi bhikṣubhiḥ pratijāgartavyam iti | uktaṃ bhagavatā bhikṣubhir bhaktaṃ pratijāgartavyam iti | te pratijāgartum ārabdhāḥ / yāvad abhyavakāśe pratijāgrati peyā ca sādhyate devaś ca vṛṣṭaḥ sā ca naṣṭā | etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti | bhagavān āha / nābhyavakāśe sādhayitavyam* dvārakoṣṭhake prāsāde sādhayanti | bhagavān āha / na dvārakoṣṭhake na prāsāde / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo daśemāny akalpikāni kalpikaśālāvastūni yeṣu bhaktaṃ na pratijāgartavyaṃ katamāni daśa (msv i 234.6) abhyavakāśadvārakoṣṭhakaprāsādāgniśālāyantradhararājāṅganadevasthānagṛhapatikuṭibhikṣuṇīśālā / etāni (fol. 226r1) śālāvastūni yeṣu bhaktaṃ na pratijāgartavyaṃ / pratijāgrati sātiśarā bhavanti /

uddānam* / ....

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / athānyatamasya bhikṣor glānyam utpannam* / sa vaidyasakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati / bhadramukha bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśa / tena roganidānaṃ pṛṣṭvā abhihitaḥ / ārya peyāṃ piba svastho bhaviṣyasīti / sa kathayati / bhadramukha bhagavatā nānujñātam* / vaidyaḥ kathayati / ārya kāruṇiko vaḥ śāstā sthānam etad vidyate yad anujñāsyati / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / yadi vaidyaḥ kathayati peyāṃ pibeti / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

bhagavān āha / vaidyopadeśena peyā pātavvyeti / tasyopasthāpakena śītalā peyā dattā / sa vaidyasakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati / bhadramukha kiṃ tayā peyayā nāhaṃ svasthaḥ / vaidyaḥ kathayati / ārya kiṃ tvayā peyā na pītā / sa kathayati / pitā / kim uṣṇā / śītalaiva / (msv i 235) ārya na śobhanaṃ kṛtam* / uṣṇīkṛtya pātavyā / bhikṣavo na jānate kutra uṣṇīkartavyā / bhagavān āha / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ kalpikaśālā saṃmantavyā / bhikṣavo na jānate kīdṛg iti / bhagavān āha / paṃca kalpikaśālā bhavanti / ārambhyamāṇāntikā ucchrīyamāṇāntikā goniṣādikā udbhūtavastukā saṃmatikā ca /

tatra ārambhyamāṇāntikā katamā / tadyathā navakarmiko bhikṣur yatra prathamataḥ sthitvā saṃghasya kalpikasthānam iti kṛtvā vācayati idaṃ kalpikasthānam iti / idam ārambhyamāṇāntikā ucyate / tatra ucchrīyamāṇāntikā katamā / yathāpi tan navakarmiko bhikṣuḥ śilāyām ucchrīyamāṇāyāṃ tatprathamataḥ śilāyāṃ nyasyamānāyāṃ sāmantakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate / avadhārayantu āyuṣmantaḥ idaṃ saṃghasya kalpikasthānam* / idam evocchrīyamāṇāntikocyate / tatra goniṣādikā katamā / yatra dvārāntas tad goniṣādiketi / tatra udbhūtavastukā katamā / prahīṇavastukā iyam ucyate / saṃmatikā katamā / yad dvābhyāṃ saṃmataṃ yat saṃmatiketi / bhikṣavo na jānate kathaṃ saṃmantavyam iti / bhagavān āha / yat sthānam adhiṣṭhitam antaḥsīmaṃ bahirvyāmaparivāram (fol. 226v1) abhimataṃ saṃghasya tat saṃmantavyam* / evaṃ ca punaḥ saṃmantavyam* / śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma karaṇīyam* / śṛṇotu bhadantaḥ (msv i 236) saṃghaḥ / idaṃ sarvākārapariniṣṭhitam antaḥsīmaṃ bahirvyāmaparivāraṃ saṃghasya kalpikaśālāṃ saṃmantu / sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣametānujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃghaḥ etat kalpikasthānaṃ saṃmanyate ity eṣā jñaptiḥ / evaṃ ca karma kartavyam* / śṛṇotu bhadantaḥ saṃghaḥ / idaṃ vastu sarvākārapariniṣṭhitam antaḥsīmaṃ bahirvyāmaparivāraṃ saṃghaḥ kalpikasthānaṃ saṃmanyate / yenāyuṣmatāṃ kṣamante idaṃ vastu kalpikasthānaṃ saṃmantuṃ te tūṣṇīm* / na kṣamante bhāṣantām* / kṣāntam anujñātaṃ saṃghena yasmāt tūṣṇīm evaitad dhārayāmi /

buddho bhagavān vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre / vaiśālyāṃ siṃhaḥ senāpatiḥ prativasati / sa jñātibhir āhṛtaṃ māṃsaṃ paribhuṃkte / yadā bhagavato 'ntikāt satyāni dṛṣṭāni tadā na paribhuṃkte / āhṛtāni tu bhikṣūṇāṃ prayacchati / bhikṣavas tat paribhuṃjate / tīrthikā avadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / āyuṣmantaḥ siṃhena senāpatinā uddiśya kṛtaṃ māṃsam āhṛtam* / tat śramaṇaśākyaputrīyāṇām anuprayacchati / śramaṇaśākyaputrīyaiḥ uddiśya kṛtaṃ māṃsaṃ paribhuktam iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / trīṇi cākalpikāni māṃsāni na paribhoktavyānīti vadāmi / katamāni trīṇi / mām uddiśya kṛtam iti saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭam akalpikaṃ māṃsaṃ na paribhoktavyam iti vadāmi / śrutam tvām (fol. 227r1) uddiśya kṛtam iti akalpikaṃ māṃsaṃ na paribhoktavyam iti vadāmi / svayam evam ākāraparivitarka utpanno bhavati / mām uddiśya kṛtam iti saṃcintya akalpikaṃ māṃsaṃ na paribhoktavyam (msv i 237) iti vadāmi / bhikṣavas trīṇi kalpikāni māṃsāni paribhoktavyānīti vadāmi / katamāni trīṇi / mām uddiśya kṛtam iti saṃmukham adṛṣṭaṃ kalpikamāṃsaṃ paribhoktavyam iti vadāmi / aśrutaṃ tvām uddiśya kṛtam iti kalpikamāṃsaṃ paribhoktayam iti vadāmi / na svayam eva pūrvavad yāvat kalpikaṃ māṃsaṃ paribhoktavyam iti vadāmi /

śrāvastyām nidānam* / sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate / bhikṣavaḥ pārśvaṃ datvā tiṣṭhanti / te brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ kathayanti / āryā ekāntaghaṭake śāsane kimarthaṃ pārśvaṃ datvā tiṣṭhatha na kuśalapakṣaṃ pratijāgṛtheti / te kathayanti / sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate paryāptaṃ piṇḍakaṃ nāsādayāmaḥ / vayaṃ kṣudhārtā durbalā jātāḥ / ataḥ pārśvaṃ datvā sthitāḥ / te kathayanti / kasmān na pratijāgṛtha iti / nānujñātaṃ bhagavatā / kāruṇiko vaḥ śāstā sthānam etad vidyate yad anujñāsyati / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo 'nujānāmi / evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre bhikṣavaḥ pratijāgartavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

śrāvastyām nidānam* / sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate / bhikṣavaḥ śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir ucyante / āryā ihaiva bhaktakṛtyaṃ kuruteti / te bhaktakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā pūrvalabdhaṃ gṛhītvā vihāraṃ gacchanti durbhikṣakāle bhuṃjiṣyāma iti kṛtvā kin tu kaukṛtyān na paribhuṃjate / etat prakaraṇam bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / (msv i 238) tasmād anujānāmi evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre ākāṃkṣatā prāggṛhītam iti kṛtvā prāggṛhītaṃ paribhoktavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate / śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhikṣūn upanimantrya antargṛhe bhojayanti / teṣāṃ tu bhaktānāṃ khādyakāny avaśiṣyante / brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ kathayanti / āryā yuṣmākaṃ kṛte adhiṣṭhitaṃ bhaktam avaśiṣyate / etat pragṛhyatām* / te tad gṛhītvā gacchanti / gatās tam api ākāṃkṣanti paribhoktum* / kaukṛtyān na paribhuṃjate / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmi evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre evaṃvidhaṃ dānam iti kṛtvā paribhoktavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / sakṛcchraḥ kālo vartate / śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhikṣūn upanimantrya bhojayanti / teṣāṃ bhuktavatāṃ khādyakāni kiṃcid avaśiṣyante / bhikṣavaḥ prakrāntāḥ / brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ kathayanti / āryāḥ sadya eva prakrāntāḥ / khādyakāny avaśiṣyante / durlabhāny etāni / gṛhītvā gaccha / tair nītam* / bhikṣavas tad api ākāṃkṣanti paribhoktum* / kaukṛtyān na paribhuṃjate / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmi evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre prāgdattam iti kṛtvā paribhoktavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

śrāvastyām nidānam* / śrāddhānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām auttarāpathikāni vanāstikāni phalāni saṃpadyante / te saṃlakṣayanti / durlabhāny etāni āryāṇāṃ dātavyāni / bhikṣūṇāṃ parigrahārthaṃ dattāni / bhikṣavaḥ pratigrahītavyam iti kṛtvā (fol. 227v1) kaukṛtyān na paribhuṃjate / śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ kathayanti / ārya yadā bhagavān loke notpannas tadā tīrthyā dakṣiṇīyāḥ / idānīṃ tu bhagavān loke utpanna idānīṃ bhavanto dakṣiṇīyāḥ / tasmād anukampayā gṛhṇīteti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmīti / durlabhānīti kṛtvā paribhoktavyāni / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / tatremāni vanāstikāni / drākṣādāḍimbatinduka ... /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhikṣūṇāṃ satkurvatāṃ pravārayatāṃ puṣkarāstikāni anuprayacchanti / bhikṣava ākāṃkṣanti kin tu kaukṛtyān na paribhuṃjate / bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / durlabhānīti kṛtvā paribhoktavyāni / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / tatremāni puṣkarāstikāni / tālūkaṃ mṛṇālaṃ kumudabījaṃ padmabījaṃ ceti /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya dhātuvaiṣamyād glānyam utpannam* / āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ saṃlakṣayati (msv i 240) bahuśo mayā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya svamatena upasthānaṃ kṛtam* / na ca kadācid vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ yanv ahaṃ pṛccheyam iti / tena vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / bhadramukha āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya dhātuḥ kupitaḥ / bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśa / sa kathayati / ārya padmabījaṃ prayaccha svastho bhaviṣyati / āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ saṃlakṣayati / na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad aham āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya kṛte na visakṣīreṇa upasthānaṃ kuryām iti / saṃlakṣitamātra eva śrāvastyā antarhito mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre pratyaṣṭhān nāgararājasya bhavanasamīpe / tataḥ supratiṣṭhitena nāgarājena dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / kim āryasya āgamane kāraṇam* / sa kathayati / āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya dhātuḥ kupitaḥ / tasya vaidyena visakṣīram ādiṣṭam iti / supratiṣṭhito nāgarājaḥ kathayati / ārya yady evaṃ tiṣṭha tāvad iti / sa mandākinīṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrya puruṣapramāṇāni visakṣīrāṇy utpāṭya utpāṭya visakṣīreṇāyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya pātraṃ pūritam* / āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano 'sya visāni rujyamānāni nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ / supratiṣṭhito nāgarājaḥ kathayati / ārya kim ākāṃkṣase visāni paribhoktum iti / sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / sa kathayati / ārya gaccha / svasti te / athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano visakṣīreṇa pātraṃ pūrayitvā mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre 'ntarhitaḥ śrāvastyāṃ pratyaṣṭhāt* jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārame / tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa vaidyopadeśena visakṣīraṃ paribhuktam* / svasthībhūtaḥ ...

(fol. 228r1; msv,wi 112) + + + + + + + + gaccha śrāvastyāṃ jetavane maṇḍapakariṇyāṃ chorayitvā āgaccheti / sa pavanabalavegavāhinā javena śrāvastīm āgamya jetavana /// (228r2) kalabho jātaḥ tatsamanantaraṃ ca siṃhanādo muktaḥ tataḥ sā hastinī saṃtrastā mūtrapurīṣam utsṛjantī kalabhaṃ chorayitvā prakrāmati /// (228r3) vardhayito dhanena pālita iti dhanapālako dhanapālaka iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / apare paṭhanti rājñā prasenajitā rājño bimbisārasya /// (228r4) kānicid visāni paribhuktāni kānicid āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa aparāṇi saṃghe caritāni / tathā avaśiṣṭaṃ tato /// (228r5) bhikṣavo bhagavatā ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / durlabhāni bhavanto mānuṣāṇāṃ divyāni visāni tasmād anujānāmi durlabhāni divyāni visānīti /// (228r6; cf. msv i 241.1ff. which has been suplied from divy 123ff.) bhadraṃkare nagare ṣaḍ jñātā mahāpuṇyāḥ prativasanti miṇḍhako gṛhapatiḥ miṇḍhakapatnī miṇḍhakaputraḥ miṇḍhakasnuṣā miṇḍhakadāso miṇḍhakadāsī /// (228r7) sahadarśanād eva pūryante | evaṃ miṇḍhako gṛhapatir jñāto mahāpuṇyaḥ kathaṃ miṇḍhakapatnī sā ekasyārthāya sthālīṃ sādhayati śatāni sahasrāṇi ca paribhuṃjate evaṃ miṇḍhakapatnī /// (228r8) parityajati tadā pūrṇa eva tiṣṭhati na ca parikṣīyate | evaṃ miṇḍhakaputraḥ miṇḍhakasnuṣā ekasyārthāya gatvā saṃpādayati śatasya sahasrasya ca paryāptaṃ bhavati /// (228r9) evaṃ miṇḍhakadāsaḥ kathaṃ miṇḍhakadāsī mahāpuṇyā | sā yadā ekāṃ mātrāṃ pratijāgarti tadā sapta mātrāḥ saṃpadyante / evaṃ miṇḍhakadāsī mahāpuṇyā /

bhagavāṃ saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ miṇḍhako gṛhapatiḥ saparivāro bhadraṃkare nagare prativasati / tasya vaineyakāla āpannaḥ / (msv i 242) tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gaccha tvam ānanda (228r10) bhikṣūṇām ārocaya tathāgato bhikṣavaḥ janapadacārikayā bhadraṃkaraṃ .. + yuṣmākam utsahate tathāgatena sārdhaṃ (msv,wi 114) janapadacārikayā bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ gantuṃ sa cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇātv iti / evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya bhikṣūṇām ārocayati / (fol. 228v1) bhagavān āyuṣmanto janapadacārikayā bhadraṃkaraṃ + + yuṣmākam utsahate bhagavatā sārdhaṃ janapadacārikayā bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ gantuṃ sa cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇātv iti / evam āyuṣmann iti / te bhikṣava āyuṣmata ānandasya pratiśrutya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā gacchanti /

atha bhagavān (228v2) dāntaparivāraḥ śāntaḥ śāntaparivāraḥ arhann arhaparivāraḥ janapadacārikāṃ caraṃ bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ samprasthitaḥ yadā bhagavatā śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ tadā tīrthyā nirbhartsitāḥ / tataḥ kecid bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ gatvāvasthitāḥ / taiḥ śrutaṃ śramaṇo (228v3) gautama āgacchatīti śrutvā ca punar vyathitāḥ pūrvaṃ tāvad vayaṃ śramaṇena gautamena madhyadeśān nirvāsitāḥ sa yadīhāgamiṣyati niścayenāsmān ito 'pi nirvāsayiṣyati tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti / te kulopakaraṇaśālā upasaṃkramya kathayanti (228v4) dharmalābho dharmalābhaḥ ārya kim idaṃ avalokitā bhavataḥ (msv i 243) gamiṣyāmaḥ kasyārthāya / dṛṣṭāsmābhir yuṣmākaṃ saṃpattir yāvad vipattin na paśyāmas tāvad gacchāmaḥ āryakā asmākaṃ vipattir bhaviṣyati / bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautama kṣurāśaniṃ pātayann anekā aputrikā (228v5) apatikāni kurvann āgacchati | ārya yady evaṃ yasminn eva kāle sthātavyaṃ tasminn eva kāle 'smākaṃ parityāgaḥ kriyate / tiṣṭhatha na gantavyam iti / te kathayanti / kiṃ vayaṃ na tiṣṭhāmaḥ / na yūyam asmākaṃ śroṣyatha / āryāḥ kathayata śroṣyāmaḥ / te kathayanti (228v6) bhadraṃkaranagarasāmanatakena sarvaṃ janakāyam udvāsya bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ praveśayata : śādvalāni kṛṣata : sthaṇḍilāni pātayata : puṣpaphalavrkṣāṃś chedayata pānīyāni viṣeṇa dūṣayata / te kathayanti / āryās tiṣṭhata sarvam utiṣṭhāma iti / te 'vasthitāḥ / tatas tair (228v7) bhadraṃkarasāmantakena sarvo janakāya udvāsya bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaraṃ praveśitaḥ śādvalāni kṛṣṭāni sthaṇḍilāni pātitāni puṣpavṛkṣāś chinnāḥ pānīyāni viṣadūṣitāni / tataḥ śakro devendraḥ saṃlakṣayati / na mama pratirūpaṃ yad ahaṃ bhagavato 'satkāram (228v8) adhyupekṣeyaṃ yena nāma bhagavatā trikalpāsaṃkhyeyair anekaiś ca duṣkaraśatasahasraiḥ ṣaṭ pāramitāḥ paripūryānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam .. .. bhagava sarvalokaprativiśiṣṭaḥ sarvavādavijayī śūnye janapade cārikām cariṣyati / yanv ahaṃ bhagavataḥ saśrāvakasaṃghasya sukhasparśārthāyautsukyam (228v9) āpadyeyam iti | tena vātabalāhakānāṃ devaputrāṇām ājñā dattā / gacchata viṣapānīyāni śoṣayateti / varṣabalāhakānāṃ devaputrāṇām ājñā dattā / aṣṭāṅgopetasya (msv i 244) pānīyasyāpūrayateti / cāturmahārājikā devā uktāḥ / yūyaṃ (228v10) bhadraṃkaranagarasamantād āvāsayateti tato vātabalāhakair devaputrair viṣadūṣitāni pānīyāni śoṣitāni varṣabalāhakair eva kūpodapānavāpīsaras taḍāgāny aṣṭāṅgopetasya pānīyasya pūritāni / cāturmahārājikair devair (fol. 229r1 = gbm 6.770; msv i 244.5) bhadraṃkaranagarasāmantakaṃ sarvam āvāsitam* / janapadā ṛddhā sphītāś ca saṃvṛttāḥ / tīrthyair nagaravāsijanakāyasametair avacarakāḥ preṣitāḥ / paśyata kīdṛśā janapadā iti / te gatāḥ paśyanti / atiśayena janapadā ṛddhasphītāḥ / tata āgatya kathayanti / bhavanto na kadācid asmābhir evaṃ janapadā ṛddhasphītā dṛṣṭapūrvā iti / tīrthyāḥ kathayanti / bhavanto dṛṣṭo vo yas tāvad acetanān bhāvān anvāvartayati sa yuṣmān nānvāvartayiṣyatīti / tat kuta etat* / sarvathā avalokitā bhavantu bhavantaḥ / paścimaṃ vo darśanaṃ gacchāma iti / te kathayanti / āryās tiṣṭhata / kiṃ śramaṇo gautamo yuṣmākaṃ karoti / so 'pi pravrajito yūyam api pravrajitāḥ / bhikṣopajīvitaḥ kim asau yuṣmākaṃ bhikṣāṃ vārayiṣyatīti / tīrthyāḥ kathayanti / samayena tiṣṭhāmaḥ / yadi yūyaṃ kriyākāraṃ kuruta na kenacit śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyam* / ya upasaṃkrāmati ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān daṇḍayitavya iti / taiḥ pratijñātaṃ kriyākāraś ca kṛtaḥ /

tato bhagavān anupūrveṇa bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaram anuprāpto bhadraṃkare viharati dakṣiṇāyatane / tena khalu samayena kāpilavāstuno brāhmaṇadārikā bhadraṃkare nagare pariṇītā / tayā prākārasthayā bhagavān andhakāre sthito dṛṣṭaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ bhagavān śākyakulanandanaḥ śākyakulād rājyam apahāya pravrajitaḥ / yady atra sopānaṃ syād ahaṃ pradīpam ādāyāvatareyam iti / tato bhagavatā tasyāś cetasā cittam ājñāya sopānaṃ nirmitam* / tato 'sau hṛṣṭatuṣṭāḥ pramuditāḥ pradīpam ādāya sopānenāvatīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ purastāt pradīpaṃ sthāpayitvā pādau śirasā vanditvā niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya / tato bhagavatā tasyā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedikī purvavad yāvac charaṇagatām atiprasannām iti / atha bhagavāṃs tāṃ dārikām idam avocat* / ehi tvaṃ dārike yena miṇḍhakagṛhapatis tenopasaṃkrama / upasaṃkramya evaṃ madvacanād ārogyaya / evaṃ vada / gṛhapate tvām uddiśyāham ihāgatas tvaṃ ca dvāraṃ baddhvāvasthito yuktam etad evaṃ hy atitheḥ pratipattuṃ yathā tvaṃ pratipanna iti / yadi kathayati gaṇena kriyākāraḥ kṛta iti / vaktavyaḥ / tava putrasya paṃcaśatiko nakulakaḥ kaṭyāṃ baddhas tiṣṭhati / sa yadi śataṃ vā sahasraṃ vā vyayīkaroti pūryata eva na parikṣīyate / na śaknoṣi tvaṃ ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān datvāgantum iti / evaṃ bhadanteti sā dārikā bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya saṃprasthitā / yathāparijñātaiva kenacid evaṃ miṇḍhakasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gatā / gatvā kathayati / gṛhapate bhagavāṃs te ārogyayati / sa (msv i 246) kathayati dārike vande buddhaṃ bhagavantam* / gṛhapate bhagavān evam āha / tvām evāham uddiśyāgatas tvaṃ ca dvāraṃ baddhāvasthitaḥ / yuktam etad evam atitheḥ (fol. 229v1 = gbm 6.771) pratipattuṃ yathā tvaṃ pratipanna iti / sa kathayati / dārike gaṇena kriyākāraḥ kṛto na kenacit śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ darśaṇāyopasaṃkramitavyam* / yaḥ upasaṃkrāmati sa gaṇena ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣapaṇān daṇḍya iti / gṛhapate bhagavān kathayati / tava putrasya paṃcaśatiko nakulakaḥ kaṭyāṃ baddhas tiṣṭhati / sa yadi śataṃ sahasraṃ vā vyayīkaroti pūryate eva na parikṣīyate / na śaknoṣi tvaṃ ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān datvāgantum iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / na kaścid etat saṃjānīte nūnaṃ sarvajñaḥ sa bhagavān* / gacchāmīti / sa ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān dvāre sthāpayitvā brāhmaṇadārikopadiṣṭena sopānenāvatīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavatāḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā purastān niṣaṇṇaḥ / tato bhagavān miṇḍhakasya gṛhapater aśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśīṃ caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān yāṃ śrutvā miṇḍhakena pūrvavad yāvat srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / sa dṛṣṭasatyaḥ kathayati / bhagavan kim eṣo 'pi bhadraṃkaranivāsijanakāya evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhīti / bhagavān āha / gṛhapate tvam āgamya bhūyasā sarva eva janakāyo labhīti / tato miṇḍhako gṛhapatir bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ / sa gṛhaṃ gatvā kārṣāpaṇānāṃ rāśiṃ vyavasthāpya gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

yo draṣṭum icchati jinaṃ jitarāgadoṣaṃ nirdvandvam apratisamaṃ kanakāvadātam* /
so niścalena hṛdayena suniścitena kṣipraṃ pradātu dhanam asya mayā pradeyam* // iti

janakāyāḥ kathayati / gṛhapate śreyaḥ śramaṇasya gautamasya darśanam* / sa kathayati / śreyaḥ / te kathayanti / yadi evaṃ gaṇenaiva kriyākāraḥ kṛto gaṇa evotpāṭayatu / ko 'tra virodhaḥ / te kriyākāram utpāṭya nirgantum ārabdhāḥ / tataḥ parasparaṃ saṃghaṭṭena na śaknuvanti nirgantum iti / vajrapāṇinā yakṣeṇa vinayajanānukampayā vajraḥ kṣiptaḥ / prākārasya khaṇḍaḥ patitaḥ / anekāni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi nirgatāni kānicit kutūhalajātāni kānicit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ saṃcodyamānāni / tato mahājanakāyasannipātād bhagavato yojanaṃ sāmantakena parṣat sannipatitā / atha bhagavāṃs tāṃ parṣadam avagāhya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣadyānekasatvasantānakuśalamūlasamāropikāṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān* / yāṃ śrutvā kaiścit srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / pūrvavat kenacic charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni / bhagavato 'ticiraṃ dharmaṃ deśayitvā bhojanakālo 'tikrāntaḥ /

miṇḍhako gṛhapatiḥ kathayati / bhagavan bhaktakṛtyaṃ kriyatām iti / bhagavān āha / gṛhapate bhojanakālo 'tikrānta iti / sa kathayati / bhagavan kim akāle kalpate / bhagavān āha / ghṛtaṃ guḍaṃ (msv i 248) śarkarāḥ pānakāni ceti / tato miṇḍhakena gṛhapatinā śilpina āhūyoktāḥ / bhagavanto 'kālakhādyakāni śīghraṃ sajjīkuruteti / tair api kathitam* / akālakhādyakāni (fol. 230r1 = gbm 6.772) sajjīkṛtāni / gṛhapatinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ akālakhādyakair akālapānakaiś ca saṃtarpitaḥ / tato bhagavān miṇḍhakaṃ gṛhapatiṃ saparivāraṃ satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpya taṃ ca karvaṭakanivāsinaṃ janakāyaṃ yathābhavyatayā vinīya saṃprasthitaḥ /

miṇḍhakagṛhapatiḥ kathayati / bhagavan kārṣāpaṇaḥ pathyādinimittaṃ gṛhyatām iti / bhagavān āha / grahītavya iti / uktaṃ bhagavatā kārṣāpaṇo grahītavya iti / bhikṣavo na jānate kena grahītavyaḥ kathaṃ ceti / bhagavān āha / kalpakāreṇa / kalpakāro na bhavati / bhagavān āha / srāmaṇerakeṇa / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / yat taduktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā śrāmaṇerakasya jātarūparajatapratigraho daśamaṃ śikṣāpadam iti / uktaṃ bhagavatā śrāmaṇerakeṇa grahītavya iti / tat katham* / bhagavān āha / pratigraham upālin mayā sandhāyoktaṃ mā tv agṛhyam* / tasmāt śramaṇerakeṇodgrahītavyam* / no tu pratigrahaḥ svīkartavyaḥ /

miṇḍhako gṛhapatiḥ kathayati / bhagavan guḍaudanaṃ gṛhyatām iti / bhagavān āha / grahītavyam iti / bhikṣavo na jānate kena grahītavyaṃ kathaṃ ceti / bhagavān āha / asatyāgārike śrāmaṇerakeṇa bhikṣubhir vā sāptāhikam adhiṣṭhāya svayam eva voḍhavyam* / bhikṣavo na jānate katham (msv i 249) adhiṣṭhātavyam iti / bhagavān āha / hastau prakṣālya pratigrāhayitvā vāme pāṇau pratiṣṭhāpya dakṣiṇena pāṇinā praticchādya bhikṣoḥ purataḥ sthitvā vaktavyam* / samanvāharatāyuṣmantaḥ / aham evaṃnāmā idaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ sāptāhikam adhiṣṭhāsyāmi teṣām arthāya sabrahmacāriṇāṃ ceti / evaṃ dvir api trir api / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / yad uktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā guḍaḥ sāptāhiko 'dhiṣṭhātavya iti / kena paribhoktavyaḥ / paṃcabhir upālin pudgalaiḥ / adhvapratipannakena bhaktacchinnakena glānakena upadhivārikeṇa navakarmikeṇa ceti /

bhikṣavo janapadacārikāṃ saṃprasthitāḥ / taṇḍulānāṃ ca saktūnāṃ ca madhye guḍaṃ prakṣipanti / adhvagā icchanti paribhoktum* / kaukṛtyena paribhuṃjate / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / na labhyaṃ bhikṣavas tenāmiṣeṇāmiṣakṛtyaṃ kartum* / yas taṇḍuleṣu prakṣiptaḥ sa prasphoṭya paribhoktavyaḥ / yas tu saktuṣu udakena dravīkṛtya paribhoktavyaḥ / aparo 'pi dravīkṛtya na parisphuṭa eva bhavati / bhagavān āha / vaṃśadalikayā nirlikhyodakena prakṣālayitavyaḥ / tathāpi na śakyate nirāmiṣaḥ kartavyaḥ / bhagavān āha / suśocitaḥ kṛtvā udakena dravīkṛtya pātavyaḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta miṇḍhakena miṇḍhakapatnyā miṇḍhakaputreṇa miṇḍhakasnuṣayā miṇḍhakadāsena miṇḍhakadāsyā ca karma kṛtaṃ yena ṣaḍabhijñātā (msv i 250) mahāpuṇyāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / bhagavato 'ntike satyāni (fol. 230v1 = gbm 6.773) dṛṣṭāni / bhagavān caibhir ārāgito na virāgita iti / bhagavān āhā / ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāni upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā pūrvavad yāvad dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati / tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikī anāvṛṣṭir vyākṛtā śalākāvṛtti {dutt: ms. śilakā throughout; but ms śalākā- throughout} mahādurbhikṣaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / trividhaṃ durbhikṣaṃ bhaviṣyati caṃcu śvetāsthi śalākāvṛtti ca / tatra caṃcu ucyate / samudgake tasmin manuṣyā bījāni prakṣipya anāgatasatvāpekṣayā sthāpayanti / asmākam anena bījena manuṣyāḥ kāryaṃ kariṣyantīti / idaṃ samudgasaṃbandhāc {dutt: samudgakasambandhāt*} caṃcu ucyate / śvetāsthi katamat* / tasmin kāle manuṣyā asthīni upasaṃhṛtya tāvat kvāthayanti yāvat tāny asthīni śvetāni saṃvṛttānīti / tatas taṃ pānaṃ pibanti / idaṃ śvetāsthisaṃbandhāt* śvetāsthi ucyate / śalākāvṛtti katamat* / tasmin kāle manuṣyāḥ khālabilebhyo dhānyaguḍakāni śalākayākṛṣya bahūdakāyāṃ sthālyāṃ kvāthayitvā pibanti / idaṃ śalākāsaṃbandhāc chalākāvṛtti ucyate / rājñā brahmadattena vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurā naimittikair dvādaśavārṣiky (msv i 251) anāvṛṣṭir vyākṛtā śalākāvṛtti durbhikṣaṃ bhaviṣyati caṃcu śvetāsthi ca / yeṣāṃ dvādaśavārṣikaṃ bhaktam asti taiḥ sthātavyam* / yeṣāṃ nāsti te yatheṣṭaṃ gacchantu / vigatadurbhikṣatayā subhikṣe punar āgamiṣyatha iti / tasmiṃś ca samaye vārāṇasyām anyatamo gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparivāraḥ / vistīrṇaviśālas tena koṣṭhāgārika āhūyoktaḥ / bhoḥ puruṣa bhaviṣyati me saparivārasya dvādaśavārṣikaṃ bhaktam iti / sa kathayati / ārya bhaviṣyatīti / sa tatraivāvasthitaḥ / samanantarāt tu eva tad durbhikṣam* / tasya koṣṭhāgāraḥ parikṣīṇaḥ / sarvaś ca parijanaḥ kālagataḥ / ātmanā ṣaṣṭho vyavasthitaḥ / tatas tena gṛhapatinā kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇi śodhayitvā dhānyaprastha upasaṃhṛtaḥ / so 'sya patnyā sthālyāṃ prakṣipya sādhitaḥ / asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante / hīnadīnānukampakā prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya / yāvad anyataraḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ / sa pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vārāṇasīṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭaḥ / sa ca gṛhapatiḥ sajjo 'vasthito bhoktum* / sa ca pratyekabuddho 'nupūrveṇa piṇḍapātam aṭaṃs tasya gṛham anuprāptaḥ / sa tena gṛhapatinā dṛṣṭaḥ kāthaprāsādikaś cittaprāsādikaś ca / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati / etad apy ahaṃ paribhujya niyataṃ prāṇair viyokṣye / yanv ahaṃ pratyaṃśam asmai pravrajitāya dadyām iti / tena bhāryābhihitā / bhadre yo mama pratyaṃśas tam asmai pravrajitāyānuprayaccheti / (fol. 231r1 = gbm 6.774) sā saṃlakṣayati / mama svāmī na paribhuṃkte / katham ahaṃ paribhuṃje iti / sā kathayati āryaputra (msv i 252) aham api svaṃ pratyaṃśam asmai prayacchāmīti / evaṃ putreṇa snuṣayā dāsena dāsyā svasvapratyaṃśāḥ parityaktāḥ / tatas taiḥ sarvaiḥ saṃbhūya pratyekabuddhaḥ piṇḍena pratipāditaḥ / kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī / sa vitatapakṣa iva haṃsarāja upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ / āśu pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī / te mūlanikṛttā iva drumāḥ pādayor nipatya yatheṣṭaṃ praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ / gṛhapatiḥ praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yadi riktakāni kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇi paśyāmi sahadarśanān me pūrṇāni syuḥ / evaṃvidhānāṃ ca me dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syām* / ataḥ prativiśiṣṭataraṃ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti / patnī praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nenāhaṃ kuśalamūlenāhaṃ yady ekasyārthāya sthālīṃ paceyaṃ sā śatenāpi paribhujya sahasreṇāpi na ca parikṣayaṃ gacched yan mayā prayogo na pratiprasrabdhaḥ / evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhinī syām* / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti / putraḥ praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nena me kuśalamūlena paṃcaśataḥ kamarakaḥ kaṭyām upanibaddhas tiṣṭhet* / yadi śataṃ vā sahasraṃ vā tato vyayaṃ kuryāṃ pūrṇaka eva tiṣṭhet* / mā parikṣayaṃ (msv i 253) gacchet* / evaṃvidhānāṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syām* / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti / snuṣā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yady ekasyārthāya gandhān yojaye te śatasya vā sahasrasya vā upayujyeran na ca parikṣayaṃ gaccheyuḥ / yāvat prayogo na pratiprasrabdhaḥ / evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhinī syām* / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti / dāsaḥ praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yady ekaṃ sīraṃ karṣeyaṃ saptasīrāḥ kṛṣṭā bhāveyuḥ / evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syām* / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti / dāsī praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā / yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛto 'nenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena dhānyānām ekāṃ mātrām ārabheyaṃ sapta mātrāḥ saṃpadyeran* / apy evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhinī syām* / prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti (fol. 231v1 = gbm 6.775) praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* / sa ca mahātmā pratyekabuddhas teṣām anukampāṃ kṛtvā ṛddhyā saṃprasthitaḥ / yāvad rājā brahmadattaḥ upari prāsadatalagatas tiṣṭhati / tasya ṛddhyā gacchato rājño brahmadattasyopari cchāyā nipatitā / sa ūrddhvamukho nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ / paśyati tat pratyekabuddham* / tasyaitad abhavat* / kasyāpy anena mahātmanā ṛddhimahālāṅgalair dāridryamūlāny utpāṭitānīti / balavatpāśā / tato 'sau gṛhapatiḥ (msv i 254) kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇi pratyavekṣitum ārabdho yāvat pūrṇāni paśyati / sa patnīm āmantrayate / mama tāvat praṇidhānaṃ pūrṇaṃ yuṣmākam idānīṃ paśyāma iti / tato dāsyā dhānyānām ekāṃ mātrām ārabdhā parikarmayitum* / sapta mātrāḥ saṃpannāḥ / patnyā ekasyārthāya sthālī sādhitā / sarvais taiḥ paribhuktā tathaivāvasthitā / prātiveśyair anekaiś ca prāṇiśatasahasraiḥ paribhuktā tathaivāvasthitā / tathaiva putrasya snuṣāyā dāsasya praṇidhiḥ siddhā / tato gṛhapatinā vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam* / yo bhavanto 'nnena arthī sa āgacchatv iti / vārāṇasyām uccaśabdo mahāśabdo jātaḥ / rājñā śrutam* / sa kathayati / kim eṣa bhavanta uccaśabdo mahāśabda iti / amātyaiḥ samākhyātam* / devāmukena gṛhapatinā kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy uddhāṭitānīti / rājā kathayati / yāvat sarva eva lokaḥ kālagatas tadā tena gṛhapatinā kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy uddhāṭitāni / āhūyatāṃ bhavantaḥ sa gṛhapatir iti / tair āhūtaḥ / tato rājñābhihitaḥ / gṛhapate yadā sarvalokaḥ kālagatas tadā tvayā kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy uddhāṭitānīti / deva kasya koṣṭhāgārāṇy uddhāṭitāni / api tu adyaiva me bījam uptam adyaiva phalitam iti / rājā kathayati / yathākatham* / sa tat prakaraṇaṃ vistareṇārocayati / rājā kathayati / gṛhapate tvayāsau mahātmā piṇḍakena pratipāditaḥ / deva mayā pratipāditaḥ / sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate /

aho guṇamayaṃ kṣetraṃ sarvadoṣavivarjitam* / yatroptaṃ bījam adyaiva adyaiva phaladāyakam* // iti /

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau gṛhapatir gṛhapatipatnī gṛhapatiputro (msv i 255) gṛhapatidāso gṛhapatidāsī ca / eṣa evāsau miṇḍhako gṛhapatir miṇḍhakapatnī miṇḍhakaputro miṇḍhakasnuṣā miṇḍhakadāso miṇḍhakadāsī ca / ya ebhiḥ pratyekabuddhakārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaḍ api mahāpuṇyā jātā mamāntike satyāni dṛṣṭāni / ahaṃ caibhiḥ pratyekabuddhakoṭīśatasahasrebhyaḥ prativiśiṣṭataraḥ śāstā ārāgito na virāgita iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklo vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam* /

uddānam* /

kaineyaḥ pānam ādāya kāśīpaṭṭaṃ ca yavāgvaḥ / pāpāyāṃ khādyakaṃ kṛtvā kaukṛtyaṃ vikṛtabhojanam* // //

bhagavān ādumāyāṃ viharaty āvasathe | tena khalu samayena kaineyasya ṛṣer ādumāyām āvasatho 'bhūt* / mandākinyās tu puṣkariṇyās tīre divāvihāraḥ / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati | kutra nv ahaṃ caturṇāṃ lokapālānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ / yatra me kaineya ṛṣir alpakṛcchreṇa damatham āgata etasyaitad abhavat* / yanv ahaṃ mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre deśayeyaṃ / tatra damatham eṣyati | tatra bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam* / dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavanto (msv i 256) laukikaṃ cittam utpādayanti tasmiṃ samaye śakrabrahmādayo devā bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājānanti / vaiśravaṇo mahārājaḥ saṃlakṣayati | kiṃkāraṇaṃ bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditaṃ / paśyaty asmākam eva caturṇāṃ lokapālānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayitukāma iti viditvā pāṃcikasya mahāyakṣasenāpater ājñāṃ dattavān* / gaccha pāñcika bhagavato 'rthāya mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kuru / kaineyasya ṛṣer ekam ārakṣakaṃ sthāpaya / mahābhūtasannipāto bhaviṣyati mā kaścid asyojo ghaṭṭayiṣyatīti / sa mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre kaineyasya ṛṣer ārakṣakaṃ sthāpayitvā śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kartum (bhaiṣ-v(ch/w) 120) ārabdhaḥ / tatra mahājanakāyasya kolāhalaśabdo jātaḥ / tataḥ kaineya ṛṣiḥ kolāhalaśabdenotthitaḥ tam ārakṣakaṃ pṛcchati / kim eṣa kolāhalaśabda iti | sa kathayati / śayanāsanaprajñaptiḥ kriyate | kiṃ mamārthāya / na tavārthāya / api tu buddhasya bhagavataḥ / tvam atra kiṃ tiṣṭhasi | tavaivārakṣakaḥ / kimartham* / mahābhūtasamāgamo 'tra bhaviṣyati / mā kaścid ojo ghaṭṭayiṣyatīti | sa kathayati / tasya śramaṇasya gautamasya ko rakṣāṃ karotīti | sa kathayati / kas tasya bhagavato rakṣāṃ karoti / sa eva bhagavāṃ sadevakasya lokasya rakṣāṃ karotīti śrutvā kaineya ṛṣis tūṣṇīm* /

tato bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya ādumāṃ piṇḍāya prāviśat* / ādumāṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātaṃ pratikrāntaḥ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte ādumāyām antarhito mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre (msv i 257) pratyaṣṭhāt sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena | atha bhagavān purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ /

tato dhṛtarāṣṭro mahārājo 'nekagandharvaparivāro 'nekagandharvaśataparivāro 'nekagandharvasahasraparivāro 'nekagandharvaśatasahasraparivāro divyānāṃ maṇīnām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantaṃ divyābhir maṇibhir ākīrya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā pūrvāṃ diśaṃ niśṛtya niṣaṇṇo bhagavantaṃ saṃpuraskṛtya bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca //

virūḍhako 'pi mahārājo 'nekakumbhāṇḍaparivāro 'nekakumbhāṇḍaśataparivāro 'nekakumbhāṇḍasahasraparivāro 'nekakumbhāṇḍaśatasahasraparivāro divyānāṃ muktānām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ (fol. 232v1 = gbm 6.777) / upasaṃkramya bhagavantaṃ divyābhir muktābhir ākīrya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ niśṛtya niṣaṇṇo bhagavantaṃ saṃpuraskṛtya bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca |

virūpākṣo 'pi mahārājo 'nekanāgaparivāro 'nekanāgaśataparivāro 'nekanāgasahasraparivāro 'nekanāgaśatasahasraparivāro divyānām utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamandārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantaṃ divyair utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamandārakaiḥ puṣpair avakīrya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā paścimāṃ diśaṃ niśṛtya niṣaṇṇo bhagavantaṃ saṃpuraskṛtya bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca //

vaiśravaṇo 'pi mahārājo 'nekayakṣaparivāro 'nekayakṣaśataparivāro 'nekayakṣasahasraparivāro 'nekayakṣaśatasahasraparivāro divyasya hiraṇyasya suvarṇasyotsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantaṃ divyena hiraṇyasuvarṇenākīrya (bhaiṣ-v(ch/w) 121) bhagavataḥ pādau (msv i 258) śirasā vanditvā uttarāṃ diśaṃ niśṛtya niṣaṇṇo bhagavantaṃ saṃpuraskṛtya bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca |

tatra dvāv āryajātīyau dhṛtarāṣṭro virūḍhakaś ca / dvau dasyujātīyau virūpākṣo vaiśravaṇaś ca | atha bhagavata etad abhavat* / saced aham āryayā vācā dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ dvau cājñāsyataḥ dvau nājñāsyataḥ / saced dasyuvācā deśayeyam evam api dvau ājñāsyataḥ dvau nājñāsyataḥ / yanv ahaṃ dvayor āryayā vācā dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ / dvayor api dasyuvāceti viditvā

dhṛtarāṣṭraṃ mahārājam āmantrayate / iti hi mahārājabhinnaḥ kāyo vedanā śītībhūtā saṃjñā niruddhā saṃskārā vyupaśāntā vijñānaṃ cāstaṃgataṃ : eṣa evānto duḥkhasyeti / asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe dhṛtarāṣṭrasya mahārājasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam anekeṣāṃ ca tatsabhāgānāṃ gandharvaśatasahasrāṇāṃ //

tatra bhagavān virūḍhakaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate / iti hi mahārāja atra te dṛṣṭe dṛṣṭamātraṃ bhavatu śrute mate vijñāte vijñātamātraṃ / asmiṃ khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe virūḍhakasya mahārājasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam anekeṣāṃ ca tatsabhāgānāṃ kumbhāṇḍaśatasahasrāṇāṃ //

tatra bhagavāṃ virūpākṣaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate / iti hi mahārāja ine mene dapphe daḍapphe eṣa evānto duḥkhasyeti / asmiṃ khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe virūpākṣasya mahārājasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam anekeṣāṃ ca tatsabhāgānāṃ nāgaśatasahasrāṇāṃ /

tatra bhagavān vaiśravaṇaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate | atra te mahārāja māśā tuṣā saṃśāmā (bhaiṣ-v(ch/w) 122) sarvatra virāḍi eṣa evānto duḥkhasyeti / asmiṃ khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe vaiśravaṇasya mahārājasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam anekeṣāṃ (fol. 233r1 = gbm 6.778) ca tatsabhāgānāṃ yakṣaśatasahasrāṇāṃ /

bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / etarhi me parinirvāṇakālasamayaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ / kasyopanyasya śāsanaṃ parinirvāsyāmi / saced devānāṃ devāḥ pramattā ratibahulā na cirasthitikaṃ bhaviṣyati / atha manuṣyāṇām alpāyuṣo manuṣyāḥ evam eva na cirasthitikam eva / yanv ahaṃ devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca kāśyapasya ca bhikṣoḥ śāsanam upanyasya parinirvāyeyam iti viditvā dhṛtarāṣṭraṃ mahārājam āmantrayate | mama te mahārāja parinirvṛtasya pūrvasyāṃ diśi śāsane ārakṣā karaṇīyeti / virūḍhakaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate / tvayāpi mahārāja dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi ārakṣā karaṇīyeti / virūpākṣaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate | tvayāpi mahārāja paścimasyāṃ diśi ārakṣā karaṇīyeti / (msv i 260) vaiśravaṇaṃ mahārājam āmantrayate / tvayāpi mahārāja uttarasyāṃ diśi ārakṣā karaṇīyeti // tataś catvāro mahārājānaḥ pramuditamanaso bhagavantam idam avocan* / evaṃ bhavatu bhagavan yathājñāpayati bhagavan* / vayam ārakṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā dṛṣṭasatyā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ / bhagavatā āyuṣmate mahākāśyapāya kṛtsnaṃ śāsanam upanyastaṃ / āyuṣmāṃś cānando 'bhihitaḥ / tvayāpy ānanda śāsanakāryakaraṇe autsukyam āpattavyam iti | //

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta caturbhir mahārājaiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena catvāro mahārājāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / bhagavataś cāntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam iti | bhagavān āha | ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavat phalanti khalu dehinām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma śāstā loka udapādi | pūrvavad yāvac chāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān* / tena khalu samayena mahāsamudre dvau nāgau prativasataḥ śvāso mahāśvāsaś ca | kūṭaśālmalyām api dvau suparṇināv aṭṭeśvaraś cūḍeśvaraś ca | yadā śvāsamahāśvāsau tābhyām abhidrūyete tadā pātālaṃ praviśato / yāvad apareṇa samayena śvāsamahāśvāsābhyāṃ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikāc charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni / tau ca suparṇināv (msv i 261) abhidravitum ārabdhau na śaknuvataḥ / sumerupratyāhatam iva pavanasalilavegau pratinivṛtya kathayato / bhavantau pūrvam asmābhir yuvām abhidrutau (bhaiṣ-v(ch/w 123) pātālaṃ praviśata / idānīṃ ko hetur yena vayaṃ sumerupratyāhatāv iva pavanasalilavegau yuvām āsādya pratinivṛttāv iti | śvāsamahāśvāsau kathayato / (fol. 233v1 = gbm 6.779) 'smābhiḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikāc charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītānīti / tau kathayato / yady evaṃ vayam api grahīṣyāma iti / tau tābhyāṃ sārdhaṃ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntike saṃprasthitau / tau ca saṃprāptau / catvāraś ca lokapālāḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikād dharmaṃ śrutvā saṃprasthitāḥ / te tābhyāṃ dṛṣṭās / tau suparṇinau śvāsamahāśvāsau nāgau pṛcchataḥ / ka ete gacchantīti | tābhyāṃ vistareṇa kathitam* / suparṇinau kathayataḥ / yady evaṃ vayam api kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikāc charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni saṃgṛhītvā praṇidhānaṃ kurma iti / tābhyāṃ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikāc charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni / śvāsamahāśvāsābhyāṃ pūrvam eva gṛhītāni / tataḥ saṃbhūya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ / yathaite catvāro lokapālāḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikād dharmaṃ śrutvā dṛṣṭasatyāḥ svabhavanaṃ saṃprasthitāḥ : evaṃ vayam apy anena kuśalamūlena catvāro lokapālāḥ syāma : yaś cāsau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma samyaksaṃbuddha iti | (msv i 262) so 'py asmākaṃ bhagavān eva mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre dharmaṃ deśayed / vayaṃ ca taṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā dṛṣṭasatyā evam eva svabhavanaṃ gacchāma iti |

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo ye te catvāro nāgasuparṇinaḥ eta eva te catvāro lokapālāḥ / yo 'sau śvāsa eṣa evāsau dhṛṭarāṣṭras tena kālena tena samayena / mahāśvāso virūḍhakaḥ aṭṭeśvaro 'sau virūpākṣaḥ cūḍeśvaro 'sau vaiśravaṇaḥ tena kālena tena samayena | yad ebhiḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntikāc charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni pratigṛhya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena catvāro lokapālā jātā mamāntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtvā svabhavanaṃ gatāḥ /

tāṃ ca dharmadeśanāṃ śrutvā kaineya ṛṣiḥ paraṃ vismayam upagato bhagavati cābhiprasannaḥ / tato 'sya bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā / yāṃ śrutvā kaineyarṣiṇā sahasatyābhisamayād anāgāmiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ / tato 'sāv avetyaprasādasamanvāgato 'ṣṭau pānāny ādāya cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ kolapānam aśvatthapānam udumbarapānaṃ paruṣakapānaṃ kharjūrapānaṃ mṛdvīkāpānaṃ ca yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrānta / upasaṃkramya bhagavatam idam avocat* / imāni bhadanta aṣṭau pānāni pūrvakair ṛṣibhiḥ stutāni varṇitāni / tāni bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv (bhaiṣ-v(ch/w) 124) anukampām upādāya | pratigṛhṇāti bhagavān kaineyasya ṛṣer antikād aṣṭau pānāni anukampām upādāya / pratigṛhya bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / itīmāni bhikṣavo 'ṣṭau pānāni kāle (fol. 234r1 = gbm 6.780) pratigrāhitāni akāle marditāni (msv i 263) akāle parisrutāni akāle 'dhiṣṭhitāni paścādbhaktena paribhoktavyāni // itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni kāle pratigrāhitāni kāle marditāni // kāle parisrutāni akāle adhiṣṭhitāni na paribhoktavyāni | // itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni kāle pratigrāhitāni kāle marditāni kāle parisrutāni akāle adhiṣṭhitāni na paribhoktavyāni // itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni akāle marditāni akāle parisrutāni paścādbhaktena paribhoktavyāni / rātryāś ca prathame yāmātikrāntā na paribhoktavyāni // {dutt: as the tibetan translation does not agree with the sanskrit textr, we reconstruct here the sanskrit from tibetant: itīmāni bhikṣavo 'ṣṭau pānāni kāle pratigrāhitāni kāle marditāni kāle adhiṣṭhitāni kāle paribhoktavyāni / akāle na paribhoktavyāni / rātryāś ca prathame yāme 'tikrānte na paribhoktavyāni / itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni kāle pratigrāhitāni akāle marditāni akāle parisrutāni akāle adhiṣṭhitāni na paribhoktavyāni / itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni kāle pratigrāhitāni kāle marditāni akāle parisrutāni akāle adhiṣṭhitāni na paribhoktavyāni / itīmāni aṣṭau pānāni akāle pratigrāhitāni akāle marditāni akāle parisrutāni paścādbhaktena na paribhoktavyāni / rātryāś ca yāme 'tikrānte na paribhoktavyāni /}

atha kaineya ṛṣir utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān* śvo bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān kaineyasya ṛṣes tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha kaineya ṛṣir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / bhagavān api mandākinyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre 'ntarhita ādumāyāṃ pratyaṣṭhāt sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena / atha kaineya ṛṣiḥ sarātram evotthāyāntarjanam āmantrayate / uttiṣṭhata (msv i 264) āryā uttiṣṭhata / bhadramukhāḥ kāṣṭhāni pāṭayata / khādyakāny ullāḍayata / pratijāgrata maṇḍapavāḍam iti /

tena khalu samayena śailo nāma ṛṣiḥ kaineyasya ṛṣer bhāgineyas tasminn āvasathe rātriṃ vāsam upagataḥ / aśroṣīt śaila ṛṣiḥ kaineyam ṛṣiṃ sarātram evotthāyāntarjanam āmantrayantam* / śrutvā ca punaḥ kaineyam ṛṣim idam avocat* / kiṃ punas te ṛṣe sabrahmacāriṇo nimantritāḥ / rājā vā māgadhaśreṇyo biṃbisāro rāṣṭranivāsī janakāyo yathepsitasya vā ṛṣidharmasya parisamāptir iti / sa kathayati / na me śaila sabrahmacāriṇa upanimantritā nāpi rājā māgadhaśreṇyo biṃbisāro rāṣṭranivāsī janakāyo nāpi yathepsitasya ṛṣidharmasya parisamāptiḥ / api tu mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho bhaktenopanimantrita iti tasya buddha ity aśrutapūrvaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā sarvaromakūpāny āhṛṣṭāni / sagauravaḥ sa papraccha / ka eṣa ṛṣe buddho nāma iti / asti śaila śramaṇo gautamaḥ śākyaputraḥ śākyakulāt keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ / so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ / sa eṣa buddho nāmeti / śailaḥ kathayati / ka eṣa ṛṣe saṃgho nāmeti / kaineya ṛṣiḥ kathayati / santi śaila kṣatriyakulād api kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ / santi brāhmaṇakulād api vaiśyakulād api kulaputrāḥ pūrvavat tam eva bhagavantaṃ tathāgatam arhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ pravrajitāḥ / sa eṣa ṛṣe saṃgho nāma iti / ayaṃ ca śaila saṃghaḥ pūrvakaś ca (msv i 265) buddhaḥ / sa eṣa (fol. 234v1 = gbm 6.781) buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho mayā bhaktenopanimantritaḥ / atha śailaṛṣir buddhālambanayā smṛtyā kālyam evotthāya paṃcaśataparivāro yena bhagavāms tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etad avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / labdhavān śaila ṛṣiḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam* /

atha kaineya ṛṣis tām eva śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati / tena buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayamānena śailaḥ pravrajito dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / śaila tvaṃ pravrajitaḥ / pravrajitvā suṣṭhu kṛtaṃ sādhu kṛtam* / aham api buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayitvā pravrajiṣyāmīti / atha kaineya ṛṣir anekaparyāyeṇa buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena saṃtarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya / tato bhagavāṃs tasmai dakṣiṇām ādiśya dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ / atha kaineya ṛṣir yat tatrotpādanadharmakaṃ sarvaṃ visarjanadharmakaṃ kṛtvā {ms tatrotsadanadharmakaṃ tat sarvaṃ visarjanadharmakaṃ kṛtvā; cf. mps 7.2 tatrotsīdana-; bhsd s.v. utsīdana} paṃcaśataparivāro yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt* / ekāntasthitaḥ kaineya ṛṣir bhagavantam idam avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike (msv i 266) brahmacaryam iti / labdhavān kaineya ṛṣiḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam* /

atha bhagavāṃs tad bhikṣusahasraṃ pravrajyopasaṃpādya nadyāḥ prabhadrikāyās tīre vāsam upagataś chatrāmbuvane {ms chatrāpravane} / tatra bhagavatā paṃcabhikṣuśatāny āyuṣmate brāhmaṇakapphiṇāya dattāni / ardhatṛtīyāny āyuṣmate mahāmaudgalyāyanāya / ardhatṛtīyāny āyuṣmate śāriputrāya / tatra ye āyuṣmatā brāhmaṇkapphiṇenāvacoditās taiḥ sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / ye āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena tair anāgāmiphalam* / ye āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa taiḥ srotaāpattiphalam* /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmān śāriputro mahāprajñānām agryo vyākṛtaḥ āyuṣmāṃś ca mahāmaudgalyāyano mahardhikānāṃ mahānubhāvānām* / atha ca punar ye āyuṣmatā brāhmaṇakapphiṇenāvacoditās tair ahatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / ye āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena tair anāgāmiphalam* / ye āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa taiḥ srotaāpattiphalam* / bhagavān āha / bhikṣava etarhi yathā tathātīte 'dhvani ye (fol. 235r1 = gbm 6.782) brāhmaṇakapphiṇenāvacoditās te ārūpyadhātau pratiṣṭhitāḥ / ye maudgalyāyanena te rūpadhātau / ye śāriputreṇa te paṃcasv abhijñāsu pratiṣṭhitāḥ / tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtacaraṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatarasminn araṇyāyatane dvau ṛṣī prativasataḥ / pratyekaṃ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ / yāvad apareṇa samayena tayor ekaḥ (msv i 267) kālagataḥ / tatas tasya māṇavakā guruviyogaduḥkhadaurmanasyasaṃtaptā itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramantas tasya dvitīyasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ / tena te dṛṣṭā aśruparyākulekṣaṇāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca / māṇavakā yo 'sau yuṣmākam upādhyāyaḥ kālagataḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / mamātyayān māṇavakān āmīdṛśī samavasthā bhaviṣyati / yanv aham eṣām upasaṃgrahaṃ kuryām iti / tena te samāśvāsitā upasaṃgṛhītāś ca / yāvad apareṇa samayena so 'pi ṛṣir glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tasya trayo 'gryaśiṣyāḥ / tenaikaikasya paṃcaśatāni dattāni / dvitīyasyārdhatṛtīyāni / tṛtīyasyārdhatṛtīyāni / sa kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktaḥ / tatra yasya paṃcaśatāni dattāni tena tathāvacoditāni yathā ārūpyadhātau pratiṣṭhāpitāni / yasyārdhatṛtīyāni tena tathāvacoditāni yathā rūpadhātau pratiṣṭhāpitāni / yasyāpy ardhatṛtīyāni tena tathāvacoditāni yathā paṃcasv abhijñāsu pratiṣṭhāpitāni / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau ṛṣir yena tāni paṃcamāṇavakaśatāny ārūpyadhātau pratiṣṭhāpitāny eṣa evāsau kapphiṇo bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena / yenārdhatṛtīyāni rūpadhātau pratiṣṭhāpitāny eṣa evāsau maudgalyāyano bhikṣuḥ / yenāpy ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni paṃcasv abhijñāsu pratiṣṭhāpitāny eṣa evāsau śāriputro bhikṣuḥ / api tu bhikṣavo ye kapphiṇenāvacoditās te tīkṣṇendriyāḥ / ye maudgalyāyanena te madhyendriyāḥ / ye śāriputreṇa te mṛdvindriyāḥ / yadi śāriputreṇāvacoditā nābhaviṣyan uṣmagatā apy anayagatā abhaviṣyan* /

sarve samagrāḥ śṛṇuta viprasannena cetasā /
prakāśayan buddhavarṇaṃ kaineyajaṭilas tathā //

ekasmin samaye śāstā kaineyasya niveśane /
saśrāvako mahāvīro bhojanena nimantritaḥ //

adrākṣīd brāhmaṇaḥ śailaḥ kaineyasya niveśane /
pratijāgryamānam aśanaṃ dṛṣṭvā kaineyam abravīt* //

vivāhaḥ kiṃ nu rājā vā rāṣṭraṃ vopanimantritam* /
athavā te mahāprajña pṛṣṭa ācakṣva tan mama //

na me vivāho rājā vā rāṣṭraṃ vopanimantritam* agrasatvo mayā buddho bhaktenopanimantritaḥ //

so 'yaṃ buddha iti śrutvā śailaḥ saṃvegam āgataḥ / ka eṣa buddhaḥ kaineya pṛṣṭa ācakṣva tan mama //

asti śākyakule jātaḥ sa śāstāpratipudgalaḥ /
buddhimān sarvadharmeṣu tasmād buddho nirucyate //

dṛṣṭaṃ hy atītaṃ buddhena tathā dṛṣṭam anāgatam* / pratyutpannam atho dṛṣṭaṃ saṃskārā vyayadharmiṇaḥ //

yac ca kiṃcid abhijñeyaṃ sarvaṃ tad vetti tatvavit* /  sarvajñaḥ sarvadarśī ca tasmād buddho nirucyate //

abhijñeyam abhijñātaṃ bhāvanīyaṃ ca bhāvitam* /
prahātavyaṃ prahīnaṃ ca tasmād buddho nirucyate //

jāyamāne ca yatreyaṃ sasamudrā saparvatā / prakaṃpitābhūd dharaṇī taṃ namasye kṛtāñjaliḥ //

nihato yena māraś ca kṛṣṇabandhuḥ savāhanaḥ /
tathāgatabalaprāptaṃ taṃ namasye kṛtāñjaliḥ //

yena tad dvādaśākāraṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam* /
vārāṇasīṃ purīṃ gatvā taṃ namasye kṛtāñjaliḥ //

rāgabandhena baddhān ye rāgadveṣābhipīḍitān* /
bahūn mocayate satvāṃs taṃ namasye kṛtāñjaliḥ //

kutra buddhaḥ sa bhagavān kiyad dūre vināyakaḥ /
adyaiva śaraṇaṃ yāmi śākyaputraṃ prabhākaram* //

gaccha brāhmaṇa tenedaṃ vanaṣaṇḍaṃ manoramam* /
gandharvarājopanibhaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasy anuttaram* //

kāṣāyavastraṃ dyutimantaṃ hemavarṇaṃ haritvacam* /
tad ghāṭakam ivottaptaṃ bimbaṃ hemamayaṃ yathā //

sālavṛkṣaṃ kusumitaṃ puṣpitaṃ karṇikāravat* /
nānāratnaparicchannaṃ yūpaṃ ratnamayaṃ yathā //

samantato 'vabhāsayati samantād vyāmatejasā /
ārohapariṇāhena nyagrodhaparimaṇḍalaḥ //

sarvakāmaratiṃ hitvā sphītaṃ rājyaṃ sabāndhavam* /
pravrajyām abhiniṣkrānto viveke ramate muniḥ //

siṃhavan nadate cchambhī kesarī gandhamādane /
vanāntareṣv asaṃtrastaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasi brāhmaṇa //

brahmasvaraṃ mañjugiraṃ ślakṣṇavācā smitonmukham* /
dundubhisvaranirghoṣaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasi brāhmaṇa //

candraṃ vā gagane śuddhaṃ nakṣatraparivāritam* /
candramaṇḍalasaṃkāśaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasi brāhmaṇa //

vairocanaṃ vā dīptāṃśuṃ bhānumantaṃ nabhastale /
vītāndhakāraṃ rājantaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasi brāhmaṇa //

yathārṣabhaṃ yūthapatim acalaṃ kakudaṃ sthitam* /
puruṣarṣabhaṃ daśabalaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasi brāhmaṇa //

samudram iva gambhīram aprameyaṃ mahodadhim* /
acintyaṃ dhyāyinām agryaṃ buddhaṃ drakṣyasy anuttaram* //

niryāntaṃ kṛṣṇapakṣād vā bhānumantam ivāmbare /
dhmāyantam agniskandhaṃ vā buddhaṃ drakṣyasi gautamam* //

cakravartī yathā rājā sacivaiḥ parivāritaḥ /
arhadbhir iva saṃbuddhaḥ śobhate saṃpuraskṛtaḥ //

vaśavartī ca kāmeṣu mahābrahmā yatheśvaraḥ /
trisahasraṃ lokadhātuṃ vaśī vartayate muniḥ //

satyāni saṃprakāśayati madhv iva nīḍakāt sravat* /
śrutvā yad upaśāmyanti prataranti mahārṇavam* //

duḥkhaṃ naikaprakāraṃ ca yac ca duḥkhasya saṃbhavam* /
duḥkhasya ca vyupaśamaṃ mārgaṃ dvicaturaṃgikam* //

adhanānāṃ dhanaṃ dātā āturāṃś ca cikitsati /
upadrutānāṃ śaraṇaṃ duḥkhān mocayati prajāḥ //

satvānām andhabhūtānāṃ mūḍhānām utpathacāriṇām* /
ṛjumārgaṃ prakāśayati kṣemaṃ nirvāṇagāminam* //

ādīptāṃ rāgadveṣābhyāṃ mohaprajvalitāṃ prajām* /
mahāmegho yathā vṛṣṭyā nirvāpayati mahāmuniḥ //

rūpavarṇabalopetaḥ sadṛśo 'sya na vidyate /
nārāyaṇasaṃhananaḥ śailo vā supratiṣṭhitaḥ //

lābhālābhasukhair duḥkhair nindayātha praśaṃsayā /  yaśo 'yaśobhyām aliptaḥ paṃkajaṃ vāriṇā yathā //

prāṇātipātād virato nādattam abhinandati /
satyavādī brahmacārī paiśunyāt sa upārataḥ //

paruṣaṃ nānyudīrayati maṃju kālena bhāṣate /
abhidhyā nāsya kāmeṣu maitracittaḥ sa jantuṣu //

satyadarśanasaṃpannaḥ samādhibalagocaraḥ /
ṣaḍabhijño mahādhyāyo nabhaś caryā vigāhate //

śṛṇoti vividhāñ chabdān ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ /
cittaṃ pareṣāṃ jānāti kliṣṭaṃ vā yadi vāśubham* //

pūrvaṃ nivāsakuśalo yatra yatroṣitaḥ purā /
cyutyupapādaṃ jānāti satvānām āgatiṃ gatim* //

kṣīṇāsravo visaṃyukta upaśāntaḥ sunirvṛtaḥ /
śāntendriyaḥ śāntacittaḥ pūrṇo vā dhyāyate hṛdi //

nāgaṃ vā padminīmadhye kuṃjaraṃ ṣaṣṭihāyanam* /
prekṣamāṇas tṛpyamānaḥ prītiṃ brāhmaṇa lapsyase //

īdṛśo bhagavāñ chaila vahniskandha iva tejasā /
dvātriṃśat tasya gātreṣu mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāḥ //

yo 'pi varṣaśataṃ pūrṇaṃ varṇaṃ bhāṣeta tāyinaḥ /
sa paryantaṃ nādhigacched aprameyas tathāgataḥ //

etaṃ brāhmaṇa paśyanti lābhas teṣām anuttaraḥ /
dṛṣṭvā ye śaraṇaṃ yānti teṣāṃ lābhabharas tataḥ //

saṃvinno brāhmaṇaḥ śailaḥ śrutvā varṇaṃ mahāmuneḥ /
vivekacittasaṃkalpaḥ kaineyam idam abravīt* //

na me manuṣyabhūtasya varṇa etādṛśaḥ śrutaḥ /
śreṣṭho 'sau sarvalokasya yathā kaineya bhāṣase //

mānadhvajaṃ prahāya tvaṃ vaṇijo vā dhanārthikaḥ /
śuśrūṣuḥ paryupāsvaivaṃ prītiṃ brāhmaṇa lapsyase //

paṃcabhiḥ śatair māṇavānāṃ śiṣyebhiḥ saṃpuraskṛtaḥ /
niryāti brāhmaṇaḥ śailo yena buddhāśramaḥ śubhaḥ //

viviktam alpanirghoṣaṃ dvijasaṃghaniṣevitam* /
puṣpapādapasampannaṃ devānām iva nandanam* //

kinnarīvyālabharatiṃ śākyaputraniṣevitam* /
āvāsaṃ dharmarājasya prāviśad brāhmaṇas tataḥ //

adāntadamakaṃ dṛṣṭvā sārathiṃ puruṣottamam* /
śailo vācam udīrayati bhavān kaccid anāmayaḥ //

nelayā pūrṇayā vācā kalaviṅkarutasvanaḥ /
buddhaḥ pratyavadac chailaṃ tat khalv aham anāmayaḥ //

akiṃcano 'smy anādāno 'thānadhaś chinnasaṃśayaḥ /
vipramukto visaṃyukto hy akhilo 'ham anāsravaḥ //

carāmi virajo loke śuddhaḥ śuci nirāmayaḥ //

śuci brāhmaṇa tenāsmi sarvavairabhayātigaḥ //

tavāpi svāgataṃ śaila sanniṣīdedam āsanam* /
mā pariklāntakāyo 'si kaccid brāhmaṇa te sukham* //

sukhito 'haṃ mahāvīra tvāṃ dṛṣṭvādya mahāmunim* /
pratītamānasas tuṣṭo bhūṣaṇair vā vibhūṣitaḥ //

anupūrvam udīryātha kathāṃ tatrānupūrvikīm* /
hrīyamāno nīcamanā nyaṣīdad brāhmaṇas tataḥ //

adhyāpako mantradharas traividyo vedapāragaḥ /
niṣadya brāhmaṇaḥ śailo lakṣaṇān īkṣate muneḥ //

adrākṣīl lokanāthasya triṃśad gātreṣu lakṣaṇān* /
dvayoḥ kāṃkṣati śailaś ca koṣopagatajihvayoḥ //

kathaṃkathī vaimatiko (fol. 236v1 = gbm 6.785) lakṣaṇāni mahāmuneḥ / āṃgirasaṃ satyanāmasaṃbuddhaṃ paripṛcchati //

śrutāni yāni dvātriṃśal lakṣaṇāni mahāmuneḥ /
dvayaṃ tatra na paśyāmi tava gātreṣu gautama //

kaccit koṣapraticchannavastiguhyam ihāsti te /
rasanānuttamā vāpi kaccij jihvā na hrasvikā //

kaccit prabhūtajihvo 'si jānīyāṃ te mahāmune /
nirṇāmayāśu tanukāṃ kāṃkṣāṃ vyapanayasva me //

kadācit karhicil loke utpadyante vināyakāḥ /
udumbare vā kusumaṃ durlabho hi mahāmuniḥ //

vāri grīṣmābhitapto vā bhojanaṃ vā bubhukṣitaḥ /
āturo bheṣajaṃ yadvac chāstāraṃ paryupāsmahe //

nelayā pūrṇayā vācā kalaviṃkarutasvanaḥ /
buddhaḥ pratyavadac chailaṃ kāṃkṣāṃ brāhmaṇa nirṇuda //

ubhe ca cakṣuṣī śrotre pracchādayati jihvayā /
prabhūtayā cchādayati jihvayā mukamaṇḍalam* //

riddhyā vidarśayati cāpy ṛddhipādeṣu kovidaḥ /
adrākṣīd brāhmaṇa śailo guhyaṃ koṣāvṛtaṃ muniḥ //

āvṛḍhaśalyo niṣkāṃkṣo lakṣaṇāni mahāmuneḥ /
prahṛṣṭacittasaṃkalpaḥ śailo vācam udairayat* //

mantreṣv āptāni me yāni dvātriṃśal lakṣaṇāny aham* /
sarvaṃ tat tava gātreṣu paripūrṇam anūnakam* //

kalyāṇavāk sucaritaḥ sujātaḥ priyadarśanaḥ /
madhye śramaṇasaṃghasya bhāskaro vā virocase //

kāryaṃ śramaṇabhāvena kiṃ tavottamavarṇinaḥ /
rājā tvam arho bhavituṃ cakravartī nararṣabhaḥ //

caturaṃgabalopeto ratnaiḥ saptabhir eva ca /
vartayati kṣitau cakraṃ rājā bhava mahīpatiḥ //

rājāham asmi śaileti dharmarājo hy anuttaraḥ /
dharmeṇa cakraṃ vartaye ihāhaṃ bhūmimaṇḍale //

kalyo 'smy ahaṃ kule jātaḥ kṣatriyo 'smy abhijātitaḥ /
vitrāsya sabalaṃ māraṃ prāptaḥ saṃbodhim uttamām* //

smṛtir brāhmaṇa cakraṃ me prajñā me parināyakaḥ /
vīryaṃ hayaḥ śīghrajavo dhuraṃ vahati coditaḥ /
samādhir me maṇiśreṣṭho hy andhakāro prabhākaraḥ //

upekṣā hastināgaś ca dhuraṃ vahati coditaḥ //

strī vai ratiḥ sarāgāṇāṃ prītir brāhmaṇa me ratiḥ /
prasṛṣṭaṃ brāhmaṇa śreṣṭhaṃ dhanaṃ gṛhagataṃ mayā //

sapta bodhyaṃgaratnāni sarvalokātigāni te /
prabodhayāmi yaiḥ suptām andhabhūtām imāṃ prajām* //

jitā mayā diśaḥ sarvāḥ pratiśatrur na vidyate /
catasro me parṣadaś ca caturaṃgaṃ balaṃ mama //

adhyāvasāmi nagaraṃ pūrvabuddhaniṣevitam* /
riddhyārāmopasaṃpannaṃ mārganirmitacatvaram* //

sūtrāntajātakākīrṇaṃ mahāpuruṣasevitam* /
trayo vimokṣadvārāṇi smṛtyārakṣābhigopitam* //

hrīvyapatrāpyasaṃpannaḥ ahaṃ rājā tathāgataḥ /
dharmayuddhaṃ mayā dattaṃ dharmabherī parāhatā //

citrāsya sabalaṃ māram abhiṣikto 'smi bodhaye /
subhāvitā apramāṇāḥ santi cābharaṇāni me //

brāhmā vihārāś catvāraḥ kleśānāṃ parivāraṇāḥ /
parapravādā vihatā vidhvastā virūḍhīkṛtāḥ //

mama samyaktvaṃ loke 'sminn ālokaṃ prāṇināṃ dadat* /
chinna dṛg jñānaśastreṇa vivekaś cāyudhaṃ mama //

riddhipādaḥ avasthānaṃ śamatho muṣṭisaṃgrahaḥ / śīlaratho nandighoṣaḥ (fol. 237r1 = gbm 6.786) sārathir me vipaśyanaḥ //

sannāhaḥ kṣāntiḥ sauratyaṃ saṃgrāmo mārgabhāvanaḥ /
kalāpaḥ paṃcendriyāṇi yebhir nivaraṇaṃ hatam* //

catvāraḥ samyakprahāṇā yebhiḥ kleśā nisūditāḥ /
śūrayuddhaṃ mayā dattaṃ dharmabherī mayā hatā /
vitrāsya sabalaṃ māram abhiṣikto 'smi bodhaye //

avidyāṃ vidyayā hatvā skandhānām udayavyayam* /
saṃgrāmaśīrṣam uttīrṇo buddho 'haṃ bodhaye prajām* //

trayo loke mahācaurā yair iyaṃ bādhyate prajā /
rāgo dveṣaś ca mohaś ca sarve te nāśitā mayā //

arhaṃś ca dakṣiṇeyo 'smi ṣaḍabhijño balodyataḥ /
sukṣetre pratipannānām āhutīnāṃ pratigrahaḥ //

ārabhya paramaṃ vīryam āsravā nihatā mayā /
mahāntam ogham uttīrṇo muhyamāneṣv avasthitaḥ //

daṃṣṭrābalī yathā siṃha āsādya prāṇino vane /
samaṃ teṣu praharati bālye madhye mahallake //

tathaiva loke saṃbuddho narasiṃho vināyakaḥ /
samaṃ dharmaṃ prakāśayati bālamadhyamahātmasu //

āturasya ca me ha tvaṃ kāṃkṣāṃ vinaya gautama /
bhavān hi śalyahantrīṇāṃ varaś cālokavedinām* //

vinaya śāmya te kāṃkṣām adhimucyasva brāhmaṇa /
durlabhaṃ darśanaṃ bhavati saṃbuddhānāṃ yaśasvinām* //

yasyeha durlabho bhavati prādurbhāvaḥ kadācana /
so 'haṃ brāhmaṇa saṃbuddho dharmarājo niruttaraḥ //

saṃbuddho 'smīti vadasi śailovāca tathāgatam* /
pravartayasi kevalaṃ cakraṃ yathā gautama bhāṣase //

senāpatiḥ ko bhavataḥ śrāvakaḥ śāstur ātmajaḥ /
yat tvayā vartitaṃ cakram anuvartayati paṇḍitaḥ //

asti me śrāvako brahman sadṛśaḥ prajñayātmajaḥ /
upatiṣya iti khyātaḥ śāriputro bahuśrutaḥ //

sarvagranthavisaṃyukta upaśānto nirāsravaḥ /
yan mayā vartitaṃ cakram anuvartayati paṇḍitaḥ //

aho saṃbuddha āścaryam aho śrāvakasaṃpadaḥ / lokeṣv āścaryam utpannam aho ratnatrayaṃ param* //

ahaṃ vadāmi bhadraṃ te śrāvakatvam upāgataḥ /
aho dharmarasaṃ pītvā bhaviṣyāmi sunirvṛtaḥ //

prahṛṣṭacittasaṃkalpaḥ saṃvyagro brāhmaṇas tataḥ /
vivekacittasaṃkalpa idaṃ parṣadam abravīt* //

idaṃ bhavantaḥ śṛṇuta cakṣuṣmān bhāṣate yathā /
śalyahantā mahādhyāyī vane nadati siṃhavat* //

ya icchanty anugacchantu ye necchanti vrajantu te /
adyaiva pravrajiṣyāmi varaprajñasya śāsane //

sucīrṇe brahmacarye 'smin mārge caiva subhāvite /
pravrajyā saphalā bhavaty apramādavihāriṇaḥ //

rocate ced iyaṃ tava pravraja jinaśāsane /
chitveha brāhmaṇa jaṭe pravrajiṣyāmahe vayam* //

prahṛṣṭacittasaṃkalpo daśāṃgulikṛtāṃjaliḥ /
avadad brāhmaṇaḥ śailo dhṛtvaikāṃsaṃ sacīvaram* //

paṃcaśatā māṇavā ete tiṣṭhanti prāṃjalīkṛtāḥ /
labhemahe sādhu mune pravrajyām upasaṃpadam* //

tataḥ kāruṇikaḥ śāstā maharṣir anukampakaḥ /
ehi bhikṣave ity āha sa teṣām upasaṃpadā //

śāriputro mahāprajño maudgalyāyana ṛddhimān* / brāhmaṇa kapphiṇasthaviraḥ pratibhānagatiṃ gataḥ //

nadīsundarikātīre vanaṣaṇḍe manorame /  tāṃs tatrāvadan sthavirāḥ pratibhāneṣu kovidāḥ //

tebhyas taṃ dharmam ājñāya kathāṃ tatrānulomikīm* /
na cirasya visaṃyuktā uttamārthe pratiṣṭhitāḥ //

te dṛṣṭalābhāḥ sukhitā dṛṣṭadharmābhinirvṛtāḥ /
te paśyanti pramuditāḥ saṃbuddhaṃ lokanāyakam* //

saddharmaṃ ca dhanaśreṣṭhaṃ śikṣāṃ ca jinavarṇitām* /
namasyanty apramādaṃ ca samādhiṃ pratisaṃstaram* //

tasmād ihātmakāmena māhātmyam abhikāṃkṣatām* /
buddhaṃ dharmaṃ ca saṃghaṃ ca satkṛtiṃ śaraṇaṃ vrajet* //

etad dhi śaraṇaṃ loke varṇitaṃ tat tvadarśinā / upadrutānāṃ trastānāṃ sarvasaukhyapradāyakam* //

ādityabuddho buddhasya dharmyaṃ māhātmyam uttamam* /
śāsanaṃ dharmarājasya bhajen mokṣārthikaḥ sadā //

kaineyagāthāḥ samāptāḥ //

atha bhagavān kāśīṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran kāśīpaṭṭam anuprāptaḥ / tasmiṃś ca kāśīpaṭṭe śobhitapūrviṇau dvau pitāputrau pravrajitau / putraḥ kathayati / bhagavān śrāvakasaṃghaḥ kāśīṣu janapade cārikāṃ carann ihānuprāptaḥ śrāntakāyo bhagavān bhikṣusaṃghaś ca / yan nu vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaṃ yavāgūpānenopanimantrayāmaḥ / tat kiṃ tvaṃ peyāṃ samudānayasi āhosvid bhikṣusaṃgham upanimaṃtrayasīti / gaccha tvaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham upanimaṃtraya / ahaṃ peyāṃ samudānayāmīti / tena bhikṣusaṃgha upanimaṃtritaḥ / so 'py ādarśaṃ gṛhītvā vīthīṃ gataḥ / tena tasyāṃ śreṣṭhī dṛṣṭo dīrghakeśaśmaśruḥ / tasya tenādarśa upadarśitaḥ / sa kathayati / ārya etad apy asti te kauśalyam* / sa kathayati / asti / avatāraya / so 'vatārayitum (msv i 281) ārabdho gṛhapatir middham avakrāntaḥ / avatārite pratibuddhaḥ / sa kathayati / āryāvatāritam* / gṛhapate avatāritam* / saṃtuṣṭaḥ kathayati / ārya atīva parituṣṭo 'smi / vada kaṃ te varam anuprayacchāmīti / sa kathayati / mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho yavāgūpānenopanimantritaḥ / yavāgūm anuprayaccheti / sa kathayati / ārya kiṃ te yavāgūpānena / praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyam anuprayacchāmi / gacchopanimaṃtrayasveti / ārogyam ity uktvāsau prakrāntaḥ / tato 'sau gṛhapatiḥ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇas tatra praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ cāryate / bhikṣavaḥ saṃlakṣayanti / vayaṃ lūhenopanimaṃtritāḥ / ayaṃ ca praṇīta āhāraḥ / kathaṃ vayaṃ pratigṛhṇīma iti / te na pratigṛhṇanti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / yadi lūhenopanimantritaḥ praṇītaṃ labhate paribhoktavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /

bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / yaḥ kaścid ādīnavo bhikṣavo jātīyaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ dhārayanti / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā śilpam upadarśayitavyam* / na tāvajjātīyena tāvajjātīyaṃ bhāṇḍam upasthāpayitavyam* / upasthāpayati sātisāro bhavati sthāpayitvā vaidyapūrviṇāṃ śastrakoṣaṃ kāyasthapūrviṇām api bhājanaṃ sūcikapravrajitānāṃ sūcīgṛham iti /

(fol. 238r1 = gbm 6.788; msv i 282) bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ / pāpāyāṃ viharati jalūkāvanaṣaṇḍe / pāpāyāṃ roco nāma mallamahāmātraḥ prativasati / āyuṣmataḥ ānandasya mātulaḥ / so 'tīvāśrāddhaḥ / aśrauṣuḥ pāpeyā mallā bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāpāyāṃ viharati jalūkāvanaṣaṇḍa iti / śrutvā ca punaḥ saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti / bhavantaḥ śrūyate bhagavān malleṣu janapade cārikāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāpāyāṃ viharati jalūkāvanaṣaṇḍa iti / saced asmākam ekaiko buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayiṣyati apare 'vakāsaṃ na lapsyante / sarvathā kriyākāraṃ vyavasthāpayāmaḥ / na kenacid asmākam ekākinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho bhojayitavyaḥ / samastā eva vayaṃ bhojayiṣyāmaḥ / yo yuṣmākam ekākī bhojayati sa gaṇena ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān daṇḍya iti / atha pāpeyā mallāḥ sarve saṃbhūya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇān pāpeyān mallān bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha pāpeyā mallā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavan* śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena / adhivāsayati bhagavān pāpeyānāṃ mallānāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha pāpeyā mallā bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ / roco mallamahāmātras tatraivāsthāt* / (msv i 283) sa āyuṣmatā ānandenoktaḥ / roca kiṃ tvaṃ śrāddhaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / sa kathayati / nāhaṃ śrāddhaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / kin tu gaṇena kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ / pūrvavad yāvat ṣaṣṭiṃ kārṣāpaṇān daṇḍya iti / tvaṃ nāma daṇḍabhayād bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrāntaḥ / evaṃ bhadantānanda / athāyusmān ānando rocaṃ mallamahāmātram ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* / ayaṃ bhadanta roco mallamahāmātro na buddhe 'bhiprasanno na dharme na saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ / sādhv asya bhagavāṃs tathā dharmaṃ deśayed yathaiṣa buddhe 'bhiprasīded dharme saṃghe abhiprasīded iti / adhivāsayati bhagavān āyuṣmata ānandasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha bhagavatā rocasya mahāmātrasya tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā roco mallamahāmātro buddhe 'bhiprasanno dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ / atha roco mallamahāmātraḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjalīṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān* śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena / nimantrito 'smi roca tatprathamataḥ pāpeyair mallaiḥ / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā pāpeyā mallā (fol. 238v1 = gbm 6.789) anujñāsyanti / sacet te roca pāpeyā mallā anujñāsyanti evaṃ te 'ham adhivāsayāmi / atha roco mallamahāmātro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrānto yena pāpeyā mallās tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya pāpeyān mallān idam avocat* / āgamayantu tāvad bhavanto yāvad ahaṃ tatprathamataraṃ bhagavantaṃ bhojaye bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / paścād yuṣmākam api (msv i 284) na duṣkaraṃ bhaviṣyati bhagavantaṃ bhojayituṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca / te kathayanti / asmābhis tatprathamataraṃ buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgha upanimantrito na vayam anujānīma iti / sa kathayati / yadi nānujānītha ekaṃ khādyakaṃ cārayāmi pānakaṃ ceti / tatra ye śrāddhās te kathayanti / bhavanta aśrāddha eṣaḥ / anujānīmaḥ sacet saṃghagatā tena dakṣiṇā pratiṣṭhāpitā bhavati / tair anujñātam* / tatas tena śilpina āhūya uktāḥ / bhavantas tādṛśaṃ khādyakaṃ sajjīkuruta yenaikenaiva paryāptir bhavati ahaṃ sarvopakaraṇāni dadāmīti / tena nānāsugandhidravyādisaṃyutāny upakaraṇāni dattāni / tair nānāsugandhidravyaparipūrṇaṃ khādyakaṃ kṛtam* / yenaikenaivaikasya paryāptir bhavati / atha pāpeyā mallās tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya pūrvavad yāvat purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇāḥ / tato roco mallamahāmātraḥ khādyakaṃ cārayitum ārabdhaḥ pānakaṃ ca / bhikṣavaḥ kaukṛtyena na paribhuṃjanti / bhagavān āha / dānapatir avalokayitavya iti / bhikṣubhiḥ pāpeyā mallā avalokitāḥ / kathayanti / āryā lakṣitā vayaṃ rocena mallamahāmātreṇa / pratigṛhṇīdhvam iti / tato rocena mallamahāmātreṇa khādyakaṃ cāritam* / tenaiva bhikṣūṇāṃ paryāptir jātā / bhagavān dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ / pāpeyānāṃ mallānām asāv āhāraḥ paribhogaṃ na gataḥ /

aparasmin divase bhikṣavaḥ piṇḍapātaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir ucyante / ehi buddha ehi dharma ehi saṃgha idaṃ gṛhāṇeti / (msv i 285) bhikṣavaḥ kaukṛtyena pratigṛhṇanti / bhagavān āha / praṣṭavyaḥ kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha āhosvid yo 'sau bhagavān dvipadānām agrya iti / yadi kathayanti yo 'sau bhagavān dvipadānām agrya iti / na svīkartavyam* / atha kathayanti / tvam evāsmākaṃ buddha iti pratigrahītvyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / evaṃ dharme vaktavyaṃ yo 'sau virāgāṇām agrya iti / saṃghe vaktavyaṃ yo 'sau gaṇānām agrya iti / vistareṇa yojayitavyam* /

śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / anyatamena gṛhapatinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho jentākenopanimantritaḥ / tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān svātir navāgatas taruṇo 'cirapravrajitaḥ acirāgata imaṃ dharmavinayam* / sa saṃlakṣayati / uktaṃ bhagavatā yaiś cālpaṃ dattaṃ yaiś ca prabhūtaṃ dattaṃ yaiś ca praṇītaṃ dattaṃ yaiś cāttamanaskaiḥ parikarma kṛtaṃ yaiś ca prasannacittair abhyanumoditaṃ (fol. 239r1 = gbm 6.790) sarve te puṇyasya bhāgino bhavanti / yanv ahaṃ parikarma kuryām iti / sa kāṣṭhaṃ pāṭayitum ārabdho yāvad anyatamasmāt pūtidārusuṣirān niṣkramyāśīviṣeṇa dakṣiṇe pādāṅguṣṭhe dṛṣṭaḥ / sa viṣeṇa saṃmūrchito bhūmau patito lālā vāhayati mukhaṃ ca vibhaṇḍayati akṣiṇī ca saṃparivartayati / sa tathā vihvalo brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir dṛṣṭaḥ / te kathayanti / bhavantaḥ katarasyāyaṃ gṛhapateḥ putra iti / aparaiḥ samākhyātam* / amukasya iti / te kathayanti / anāthānāṃ śramaṇaśākyaputrīyāṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ / yadi na pravrajito 'bhaviṣyat* jñātibhir asya cikitsā kāritā abhaviṣyad iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata (msv i 286) ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / vaidyaṃ pṛṣṭvā cikitsā kartavyeti / bhikṣubhir vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / āryā vikṛtabhojanam anuprayacchateti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / dātavyaṃ vaidyopadeśeneti / bhikṣavo na jānate kīdṛśaṃ vikṛtabhojanam iti / tair vaidyaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / āryā yuṣmākam eva śāstā sarvajño bhagavān sarvadarśī sa eva jñāsyatīti / bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / vikṛtabhojanaṃ bhikṣava uccāraḥ prasrāvaś chāyikā mṛttikā ca / tatra uccāraḥ acirajātakānāṃ vatsakānāṃ teṣām eva ca prasrāvaḥ / chāyikā paṃcānāṃ vṛkṣāṇām* / kāṃcanaya kamībalasyāśvatthasyodumbarasya nyagrodhasya / mṛttikā pṛthivyāṃ caturaṃgulam apanīyoddhartavyā iti vikṛtabhojanam iti /

tato bhikṣubhir āyuṣmataḥ svāter vikṛtabhojanaṃ dattam* / tathāpi na svasthībhavati / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / śakṣyasi tvam ānanda mamāntikān mahāmāyūrīṃ vidyām udgṛhya paryavāpya svāter bhikṣo rakṣāṃ kartuṃ paritrāṇaṃ parigrahaṃ viṣadūṣaṇaṃ daṇḍaparihāraṃ viṣanāśanaṃ sīmābandhaṃ dharaṇībandhaṃ ca / bhāṣatāṃ bhagavān śroṣyāmi / atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyām imāṃ mahāmāyūrīṃ vidyāṃ bhāṣate sma /

namo buddhāya namo dharmāya namaḥ saṃghāya /

tadyathā amale vimale nirmale maṃgale hiraṇye hiraṇyagarbhe bhadre subhadre samantabhadre śrībhadre sarvārthasādhani paramārthasādhani sarvānarthapraśamani | sarvamaṅgalasādhani | manase | mānase | mahāmānase | acyute adbhute atyadbhute mukte mocani mokṣaṇi araje viraje | amṛte | amare amaraṇi brahme brahmasvare pūrṇe pūrṇamanorathe mukte jīvati rakṣā svātiṃ sarvopadravabhayarogebhyaḥ svāhā /

evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavato 'ntikān mahāmāyūrīṃ vidyām udgṛhya paryavāpya svāter bhikṣoḥ svastyayanaṃ kṛtam* / nirviṣaś ca saṃvṛtto yathā paurāṇaḥ /

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / āscaryaṃ bhagavan yāvac ca bhagavatā mahāmāyūrī vidyā upakarā bahukarā ca / na bhikṣava etarhi yathā mamātīte 'py adhvany akṣaṇapratipannasya (fol. 239v1 = gbm 6.791) vinipatitaśarīrasyāpi mahāmāyūrī vidyārājā upakarā bahukarā ca / tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo himavati parvatarāje dakṣiṇe pārśve suvarṇāvabhāso nāma mayūrarājaḥ prativasati sma / so 'nayā mahāmāyūryā vidyayā kālyaṃ svastyayanaṃ kṛtvā divā svastyayanena viharati / so 'yaṃ svastyayanaṃ kṛtvā rātrau svastyayanena viharati / so 'pareṇa samayena saṃbahulābhir vanamayūrībhiḥ sārdham ārāmeṇārāmam udyānenodyānaṃ parvatapārśveṇa parvatapārśvam atyarthaṃ kāmarāgaraktaḥ kāme 'nugṛddho grathito mūrchito madamattaḥ pramūḍhaḥ pramūrchitaḥ (msv i 288) pravicaran prasādād anyataraṃ parvatavivaram anupraviṣṭaḥ / sa tatra dīrgharātraṃ pratyarthikaiḥ pratyamitrair hiṃsakair avatāraprekṣibhir mayūrapāśair baddhaḥ / so 'py atra madhyagataḥ pramūḍhaḥ smṛtiṃ ca labdhvā imām eva mahāmāyūrīṃ vidyāṃ manasyakārṣīt* / tadyathā amale vimale nirmale maṅgalye hiraṇye hiraṇyagarbhe bhadre subhadre samantabhadre śrībhadre sarvārthasādhani paramārthasādhani sarvānarthapraśamani sarvamaṅgalyasādhani manasi mānasi mahāmānasi acyute adbhute atyadbhute mukte mocani mokṣaṇi araje viraje amare amṛte amaraṇi brahme brahmasvare pūrṇe pūrṇamanorathe vimukte jīvati rakṣa māṃ sarvopadravebhyaḥ svāhā /

sa mayūrapāśāṃś chitvā niṣpalānaḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau suvarṇāvabhāso nāma mayūrarājas tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpi mama mahāmāyūrī vidyā upakarā ca bahukarā ca etarhy api mama mahāmāyūrī vidyā upakarā ca bahukarā ceti / paśya bhadanta yāvac ca bhagavataḥ svāter bhikṣor vidyayā svastyayanaṃ kṛtam* / na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvani / tac chrūyatām* /

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ nāgamaṇḍaliko 'nyatamaḥ kṣatriyadārakaḥ sarpeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kālagataḥ / nāgamaṇḍalikena vidyayā tasya svāsthyaṃ kṛtam* / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau nāgamaṇḍalikaḥ ahaṃ sa tena kālena tena samayena / yo 'sau dārakaḥ svātir bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena /

bhaiṣajyavastu samāptam* //